U.S. patent application number 10/241326 was filed with the patent office on 2004-06-03 for 3,4-di-substituted cyclobutene-1,2-diones as cxc-chemokine receptor ligands.
This patent application is currently assigned to Schering Corporation. Invention is credited to Aki, Cynthia J., Baldwin, John J., Biju, Purakkattle J., Bond, Richard W., Chao, Jianhua, Chao, Jianping, Dwyer, Michael, Ferreira, Johan A., Kaiser, Bernd, Li, Ge, Merritt, J. Robert, Nelson, Kingsley H. JR., Rokosz, Laura L., Taveras, Arthur G., Yu, Younong.
Application Number | 20040106794 10/241326 |
Document ID | / |
Family ID | 31190690 |
Filed Date | 2004-06-03 |
United States Patent
Application |
20040106794 |
Kind Code |
A1 |
Taveras, Arthur G. ; et
al. |
June 3, 2004 |
3,4-Di-substituted cyclobutene-1,2-diones as CXC-chemokine receptor
ligands
Abstract
There are disclosed compounds of the formula 1 or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof which are
useful for the treatment of chemokine-mediated diseases such as
acute and chronic inflammatory disorders and cancer.
Inventors: |
Taveras, Arthur G.;
(Denville, NJ) ; Aki, Cynthia J.; (Livingston,
NJ) ; Bond, Richard W.; (Union, NJ) ; Chao,
Jianping; (Summit, NJ) ; Dwyer, Michael;
(Scotch Plains, NJ) ; Ferreira, Johan A.;
(Bethlehem, PA) ; Chao, Jianhua; (Pompton Lakes,
NJ) ; Yu, Younong; (Piscataway, NJ) ; Baldwin,
John J.; (Gwynedd Valley, PA) ; Kaiser, Bernd;
(Walling Ford, CT) ; Li, Ge; (Shanghai, CN)
; Merritt, J. Robert; (Ewing, NJ) ; Biju,
Purakkattle J.; (Scotch Plains, NJ) ; Nelson,
Kingsley H. JR.; (Mebane, NC) ; Rokosz, Laura L.;
(Union, NJ) |
Correspondence
Address: |
SCHERING-PLOUGH CORPORATION
PATENT DEPARTMENT (K-6-1, 1990)
2000 GALLOPING HILL ROAD
KENILWORTH
NJ
07033-0530
US
|
Assignee: |
Schering Corporation
|
Family ID: |
31190690 |
Appl. No.: |
10/241326 |
Filed: |
September 11, 2002 |
Related U.S. Patent Documents
|
|
|
|
|
|
Application
Number |
Filing Date |
Patent Number |
|
|
10241326 |
Sep 11, 2002 |
|
|
|
10208412 |
Jul 30, 2002 |
|
|
|
10208412 |
Jul 30, 2002 |
|
|
|
10122841 |
Apr 15, 2002 |
|
|
|
60284026 |
Apr 16, 2001 |
|
|
|
Current U.S.
Class: |
544/162 ;
544/295; 544/360; 544/379; 544/387; 546/334; 548/245; 548/530;
548/950; 549/467; 549/68; 564/164 |
Current CPC
Class: |
A61P 31/12 20180101;
A61P 9/10 20180101; A61P 1/18 20180101; A61P 19/02 20180101; C07C
2601/04 20170501; C07D 317/46 20130101; A61P 9/00 20180101; C07C
255/59 20130101; C07D 307/38 20130101; A61P 17/10 20180101; A61P
29/00 20180101; A61P 13/12 20180101; C07D 207/335 20130101; A61P
27/16 20180101; A61P 31/14 20180101; A61P 37/06 20180101; A61P 1/04
20180101; C07D 307/68 20130101; A61P 11/06 20180101; C07D 307/81
20130101; C07D 319/18 20130101; A61P 11/14 20180101; A61P 33/06
20180101; C07D 405/12 20130101; C07D 413/12 20130101; A61P 9/12
20180101; C07D 409/12 20130101; C07C 2601/14 20170501; C07D 217/24
20130101; A61P 1/02 20180101; C07D 295/26 20130101; C07C 2602/08
20170501; C07D 213/74 20130101; C07D 307/83 20130101; A61P 19/10
20180101; A61P 31/04 20180101; C07C 225/20 20130101; C07C 237/36
20130101; A61P 37/02 20180101; A61P 17/00 20180101; A61P 27/02
20180101; A61P 31/18 20180101; C07C 311/39 20130101; C07D 409/14
20130101; C07C 237/30 20130101; A61P 11/00 20180101; A61P 19/06
20180101; C07D 307/52 20130101; A61P 25/00 20180101; A61P 7/02
20180101; A61P 17/06 20180101; A61P 31/00 20180101; A61P 35/00
20180101; C07D 307/82 20130101; C07D 333/36 20130101; A61P 25/28
20180101; C07D 413/14 20130101; A61P 17/02 20180101; C07C 237/44
20130101; C07D 333/20 20130101; A61P 1/16 20180101 |
Class at
Publication: |
544/162 ;
546/334; 544/387; 544/379; 548/530; 564/164; 544/295; 544/360;
548/950; 549/068; 549/467; 548/245 |
International
Class: |
C07D 333/36; C07D
333/42; C07D 265/30; C07D 43/02; C07D 413/02; C07D 45/02; C07D
49/02 |
Claims
What is claimed is:
1. A compound of the formula: 2322and the pharmaceutically
acceptable salts and solvates thereof, wherein: A is selected from
the group consisting of: 232323242325wherein the above rings of
said A groups are substituted with 1 to 6 substituents each
independently selected from the group consisting of: R.sup.9
groups; 2326wherein one or both of the above rings of said A groups
are substituted with 1 to 6 substituents each independently
selected from the group consisting of: R.sup.9 groups; 2327wherein
the above phenyl rings of said A groups are substituted with 1 to 3
substituents each independently selected from the group consisting
of: R.sup.9 groups; and 2328B is selected from the group consisting
of: 2329provided that R.sup.3 for this group is selected from the
group consisting of: --C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, 233023312332n is 0 to
6; p is 1 to 5; X is O, NH, or S; Z is 1 to 3; R.sup.2 is selected
from the group consisting of: hydrogen, OH, --C(O)OH, --SH,
--SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --NHC(O)R.sup.13,
--NHSO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --NHSO.sub.2R.sup.1,
--NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --C(O)NHOR.sup.13,
--C(O)NR.sup.13OH, --S(O.sub.2)OH, --OC(O)R.sup.13, an
unsubstituted heterocyclic acidic functional group, and a
substituted heterocyclic acidic functional-group; wherein there are
1 to 6 substituents on said substituted heterocyclic acidic
functional group each substituent being independently selected from
the group consisting of: R.sup.9 groups; each R.sup.3 and R.sup.4
is independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen,
cyano, halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, --OH, --CF.sub.3, --OCF.sub.3,
--NO.sub.2, --C(O)R.sup.13, --C(O)OR.sup.13, --C(O)NHR.sup.17,
--C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --SO.sub.(t)NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--SO.sub.(t)R.sup.13, --C(O)NR.sup.13OR.sup.14, unsubstituted or
substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl,
2333wherein there are 1 to 6 substituents on said substituted aryl
group and each substituent is independently selected from the group
consisting of: R.sup.9 groups; and wherein there are 1 to 6
substituents on said substituted heteroaryl group and each
substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of:
R.sup.9 groups; each R.sup.5 and R.sup.6 are the same or different
and are independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, --CF.sub.3, --OCF.sub.3,
--NO.sub.2, --C(O)R.sup.13, --C(O)OR.sup.13,
--C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --SO.sub.(t)NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--C(O)NR.sup.13OR.sup.14, cyano, unsubstituted or substituted aryl,
and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl group; wherein there
are 1 to 6 substituents on said substituted aryl group and each
substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of:
R.sup.9 groups; and wherein there are 1 to 6 substituents on said
substituted heteroaryl group and each substituent is independently
selected from the group consisting of: R.sup.9 groups; each R.sup.7
and R.sup.8 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
H, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted
aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or
substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted
heteroarylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl,
unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkylalkyl, --CO.sub.2R.sup.13,
--CONR.sup.13R.sup.14, alkynyl, alkenyl, and cycloalkenyl; and
wherein there are one or more substituents on said substituted
R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 groups, wherein each substituent is
independently selected from the group consisting of: a) halogen, b)
--CF.sub.3, c) --COR.sup.13, d) --OR.sup.13, e)
--NR.sup.13R.sup.14, f) --NO.sub.2, g) --CN, h)
--SO.sub.2OR.sup.13, i) --Si(alkyl).sub.3, wherein each alkyl is
independently selected, j) --Si(aryl).sub.3, wherein each alkyl is
independently selected, k) --(R.sup.13).sub.2R.sup.14Si, wherein
each R.sup.13 is independently selected, l) --CO.sub.2R.sup.13, m)
--C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, n) --SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14, o)
--SO.sub.2R.sup.13, p) --OC(O)R.sup.13, q)
--OC(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, r) --NR.sup.13C(O)R.sup.14, and s)
--NR.sup.13CO.sub.2R.sup.14; R.sup.8a is selected from the group
consisting of: hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl and cycloalkylalkyl;
each R.sup.9 is independently selected from the group consisting
of: a) --R.sup.13, b) halogen, c) --CF.sub.3, d) --COR.sup.13, e)
--OR.sup.13, f) --NR.sup.13R.sup.14, g) --NO.sub.2, h) --CN, i)
--SO.sub.2R.sup.3, j) --SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14, k)
--NR.sup.13COR.sup.14, l) --CONR.sup.13R.sup.14, m)
--NR.sup.13CO.sub.2R.sup.14, n) --CO.sub.2R.sup.13, 2334p) alkyl
substituted with one or more --OH groups, q) alkyl substituted with
one or more --NR.sup.13R.sup.14 group, and r)
--N(R.sup.13)SO.sub.2R.sup.14; each R.sup.10 and R.sup.11 is
independently selected from the group consisting of R.sup.13,
hydrogen, alkyl (e.g., C.sub.1 to C.sub.6, such as methyl),
halogen, --CF.sub.3, --OCF.sub.3, --NR.sup.13R.sup.14--NR.sup-
.13C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --OH, --C(O)OR.sup.13, --SH,
--SO.sub.(t)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --SO.sub.2R.sup.13,
--NHC(O)R.sup.13,
--NHSO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14--NHSO.sub.2R.sup.13,
C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --C(O)NR.sup.13OR.sup.14, --OC(O)R.sup.13
and cyano; R.sup.12 is selected from the group consisting of:
hydrogen, --C(O)OR.sup.13, unsubstituted or substituted aryl,
unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or
substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl,
unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted
cycloalkylalkyl, and unsubstituted or substituted heteroarylalkyl
group; wherein there are 1 to 6 substituents on the substituted
R.sup.12 groups and each substituent is independently selected from
the group consisting of: R.sup.9 groups; each R.sup.13 and R.sup.14
is independently selected from the group consisting of: H,
unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted
aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or
substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted
heteroarylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl,
unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkylalkyl, unsubstituted or
substituted heterocyclic, unsubstituted or substituted fluoroalkyl,
and unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkylalkyl (wherein
"heterocyloalkyl" means heterocyclic); wherein there are 1 to 6
substituents on said substituted R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 groups and
each substituent is independently selected from the group
consisting of: alkyl, --CF.sub.3, --OH, alkoxy, aryl, arylalkyl,
fluroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl,
heteroarylalkyl, --N(R.sup.40).sub.2, --C(O)OR.sup.15,
--C(O)NR.sup.15R.sup.16, --S(O).sub.tNR.sup.15R.sup.16,
--C(O)R.sup.15, --SO.sub.2R.sup.15 provided that R.sup.15 is not H,
halogen, and --NHC(O)NR.sup.15R.sup.16; or R.sup.13 and R.sup.14
taken together with the nitrogen they are attached to in the groups
--C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14 and --SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14 form an
unsubstituted or substituted saturated heterocyclic ring, said ring
optionally containing one additional heteroatom selected from the
group consisting of: O, S and NR.sup.18; wherein there are 1 to 3
substituents on the substituted cyclized R.sup.13 and R.sup.14
groups and each substituent is independently selected from the
group consisting of: alkyl, aryl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,
alkoxyalkyl, arylalkyl, fluoroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl,
heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, amino, --C(O)OR.sup.15,
--C(O)NR.sup.15R.sup.16, --SO.sub.tNR.sup.15R.sup- .16,
--C(O)R.sup.15, --SO.sub.2R.sup.15 provided that R.sup.15 is not H,
--NHC(O)NR.sup.15R.sup.16, --NHC(O)OR.sup.15, halogen, and a
heterocycloalkenyl group; each R.sup.15 and R.sup.16 is
independently selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl,
aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl and heteroaryl; R.sup.17 is selected
from the group consisting of: --SO.sub.2alkyl, --SO.sub.2aryl,
--SO.sub.2cycloalkyl, and --SO.sub.2heteroaryl; R.sup.18 is
selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl,
--C(O)R.sup.19, --SO.sub.2R.sup.19 and --C(O)NR.sup.19R.sup.20;
each R.sup.19 and R.sup.20 is independently selected from the group
consisting of: alkyl, aryl and heteroaryl; R.sup.30 is selected
from the group consisting of: alkyl, cycloalkyl, --CN, --NO.sub.2,
or --SO.sub.2R.sup.15 provided that R.sup.15 is not H; each
R.sup.31 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl,
unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl and unsubstituted or
substituted cycloalkyl; wherein there are 1 to 6 substituents on
said substituted R.sup.31 groups and each substituent is
independently selected from the group consisting of: alkyl, halogen
and --CF.sub.3; each R.sup.40 is independently selected from the
group consisting of: H, alkyl and cycloalkyl; and t is 0, 1 or
2.
2. The compound of claim 1 wherein B is selected from the group
consisting of: 2335provided that R.sup.3 for this group is selected
from the group consisting of: --C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, 2336
3. The compound of claim 1 wherein B is: 2337wherein R.sup.3 is
selected from the group consisting of: --C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
2338
4. The compound of claim 1 wherein B is: 2339
5. The compound of claim 1 wherein B is: 2340R.sup.2 is --OH, and
R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 are each the same or different alkyl
group.
6. The compound of claim 1 wherein B is 2341R.sup.3 is selected
from the group consisting of: 2342
7. The compound of claim 1 wherein B is: 2343and R.sup.2 is
--OH.
8. The compound of claim 1 wherein B is 2344R.sup.13 and R.sup.14
are each the same or different alkyl group.
9. The compound of claim 1 wherein B is 2345and R.sup.3 is selected
from the group consisting of: 2346
10. The compound of claim 1 wherein B is 2347
11. The compound of claim 10 wherein R.sup.2 is --OH.
12. The compound of claim 10 wherein R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 are the
same or different alkyl group.
13. The compound of claim 12 wherein the R.sup.2 substituent is
--OH.
14. The compound of claim 12 wherein R.sup.13 and R.sup.14
methyl.
15. The compound of claim 14 wherein the R.sup.2 substituent is
--OH.
16. The compound of claim 1 wherein B is selected from the group
consisting of: 2348
17. The compound of claim 1 wherein B is 2349
18. The compound of claim 17 wherein R.sup.11 is H.
19. The compound of claim 17 wherein R.sup.2 is --OH.
20. The compound of claim 17 wherein R.sup.3 is
--C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14.
21. The compound of claim 17 wherein R.sup.2 is --OH and R.sup.3 is
--C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14.
22. The compound of claim 17 wherein R.sup.2 is --OH, R.sup.3 is
--C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, and R.sup.11 is H.
23. The compound of claim 22 wherein R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 are each
independently selected from the group consisting of: alkyl,
unsubstituted heteroaryl and substituted heteroaryl.
24. The compound of claim 17 wherein R.sup.3 is
--S(O).sub.tNR.sup.13R.sup- .14.
25. The compound of claim 24 wherein R.sup.2 is --OH.
26. The compound of claim 25 wherein the R.sup.13 and R.sup.14
substituents are the same or different and are selected from the
group consisting of: H and alkyl.
27. The compound of claim 26 wherein each R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 are
independently selected from the group consisting of: H, methyl,
ethyl, isopropyl and t-butyl.
28. The compound of claim 27 wherein R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 are
ethyl.
29. The compound of claim 1 wherein B is 2350
30. The compound of claim 1 wherein B is 2351
31. The compound of claim 1 wherein A is 2352wherein the furan ring
is unsubstituted or substituted.
32. The compound of claim 1 wherein A is 2353wherein the furan ring
is substituted.
33. The compound of claim 1 wherein A is 2354wherein the furan ring
is substituted with at least one alkyl group.
34. The compound of claim 31 wherein R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 are
independently selected from the group consisting of: H and
alkyl.
35. The compound of claim 34 wherein R.sup.7 is H, and R.sup.8 is
alkyl.
36. The compound of claim 33 wherein R.sup.7 and R.sup.5 are
independently selected from the group consisting of: H and
alkyl.
37. The compound of claim 36 wherein R.sup.7 is H, and R.sup.8 is
alkyl.
38. The compound of claim 1 wherein A is selected from the group
consisting of: 2355wherein the above rings are unsubstituted, or
the above rings are substituted with 1 to 3 substituents
independently selected from the group consisting of: H, F, Cl, Br,
alkyl, cycloalkyl, and --CF.sub.3; R.sup.7 is selected from the
group consisting of: H, --CF.sub.3, --CF.sub.2CH.sub.3, methyl,
ethyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl and t-butyl; and R.sup.8 is H; and
2356wherein R.sup.7 is selected from the group consisting of: H,
--CF.sub.3, --CF.sub.2CH.sub.3, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl,
cyclopropyl and t-butyl; and R.sup.8 is H; and R.sup.8a is as
defined for formula IA.
39. The compound of claim 4 wherein A is 2357wherein the furan ring
is unsubstituted or substituted.
40. The compound of claim 4 wherein A is 2358wherein the furan ring
is substituted with at least one alkyl group.
41. The compound of claim 40 wherein R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 are
independently selected from the group consisting of: H and
alkyl.
42. The compound of claim 41 wherein R.sup.7 is H and R.sup.8 is
alkyl.
43. The compound of claim 5 wherein A is 2359wherein the furan ring
is unsubstituted or substituted.
44. The compound of claim 4 wherein A is 2360wherein the furan ring
is substituted with at least one alkyl group.
45. The compound of claim 44 wherein R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 are
independently selected from the group consisting of: H and
alkyl.
46. The compound of claim 45 wherein R.sup.7 is H and R.sup.8 is
alkyl.
47. The compound of claim 10 wherein A is 2361wherein the furan
ring is unsubstituted or substituted.
48. The compound of claim 10 wherein A is 2362wherein the furan
ring is substituted with at least one alkyl group.
49. The compound of claim 48 wherein R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 are
independently selected from the group consisting of: H and
alkyl.
50. The compound of claim 49 wherein R.sup.7 is H and R.sup.8 is
alkyl.
51. The compound of claim 11 wherein A is 2363wherein the furan
ring is unsubstituted or substituted.
52. The compound of claim 11 wherein A is 2364wherein the furan
ring is substituted with at least one alkyl group.
53. The compound of claim 52 wherein R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 are
independently selected from the group consisting of: H and
alkyl.
54. The compound of claim 53 wherein R.sup.7 is H and R.sup.8 is
alkyl.
55. The compound of claim 13 wherein A is 2365wherein the furan
ring is unsubstituted or substituted.
56. The compound of claim 13 wherein A is 2366wherein the furan
ring is substituted with at least one alkyl group.
57. The compound of claim 56 wherein R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 are
independently selected from the group consisting of: H and
alkyl.
58. The compound of claim 57 wherein R.sup.7 is H and R.sup.8 is
alkyl.
59. The compound of claim 1 wherein: (1) A is selected from the
group consisting of: 2367wherein the above rings are unsubstituted,
or the above rings are substituted with 1 to 3 substituents
independently selected from the group consisting of: F, Cl, Br,
alkyl, cycloalkyl, and --CF.sub.3; R.sup.7 is selected from the
group consisting of: H, --CF.sub.3, --CF.sub.2CH.sub.3, methyl,
ethyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl and t-butyl; and R.sup.8 is H; and
2368wherein R.sup.7 is selected from the group consisting of: H,
--CF.sub.3, --CF.sub.2CH.sub.3, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl,
cyclopropyl and t-butyl; and R.sup.8 is H; and R.sup.8a is as
defined for formula IA; (2) B is: 2369and wherein: R.sup.2 is
selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, --NHC(O)R.sup.13 and
--NHSO.sub.2R.sup.13; R.sup.4 is selected from the group consisting
of: H, --NO.sub.2, cyano, --CH.sub.3 or --CF.sub.3; R.sup.5 is
selected from the group consisting of: H, --CF.sub.3, --NO.sub.2,
halogen and cyano; and R.sup.6 is selected from the group
consisting of: H, alkyl and --CF.sub.3; and each R.sup.13 and
R.sup.14 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
methyl and ethyl.
60. The compound of claim 1 wherein: (1) A is selected from the
group consisting of: 2370wherein the above rings are unsubstituted,
or the above rings are substituted with 1 to 3 substituents
independently selected from the group consisting of: F, Cl, Br,
alkyl, cycloalkyl, and --CF.sub.3; R.sup.7 is selected from the
group consisting of: H, --CF.sub.3, --CF.sub.2CH.sub.3, methyl,
ethyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl and t-butyl; and R.sup.8 is H; and
2371wherein R.sup.7 is selected from the group consisting of: H,
--CF.sub.3, --CF.sub.2CH.sub.3, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl,
cyclopropyl and t-butyl; and R.sup.8 is H; and Raa is as defined
for formula IA; (2) B is selected: 2372 wherein: R.sup.2 is
selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, --NHC(O)R.sup.13 and
--NHSO.sub.2R.sup.13; R.sup.3 is selected from the group consisting
of: --C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14--SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --NO.sub.2,
cyano, and --SO.sub.2R.sup.13; R.sup.11 is selected from the group
consisting of: H, halogen and alkyl; and each R.sup.13 and R.sup.14
is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, methyl,
ethyl, isopropyl, and t-butyl.
61. The compound of claim 1 wherein: (1) A is selected from the
group consisting of: 2373wherein the above rings are unsubstituted,
or the above rings are substituted with 1 to 3 substituents
independently selected from the group consisting of: F, Cl, Br,
alkyl, cycloalkyl, and --CF.sub.3; R.sup.7 is selected from the
group consisting of: H, --CF.sub.3, --CF.sub.2CH.sub.3, methyl,
ethyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl and t-butyl; and R.sup.8 is H; and
2374wherein R.sup.7 is selected from the group consisting of: H,
--CF.sub.3, --CF.sub.2CH.sub.3, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl,
cyclopropyl and t-butyl; and R.sup.8 is H; and R.sup.8a is as
defined for formula IA; (2) B is selected: 2375 wherein: R.sup.2 is
selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, --NHC(O)R.sup.13 and
--NHSO.sub.2R.sup.13; R.sup.3 is --SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14;
R.sup.11 is selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen and
alkyl; and each R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 is independently selected
from the group consisting of: H, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, and
t-butyl.
62. The compound of claim 1 wherein: (1) A is selected from the
group consisting of: 2376wherein the above rings are unsubstituted,
or the above rings are substituted with 1 to 3 substituents
independently selected from the group consisting of: F, Cl, Br,
alkyl, cycloalkyl, and --CF.sub.3; R.sup.7 is selected from the
group consisting of: H, --CF.sub.3, --CF.sub.2CH.sub.3, methyl,
ethyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl and t-butyl; and R.sup.8 is H; and
2377wherein R.sup.7 is selected from the group consisting of: H,
--CF.sub.3, --CF.sub.2CH.sub.3, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl,
cyclopropyl and t-butyl; and R.sup.8 is H; and R.sup.8a is as
defined for formula IA; (2) B is selected: 2378 wherein: R.sup.2 is
selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, --NHC(O)R.sup.13 and
--NHSO.sub.2R.sup.13; R.sup.3 is --SO.sub.2NR.sup.13 R.sup.14;
R.sup.11 is selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen and
alkyl; and each R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 is ethyl.
63. The compound of claim 1 wherein (1) A is selected from the
group consisting of: 23792380(2) B is: 2381 wherein: R.sup.2 is
--OH; R.sup.4 is selected form the group consisting of: H,
--CH.sub.3 and --CF.sub.3; R.sup.5 is selected from the group
consisting of: H and cyano; R.sup.6 is selected from the group
consisting of: H, --CH.sub.3 and --CF.sub.3; R.sup.13 and R.sup.14
are methyl.
64. The compound of claim 1 wherein (1) A is selected from the
group consisting of: 23822383(2) B is: 2384 wherein: R.sup.2 is
--OH; R.sup.3 is selected from the group consisting of:
--SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14 and --CONR.sup.13R.sup.14; R.sup.11 is
H; and each R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 are independently selected from
the group consisting of: H, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl and
t-butyl.
65. The compound of claim 1 wherein (1) A is selected from the
group consisting of: 23852386(2) B is: 2387 wherein: R.sup.2 is
--OH; R.sup.3 is --SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14; R.sup.11 is H; and
each R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 are independently selected from the
group consisting of: H, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl and t-butyl.
66. The compound of claim 1 wherein (1) A is selected from the
group consisting of: 23882389(2) B is: 2390 wherein: R.sup.2 is
--OH; R.sup.3 is --SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14; R.sup.11 is H; and
R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 are ethyl.
67. The compound of claim 1 wherein said compound is a calcium
salt.
68. The compound of claim 1 wherein said compound is a sodium
salt.
69. The compound of claim 1 wherein said compound is selected from
the group consisting of:
239123922393239423952396239723982399240024012402240-
3240424052406240724082409
70. The compound of claim 1 selected from the group consisting of:
24102411241224132414241524162417241824192420
71. The compound of claim 1 selected from the group consisting of:
2421242224232424
72. The compound of claim 1 selected from the group consisting of:
242524262427
73. The compound of claim 72 wherein said compound is a calcium or
sodium salt.
74. The compound of claim 1 wherein said compound is: 2428or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
75. The compound of claim 1 wherein said compound is: 2429or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
76. The compound of claim 1 wherein said compound is: 2430or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
77. The compound of claim 1 wherein said compound is: 2431or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
78. The compound of claim 1 wherein said compound is: 2432or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
79. The compound of claim 1 wherein said compound is: 2433or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
80. The compound of claim 1 wherein said compound is: 2434or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
81. The compound of claim 1 wherein said compound is: 2435or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
82. The compound of claim 1 wherein said compound is: 2436or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
83. The compound of claim 1 wherein said compound is; 2437or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
84. The compound of claim 1 wherein said compound is: 2438or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
85. The compound of claim 1 wherein said compound is: 2439or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
86. The compound of claim 1 wherein said compound is: 2440or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
87. The compound of claim 1 wherein said compound is: 2441or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
88. The compound of claim 1 wherein said compound is: 2442or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
89. The compound of claim 84 wherein said compound is a calcium or
sodium salt.
90. The compound of claim 1 wherein said compound is: 2443or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
91. The compound of claim 1 wherein said compound is: 2444or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
92. The compound of claim 1 wherein said compound is: 2445or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
93. The compound of claim 1 wherein said compound is: 2446or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
94. The compound of claim 1 wherein said compound is: 2447or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
95. The compound of claim 1 wherein said compound is: 2448or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
96. A method of treating a chemokine-mediated disease, in a patient
in need of such treatment, wherein the chemokine binds to a CXCR2
and/or CXCR1 receptor in said patient, comprising administering to
said patient an effective amount of at least one compound of claim
1.
97. A method of treating a chemokine-mediated disease, in a patient
in need of such treatment, wherein the chemokine binds to a CXC
receptor in said patient, comprising administering to said patient
an effective amount of at least one compound of claim 1.
98. The method of claim 96 wherein the chemokine mediated disease
is selected from the group consisting of: psoriasis, atopic
dermatitis, asthma, COPD, adult respiratory disease, arthritis,
inflammatory bowel disease, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis,
septic shock, endotoxic shock, gram negative sepsis, toxic shock
syndrome, stroke, cardiac and renal reperfusion injury,
glomerulonephritis, thrombosis, Alzheimer's disease, graft vs. host
reaction, allograft rejections, malaria, acute respiratory distress
syndrome, delayed type hypersensitivity reaction, atherosclerosis,
cerebral and cardiac ischemia, osteoarthritis, multiple sclerosis,
restinosis, angiogenesis, osteoporosis, gingivitis, respiratory
viruses, herpes viruses, hepatitis viruses, HIV, Kaposi's sarcoma
associated virus, meningitis, cystic fibrosis, pre-term labor,
cough, pruritis, multi-organ dysfunction, trauma, strains, sprains,
contusions, psoriatic arthritis, herpes, encephalitis, CNS
vasculitis, traumatic brain injury, CNS tumors, subarachnoid
hemorrhage, post surgical trauma, interstitial pneumonitis,
hypersensitivity, crystal induced arthritis, acute and chronic
pancreatitis, acute alcoholic hepatitis, necrotizing enterocolitis,
chronic sinusitis, angiogenic ocular disease, ocular inflammation,
retinopathy of prematurity, diabetic retinopathy, macular
degeneration with the wet type preferred and corneal
neovascularization, polymyositis, vasculitis, acne, gastric and
duodenal ulcers, celiac disease, esophagitis, glossitis, airflow
obstruction, airway hyperresponsiveness, bronchiectasis,
bronchiolitis, bronchiolitis obliterans, chronic bronchitis, cor
pulmonae, cough, dyspnea, emphysema, hypercapnea, hyperinflation,
hypoxemia, hyperoxia-induced inflammations, hypoxia, surgical lung
volume reduction, pulmonary fibrosis, pulmonary hypertension, right
ventricular hypertrophy, peritonitis associated with continuous
ambulatory peritoneal dialysis (CAPD), granulocytic ehrlichiosis,
sarcoidosis, small airway disease, ventilation-perfusion
mismatching, wheeze, colds, gout, alcoholic liver disease, lupus,
burn therapy, periodontitis, transplant reperfusion injury and
early transplantation.
99. A method of treating cancer in a patient in need of such
treatment comprising administering to said patient an effective
amount of at least one compound of claim 1.
100. A method of treating cancer in a patient in need of such
treatment comprising administering to said patient an effective
amount of at least one compound of claim 1 in combination with the
administration of at least one anticancer agent.
101. The method of claim 100 wherein said anticancer agent is
selected from the group consisting of: alkylating agents,
antimetabolites, natural products and their derivatives, hormones,
anti-hormones, anti-angiogenic agents and steroids, and
synthetics.
102. A method of inhibiting angiogenesis in a patient in need of
such treatment comprising administering to said patient an
effective amount of at least one compound of claim 1.
103. A method of inhibiting angiogenesis in a patient in need of
such treatment comprising administering to said patient an
effective amount of at least one compound of claim 1 in combination
with the administration an effective amount of at least one
anti-angiogenesis compound.
104. A method of treating a disease selected from the group
consisting of: gingivitis, respiratory viruses, herpes viruses,
hepatitis viruses, HIV, kaposi's sarcoma associated virus and
atherosclerosis, in a patient in need of such treatment, comprising
administering to said patient an effective amount of at least one
compound of claim 1.
105. The method of claim 96 wherein the chemokine mediated disease
is an angiogenic ocular disease.
106. The method of claim 105 wherein said angiogenic ocular disease
is selected from the group consisting of: ocular inflammation,
retinopathy of prematurity, diabetic retinopathy, macular
degeneration with the wet type preferred and corneal
neovascularization.
107. The method of claim 99 wherein the cancer treated is melanoma,
gastric carcinoma, or non-small cell lung carcinoma.
108. The method of claim 100 wherein the cancer treated is
melanoma, gastric carcinoma, or non-small cell lung carcinoma.
109. The method of claim 101, wherein the cancer treated is
melanoma, gastric carcinoma, or non-small cell lung carcinoma.
110. A pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of
a compound of claim 1 in combination with a pharmaceutically
acceptable carrier.
111. The compound of claim 1 wherein said compound is: 2449or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
112. A method of treating a chemokine-mediated disease, in a
patient in need of such treatment, wherein the chemokine binds to a
CXCR2 and/or CXCR1 receptor in said patient, comprising
administering to said patient an effective amount of at least one
compound of formula IA: 2450and the pharmaceutically acceptable
salts and solvates thereof, wherein: A is selected from the group
consisting of: 245124522453wherein the above rings of said A groups
are substituted with 1 to 6 substituents each independently
selected from the group consisting of: R.sup.9 groups; 2454wherein
one or both of the above rings of said A groups are substituted
with 1 to 6 substituents each independently selected from the group
consisting of: R.sup.9 groups; 2455wherein the above phenyl rings
of said A groups are substituted with 1 to 3 substituents each
independently selected from the group consisting of: R.sup.9
groups; and 2456B is: 2457n is 0 to 6; p is 1 to 5; X is O, NH, or
S; Z is 1 to 3; R.sup.2 is selected from the group consisting of:
hydrogen, OH, --C(O)OH, --SH, --SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--NHC(O)R.sup.13, --NHSO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--NHSO.sub.2R.sup.13, --NR.sup.13R.sup.14--C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--C(O)NHOR.sup.13, --C(O)NR.sup.13OH, --S(O.sub.2)OH,
--OC(O)R.sup.13, an unsubstituted heterocyclic acidic functional
group, and a substituted heterocyclic acidic functional group;
wherein there are 1 to 6 substituents on said substituted
heterocyclic acidic functional group each substituent being
independently selected from the group consisting of: R.sup.9
groups; each R.sup.3 and R.sup.4 is independently selected from the
group consisting of: hydrogen, cyano, halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, --OH,
--CF.sub.3, --OCF.sub.3, --NO.sub.2, --C(O)R.sup.13,
--C(O)OR.sup.13, --C(O)NHR.sup.17, --SO.sub.(t)NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--SO.sub.(t)R.sup.13, --C(O)NR.sup.13OR.sup.14, unsubstituted or
substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl; wherein
there are 1 to 6 substituents on said substituted aryl group and
each substituent is independently selected from the group
consisting of: R.sup.9 groups; and wherein there are 1 to 6
substituents on said substituted heteroaryl group and each
substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of:
R.sup.9 groups; each R.sup.5 and R.sup.6 are the same or different
and are independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, --CF.sub.3, --OCF.sub.3,
--NO.sub.2, --C(O)R.sup.3, --C(O)OR.sup.13,
--C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --SO.sub.(t)NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--C(O)NR.sup.13OR.sup.14, cyano, unsubstituted or substituted aryl,
and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl group; wherein there
are 1 to 6 substituents on said substituted aryl group and each
substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of:
R.sup.9 groups; and wherein there are 1 to 6 substituents on said
substituted heteroaryl group and each substituent is independently
selected from the group consisting of: R.sup.9 groups; each R.sup.7
and R.sup.8 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
H, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted
aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or
substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted
heteroarylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl,
unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkylalkyl, --CO.sub.2R.sup.13,
--CONR.sup.13R.sup.14, alkynyl, alkenyl, and cycloalkenyl; and
wherein there are one or more substituents on said substituted
R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 groups, wherein each substituent is
independently selected from the group consisting of: a) halogen, b)
--CF.sub.3, c) --COR.sup.13, d) --OR.sup.13, e)
--NR.sup.13R.sup.14, f) --NO.sub.2, g) --CN, h)
--SO.sub.2OR.sup.13, i) --Si(alkyl).sub.3, wherein each alkyl is
independently selected, j) --Si(aryl).sub.3, wherein each alkyl is
independently selected, k) --(R.sup.13).sub.2R.sup.- 14Si, wherein
each R.sup.13 is independently selected, l) --CO.sub.2R.sup.13, m)
--C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, n) --SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14, o)
--SO.sub.2R.sup.13, p) --OC(O)R.sup.13, q)
--OC(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, r) --NR.sup.13C(O)R.sup.14, and s)
--NR.sup.13CO.sub.2R.sup.14; R.sup.8a is selected from the group
consisting of: hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl and cycloalkylalkyl;
each R.sup.9 is independently selected from the group consisting
of: a) --R.sup.13, b) halogen, c) --CF.sub.3, d) --COR.sup.13, e)
--OR.sup.13, f) --NR.sup.13R.sup.14, g) --NO.sub.2, h) --CN, i)
--SO.sub.2R.sup.13, j) --SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14, k)
--NR.sup.13COR.sup.14, l) --CONR.sup.13R.sup.14, m)
--NR.sup.3CO.sub.2R.sup.14, n) --CO.sub.2R.sup.13, 2458p) alkyl
substituted with one or more --OH groups, q) alkyl substituted with
one or more --NR.sup.13R.sup.14 group, and r)
--N(R.sup.13)SO.sub.2R.sup.14; R.sup.12 is selected from the group
consisting of: hydrogen, --C(O)OR.sup.13, unsubstituted or
substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl,
unsubstituted or substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted or
substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl,
unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkylalkyl, and unsubstituted or
substituted heteroarylalkyl group; wherein there are 1 to 6
substituents on the substituted R.sup.12 groups and each
substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of:
R.sup.9 groups; each R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 is independently
selected from the group consisting of: H, unsubstituted or
substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted
or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted arylalkyl,
unsubstituted or substituted heteroarylalkyl, unsubstituted or
substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted
cycloalkylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocyclic,
unsubstituted or substituted fluoroalkyl, and unsubstituted or
substituted heterocycloalkylalkyl; wherein there are 1 to 6
substituents on said substituted R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 groups and
each substituent is independently selected from the group
consisting of: alkyl, --CF.sub.3, --OH, alkoxy, aryl, arylalkyl,
fluroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl,
heteroarylalkyl, --N(R.sup.40).sub.2, --C(O)OR.sup.15,
--C(O)NR.sup.15R.sup.16, --S(O).sub.tNR.sup.15R.sup.16,
--C(O)R.sup.15, --SO.sub.2R.sup.15 provided that R.sup.15 is not H,
halogen, and --NHC(O)NR.sup.15R.sup.16; or R.sup.13 and R.sup.14
taken together with the nitrogen they are attached to in the groups
--NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14- , --OC(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--CONR.sup.13R.sup.14--NR.sup.13C(O)NR.sup.13R- .sup.14,
--SO.sub.tNR.sup.13R.sup.14, --NHSO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14 form an
unsubstituted or substituted saturated heterocyclic ring, said ring
optionally containing one additional heteroatom selected from the
group consisting of: O, S and NR.sup.18; wherein there are 1 to 3
substituents on the substituted cyclized R.sup.13 and R.sup.14
groups and each substituent is independently selected from the
group consisting of: alkyl, aryl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,
alkoxyalkyl, arylalkyl, fluoroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl,
heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, amino, --C(O)OR.sup.15,
--C(O)NR.sup.15R.sup.16, --SO.sub.tNR.sup.15R.sup- .16,
--C(O)R.sup.15, --SO.sub.2R.sup.15 provided that R.sup.15 is not H,
--NHC(O)NR.sup.15R.sup.16, --NHC(O)OR.sup.15, halogen, and a
heterocycloalkenyl group; each R.sup.15 and R.sup.16 is
independently selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl,
aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl and heteroaryl; R.sup.17 is selected
from the group consisting of: --SO.sub.2alkyl, --SO.sub.2aryl,
--SO.sub.2cycloalkyl, and --SO.sub.2heteroaryl; R.sup.18 is
selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl,
--C(O)R.sup.19, --SO.sub.2R.sup.19 and --C(O)NR.sup.19R.sup.20;
each R.sup.19 and R.sup.20 is independently selected from the group
consisting of: alkyl, aryl and heteroaryl; each R.sup.40 is
independently selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl and
cycloalkyl; and t is 0, 1 or 2.
113. The method of claim 112 wherein the chemokine mediated disease
is selected from the group consisting of: psoriasis, atopic
dermatitis, asthma, COPD, adult respiratory disease, arthritis,
inflammatory bowel disease, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis,
septic shock, endotoxic shock, gram negative sepsis, toxic shock
syndrome, stroke, cardiac and renal reperfusion injury,
glomerulonephritis, thrombosis, Alzheimer's disease, graft vs. host
reaction, allograft rejections, malaria, acute respiratory distress
syndrome, delayed type hypersensitivity reaction, atherosclerosis,
cerebral and cardiac ischemia, osteoarthritis, multiple sclerosis,
restinosis, angiogenesis, osteoporosis, gingivitis, respiratory
viruses, herpes viruses, hepatitis viruses, HIV, Kaposi's sarcoma
associated virus, meningitis, cystic fibrosis, pre-term labor,
cough, pruritis, multi-organ dysfunction, trauma, strains, sprains,
contusions, psoriatic arthritis, herpes, encephalitis, CNS
vasculitis, traumatic brain injury, CNS tumors, subarachnoid
hemorrhage, post surgical trauma, interstitial pneumonitis,
hypersensitivity, crystal induced arthritis, acute and chronic
pancreatitis, acute alcoholic hepatitis, necrotizing enterocolitis,
chronic sinusitis, angiogenic ocular disease, ocular inflammation,
retinopathy of prematurity, diabetic retinopathy, macular
degeneration with the wet type preferred and corneal
neovascularization, polymyositis, vasculitis, acne, gastric and
duodenal ulcers, celiac disease, esophagitis, glossitis, airflow
obstruction, airway hyperresponsiveness, bronchiectasis,
bronchiolitis, bronchiolitis obliterans, chronic bronchitis, cor
pulmonae, cough, dyspnea, emphysema, hypercapnea, hyperinflation,
hypoxemia, hyperoxia-induced inflammations, hypoxia, surgical lung
volume reduction, pulmonary fibrosis, pulmonary hypertension, right
ventricular hypertrophy, peritonitis associated with continuous
ambulatory peritoneal dialysis (CAPD), granulocytic ehrlichiosis,
sarcoidosis, small airway disease, ventilation-perfusion
mismatching, wheeze, colds, gout, alcoholic liver disease, lupus,
burn therapy, periodontitis, transplant reperfusion injury and
early transplantation.
114. A method of treating cancer in a patient in need of such
treatment comprising administering to said patient an effective
amount of at least one compound of formula IA: 2459and the
pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof, wherein: A
is selected from the group consisting of: 246024612462wherein the
above rings of said A groups are substituted with 1 to 6
substituents each independently selected from the group consisting
of: R.sup.9 groups; 2463wherein one or both of the above rings of
said A groups are substituted with 1 to 6 substituents each
independently selected from the group consisting of: R.sup.9
groups; 2464wherein the above phenyl rings of said A groups are
substituted with 1 to 3 substituents each independently selected
from the group consisting of: R.sup.9 groups; and 2465B is: 2466n
is 0 to 6; p is 1 to 5; X is O, NH, or S; Z is 1 to 3; R.sup.2 is
selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, OH, --C(O)OH,
--SH, --SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --NHC(O)R.sup.13,
--NHSO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --NHSO.sub.2R.sup.13,
--NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14--C(O)NHOR.sup.13,
--C(O)NR.sup.13OH, --S(O.sub.2)OH, --OC(O)R.sup.13, an
unsubstituted heterocyclic acidic functional group, and a
substituted heterocyclic acidic functional group; wherein there are
1 to 6 substituents on said substituted heterocyclic acidic
functional group each substituent being independently selected from
the group consisting of: R.sup.9 groups; each R.sup.3 and R.sup.4
is independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen,
cyano, halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, --OH, --CF.sub.3, --OCF.sub.3,
--NO.sub.2, --C(O)R.sup.13, --C(O)OR.sup.13, --C(O)NHR.sup.17,
--SO.sub.(t)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --SO.sub.(t)R.sup.13,
--C(O)NR.sup.3OR.sup.14, unsubstituted or substituted aryl,
unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl; wherein there are 1 to 6
substituents on said substituted aryl group and each substituent is
independently selected from the group consisting of: R.sup.9
groups; and wherein there are 1 to 6 substituents on said
substituted heteroaryl group and each substituent is independently
selected from the group consisting of: R.sup.9 groups; each R.sup.5
and R.sup.6 are the same or different and are independently
selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, alkyl,
alkoxy, --CF.sub.3, --OCF.sub.3, --NO.sub.2,
--C(O)R.sup.13--C(O)OR.sup.13, --C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--SO.sub.(t)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --C(O)NR.sup.13OR.sup.14, cyano,
unsubstituted or substituted aryl, and unsubstituted or substituted
heteroaryl group; wherein there are 1 to 6 substituents on said
substituted aryl group and each substituent is independently
selected from the group consisting of: R.sup.9 groups; and wherein
there are 1 to 6 substituents on said substituted heteroaryl group
and each substituent is independently selected from the group
consisting of: R.sup.9 groups; each R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 is
independently selected from the group consisting of: H,
unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted
aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or
substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted
heteroarylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl,
unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkylalkyl, --CO.sub.2R.sup.13,
--CONR.sup.13R.sup.14, alkynyl, alkenyl, and cycloalkenyl; and
wherein there are one or more substituents on said substituted
R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 groups, wherein each substituent is
independently selected from the group consisting of: a) halogen, b)
--CF.sub.3, c) --COR.sup.13, d) --OR.sup.13, e)
--NR.sup.13R.sup.14, f) --NO.sub.2, g) --CN, h)
--SO.sub.2OR.sup.13, i) --Si(alkyl).sub.3, wherein each alkyl is
independently selected, j) --Si(aryl).sub.3, wherein each alkyl is
independently selected, k) --(R.sup.13).sub.2R.sup.14Si, wherein
each R.sup.13 is independently selected, l) --CO.sub.2R.sup.13, m)
--C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, n) --SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14, o)
--SO.sub.2R.sup.13, p) --OC(O)R.sup.13, q)
--OC(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, r) --NR.sup.13C(O)R.sup.14, and s)
--NR.sup.13CO.sub.2R.sup.14; R.sup.8a is selected from the group
consisting of: hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl and cycloalkylalkyl;
each R.sup.9 is independently selected from the group consisting
of: a) --R.sup.13, b) halogen, c) --CF.sub.3, d) --COR.sup.13, e)
--OR.sup.13, f) --NR.sup.13R.sup.14, g) --NO.sub.2, h) --CN, i)
--SO.sub.2R.sup.13, j) --SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14, k)
--NR.sup.13COR.sup.14, l) --CONR.sup.13R.sup.14, m)
--NR.sup.13CO.sub.2R.sup.14, n) --CO.sub.2R.sup.13, 2467p) alkyl
substituted with one or more --OH groups, q) alkyl substituted with
one or more --NR.sup.13R.sup.14 group, and r)
--N(R.sup.13)SO.sub.2R.sup.14; R.sup.12 is selected from the group
consisting of: hydrogen, --C(O)OR.sup.13, unsubstituted or
substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl,
unsubstituted or substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted or
substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl,
unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkylalkyl, and unsubstituted or
substituted heteroarylalkyl group; wherein there are 1 to 6
substituents on the substituted R.sup.12 groups and each
substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of:
R.sup.9 groups; each R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 is independently
selected from the group consisting of: H, unsubstituted or
substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted
or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted arylalkyl,
unsubstituted or substituted heteroarylalkyl, unsubstituted or
substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted
cycloalkylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocyclic,
unsubstituted or substituted fluoroalkyl, and unsubstituted or
substituted heterocycloalkylalkyl; wherein there are 1 to 6
substituents on said substituted R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 groups and
each substituent is independently selected from the group
consisting of: alkyl, --CF.sub.3, --OH, alkoxy, aryl, arylalkyl,
fluroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl,
heteroarylalkyl, --N(R.sup.40).sub.2, --C(O)OR.sup.15,
--C(O)NR.sup.15R.sup.16, --S(O).sub.tNR.sup.15R.sup.16,
--C(O)R.sup.15, --SO.sub.2R.sup.15 provided that R.sup.15 is not H,
halogen, and --NHC(O)NR.sup.15R.sup.16; or R.sup.13 and R.sup.14
taken together with the nitrogen they are attached to in the groups
--NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --OC(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--CONR.sup.13R.sup.14--NR.sup.13C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--SO.sub.tNR.sup.13R.sup.14, --NHSO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14 form an
unsubstituted or substituted saturated heterocyclic ring, said ring
optionally containing one additional heteroatom selected from the
group consisting of: O, S and NR.sup.18; wherein there are 1 to 3
substituents on the substituted cyclized R.sup.13 and R.sup.14
groups and each substituent is independently selected from the
group consisting of: alkyl, aryl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,
alkoxyalkyl, arylalkyl, fluoroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl,
heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, amino, --C(O)OR.sup.15,
--C(O)NR.sup.15R.sup.16, --SO.sub.tNR.sup.15R.sup- .16,
--C(O)R.sup.15, --SO.sub.2R.sup.15 provided that R.sup.15 is not H,
--NHC(O)NR.sup.15R.sup.16, --NHC(O)OR.sup.15, halogen, and a
heterocycloalkenyl group; each R.sup.15 and R.sup.16 is
independently selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl,
aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl and heteroaryl; R.sup.17 is selected
from the group consisting of: --SO.sub.2alkyl, --SO.sub.2aryl,
--SO.sub.2cycloalkyl, and --SO.sub.2heteroaryl; R.sup.18 is
selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl,
--C(O)R.sup.19, --SO.sub.2R.sup.19 and --C(O)NR.sup.19R.sup.20;
each R.sup.19 and R.sup.20 is independently selected from the group
consisting of: alkyl, aryl and heteroaryl; each R.sup.40 is
independently selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl and
cycloalkyl; and t is 0, 1 or 2.
115. The method of claim 114 wherein said compound of formula IA is
administered in combination with the administration of at least one
anticancer agent.
116. The method of claim 115 wherein said anticancer agent is
selected from the group consisting of: alkylating agents,
antimetabolites, natural products and their derivatives, hormones,
anti-hormones, anti-angiogenic agents and steroids, and
synthetics.
117. A method of inhibiting angiogenesis, in a patient in need of
such treatment, comprising administering to said patient an
effective amount of at least one compound of formula IA: 2468and
the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof,
wherein: A is selected from the group consisting of:
246924702471wherein the above rings of said A groups are
substituted with 1 to 6 substituents each independently selected
from the group consisting of: R.sup.9 groups; 2472wherein one or
both of the above rings of said A groups are substituted with 1 to
6 substituents each independently selected from the group
consisting of: R.sup.9 groups; 2473wherein the above phenyl rings
of said A groups are substituted with 1 to 3 substituents each
independently selected from the group consisting of: R.sup.9
groups; and 2474B is: 2475n is 0 to 6; p is 1 to 5; X is O, NH, or
S; Z is 1 to 3; R.sup.2 is selected from the group consisting of:
hydrogen, OH, --C(O)OH, --SH, --SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--NHC(O)R.sup.13, --NHSO.sub.2N R.sup.13R.sup.14, --NHS
O.sub.2R.sup.13, --NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--C(O)NH O R.sup.13, --C(O)NR.sup.13 OH, --S(O.sub.2)OH,
--OC(O)R.sup.13, an unsubstituted heterocyclic acidic functional
group, and a substituted heterocyclic acidic functional group;
wherein there are 1 to 6 substituents on said substituted
heterocyclic acidic functional group each substituent being
independently selected from the group consisting of: R.sup.9
groups; each R.sup.3 and R.sup.4 is independently selected from the
group consisting of: hydrogen, cyano, halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, --OH,
--CF.sub.3, --OCF.sub.3, --NO.sub.2, --C(O)R.sup.13,
--C(O)OR.sup.13, --C(O)NHR.sup.17, --SO.sub.(t)NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--SO.sub.(t)R.sup.3, --C(O)NR.sup.13OR.sup.14, unsubstituted or
substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl; wherein
there are 1 to 6 substituents on said substituted aryl group and
each substituent is independently selected from the group
consisting of: R.sup.9 groups; and wherein there are 1 to 6
substituents on said substituted heteroaryl group and each
substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of:
R.sup.9 groups; each R.sup.5 and R.sup.6 are the same or different
and are independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, --CF.sub.3, --OCF.sub.3,
--NO.sub.2, --C(O)R.sup.13--C(O)OR.sup.13, --C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--SO.sub.(t)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --C(O)NR.sup.13OR.sup.14, cyano,
unsubstituted or substituted aryl, and unsubstituted or substituted
heteroaryl group; wherein there are 1 to 6 substituents on said
substituted aryl group and each substituent is independently
selected from the group consisting of: R.sup.9 groups; and wherein
there are 1 to 6 substituents on said substituted heteroaryl group
and each substituent is independently selected from the group
consisting of: R.sup.9 groups; each R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 is
independently selected from the group consisting of: H,
unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted
aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or
substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted
heteroarylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl,
unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkylalkyl, --CO.sub.2R.sup.13,
--CONR.sup.13R.sup.14, alkynyl, alkenyl, and cycloalkenyl; and
wherein there are one or more substituents on said substituted
R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 groups, wherein each substituent is
independently selected from the group consisting of: a) halogen, b)
--CF.sub.3, c) --COR.sup.13, d) --OR.sup.13, e)
--NR.sup.13R.sup.14, f) --NO.sub.2, g) --CN, h)
--SO.sub.2OR.sup.13, i) --Si(alkyl).sub.3, wherein each alkyl is
independently selected, j) --Si(aryl).sub.3, wherein each alkyl is
independently selected, k) --(R.sup.13).sub.2R.sup.- 14Si, wherein
each R.sup.13 is independently selected, l) --CO.sub.2R.sup.13, m)
--C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, n) --SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14, o)
--SO.sub.2R.sup.13, p) --OC(O)R.sup.13, q)
--OC(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, r) --NR.sup.3C(O)R.sup.14, and s)
--NR.sup.13CO.sub.2R.sup.14; R.sup.8a is selected from the group
consisting of: hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl and cycloalkylalkyl;
each R.sup.9 is independently selected from the group consisting
of: a) --R.sup.13, b) halogen, c) --CF.sub.3, d) --COR.sup.13, e)
--OR.sup.13, f) --NR.sup.13R.sup.14, g) --NO.sub.2, h) --CN, i)
--SO.sub.2R.sup.13, j) --SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14, k)
--NR.sup.13COR.sup.14, l) --CONR.sup.13R.sup.14, m)
--NR.sup.3CO.sub.2R.sup.14, n) --CO.sub.2R.sup.13, 2476p) alkyl
substituted with one or more --OH groups, q) alkyl substituted with
one or more --NR.sup.13R.sup.14 group, and r)
--N(R.sup.13)SO.sub.2R.sup.14; R.sup.12 is selected from the group
consisting of: hydrogen, --C(O)OR.sup.13, unsubstituted or
substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl,
unsubstituted or substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted or
substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl,
unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkylalkyl, and unsubstituted or
substituted heteroarylalkyl group; wherein there are 1 to 6
substituents on the substituted R.sup.12 groups and each
substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of:
R.sup.9 groups; each R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 is independently
selected from the group consisting of: H, unsubstituted or
substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted
or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted arylalkyl,
unsubstituted or substituted heteroarylalkyl, unsubstituted or
substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted
cycloalkylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocyclic,
unsubstituted or substituted fluoroalkyl, and unsubstituted or
substituted heterocycloalkylalkyl; wherein there are 1 to 6
substituents on said substituted R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 groups and
each substituent is independently selected from the group
consisting of: alkyl, --CF.sub.3, --OH, alkoxy, aryl, arylalkyl,
fluroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl,
heteroarylalkyl, --N(R.sup.40).sub.2, --C(O)OR.sup.15,
--C(O)NR.sup.15R.sup.16, --S(O).sub.tNR.sup.15R.sup.16,
--C(O)R.sup.15, --SO.sub.2R.sup.15 provided that R.sup.15 is not H,
halogen, and --NHC(O)NR.sup.15R.sup.16; or R.sup.13 and R.sup.14
taken together with the nitrogen they are attached to in the groups
--NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14- , --OC(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--CONR.sup.13R.sup.14--NR.sup.13C(O)NR.sup.13R- .sup.14,
--SO.sub.tNR.sup.13R.sup.14, --NHSO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14 form an
unsubstituted or substituted saturated heterocyclic ring, said ring
optionally containing one additional heteroatom selected from the
group consisting of: O, S and NR.sup.18; wherein there are 1 to 3
substituents on the substituted cyclized R.sup.13 and R.sup.14
groups and each substituent is independently selected from the
group consisting of: alkyl, aryl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,
alkoxyalkyl, arylalkyl, fluoroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl,
heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, amino, --C(O)OR.sup.15,
--C(O)NR.sup.15R.sup.16, --SO.sub.tNR.sup.15R.sup- .16,
--C(O)R.sup.15, --SO.sub.2R.sup.15 provided that R.sup.5 is not H,
--NHC(O)NR.sup.15R.sup.16, --NHC(O)OR.sup.15, halogen, and a
heterocycloalkenyl group; each R.sup.15 and R.sup.16 is
independently selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl,
aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl and heteroaryl; R.sup.17 is selected
from the group consisting of: --SO.sub.2alkyl, --SO.sub.2aryl,
--SO.sub.2cycloalkyl, and --SO.sub.2heteroaryl; R.sup.18 is
selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl,
--C(O)R.sup.19, --SO.sub.2R.sup.19 and --C(O)NR.sup.19R.sup.20;
each R.sup.19 and R.sup.20 is independently selected from the group
consisting of: alkyl, aryl and heteroaryl; each R.sup.40 is
independently selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl and
cycloalkyl; and t is 0, 1 or 2.
118. The method of claim 117 wherein said compound of formula IA is
administered in combination with the administration an effective
amount of at least one anti-angiogenesis compound.
119. A method of treating a disease selected from the group
consisting of: gingivitis, respiratory viruses, herpes viruses,
hepatitis viruses, HIV, kaposi's sarcoma associated virus and
atherosclerosis, in a patient in need of such treatment, comprising
administering to said patient an effective amount of at least one
compound of formula IA: 2477and the pharmaceutically acceptable
salts and solvates thereof, wherein: A is selected from the group
consisting of: 247824792480wherein the above rings of said A groups
are substituted with 1 to 6 substituents each independently
selected from the group consisting of: R.sup.9 groups; 2481wherein
one or both of the above rings of said A groups are substituted
with 1 to 6 substituents each independently selected from the group
consisting of: R.sup.9 groups; 2482wherein the above phenyl rings
of said A groups are substituted with 1 to 3 substituents each
independently selected from the group consisting of: R.sup.9
groups; and 2483B is: 2484n is 0 to 6; p is 1 to 5; X is O, NH, or
S; Z is 1 to 3; R.sup.2 is selected from the group consisting of:
hydrogen, OH, --C(O)OH, --SH, --SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--NHC(O)R.sup.13, --NHSO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--NHSO.sub.2R.sup.13, --NR.sup.13 R.sup.14--C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--C(O)NHOR.sup.13, --C(O)N R.sup.13OH, --S(O.sub.2)OH,
--OC(O)R.sup.13, an unsubstituted heterocyclic acidic functional
group, and a substituted heterocyclic acidic functional group;
wherein there are 1 to 6 substituents on said substituted
heterocyclic acidic functional group each substituent being
independently selected from the group consisting of: R.sup.9
groups; each R.sup.3 and R.sup.4 is independently selected from the
group consisting of: hydrogen, cyano, halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, --OH,
--CF.sub.3, --OCF.sub.3, --NO.sub.2, --C(O)R.sup.13,
--C(O)OR.sup.13, --C(O)NHR.sup.17, --SO.sub.(t)NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--SO.sub.(t)R.sup.13, --C(O)NR.sup.13OR.sup.14, unsubstituted or
substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl; wherein
there are 1 to 6 substituents on said substituted aryl group and
each substituent is independently selected from the group
consisting of: R.sup.9 groups; and wherein there are 1 to 6
substituents on said substituted heteroaryl group and each
substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of:
R.sup.9 groups; each R.sup.5 and R.sup.6 are the same or different
and are independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, --CF.sub.3, --OCF.sub.3,
--NO.sub.2, --C(O)R.sup.13, --C(O)OR.sup.13,
--C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --SO.sub.(t)NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--C(O)NR.sup.13OR.sup.14, cyano, unsubstituted or substituted aryl,
and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl group; wherein there
are 1 to 6 substituents on said substituted aryl group and each
substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of:
R.sup.9 groups; and wherein there are 1 to 6 substituents on said
substituted heteroaryl group and each substituent is independently
selected from the group consisting of: R.sup.9 groups; each R.sup.7
and R.sup.8 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
H, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted
aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or
substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted
heteroarylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl,
unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkylalkyl, --CO.sub.2R.sup.13,
--CONR.sup.13R.sup.14, alkynyl, alkenyl, and cycloalkenyl; and
wherein there are one or more substituents on said substituted
R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 groups, wherein each substituent is
independently selected from the group consisting of: a) halogen, b)
--CF.sub.3, c) --COR.sup.13, d) --OR.sup.13, e)
--NR.sup.13R.sup.14, f) --NO.sub.2, g) --CN, h)
--SO.sub.2OR.sup.13, i) --Si(alkyl).sub.3, wherein each alkyl is
independently selected, j) --Si(aryl).sub.3, wherein each alkyl is
independently selected, k) --(R.sup.13).sub.2R.sup.- 14Si, wherein
each R.sup.13 is independently selected, l) --CO.sub.2R.sup.13, m)
--C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, n) --SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14, o)
--SO.sub.2R.sup.13, p) --OC(O)R.sup.13, q)
--OC(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, r) --NR.sup.13C(O)R.sup.14, and s)
--NR.sup.13CO.sub.2R.sup.14; R.sup.8a is selected from the group
consisting of: hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl and cycloalkylalkyl;
each R.sup.9 is independently selected from the group consisting
of: a) --R.sup.13, b) halogen, c) --CF.sub.3, d) --COR.sup.13, e)
--OR.sup.13, f) --NR.sup.13R.sup.14, g) --NO.sub.2, h) --CN, i)
--SO.sub.2R.sup.13, j) --SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14, k)
--NR.sup.13COR.sup.14, l) --CONR.sup.13R.sup.14, m)
--NR.sup.13CO.sub.2R.sup.14, n) --CO.sub.2R.sup.13, 2485p) alkyl
substituted with one or more --OH groups, q) alkyl substituted with
one or more --NR.sup.13R.sup.14 group, and r)
--N(R.sup.13)SO.sub.2R.sup.14; R.sup.12 is selected from the group
consisting of: hydrogen, --C(O)OR.sup.13, unsubstituted or
substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl,
unsubstituted or substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted or
substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl,
unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkylalkyl, and unsubstituted or
substituted heteroarylalkyl group; wherein there are 1 to 6
substituents on the substituted R.sup.12 groups and each
substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of:
R.sup.9 groups; each R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 is independently
selected from the group consisting of: H, unsubstituted or
substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted
or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted arylalkyl,
unsubstituted or substituted heteroarylalkyl, unsubstituted or
substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted
cycloalkylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocyclic,
unsubstituted or substituted fluoroalkyl, and unsubstituted or
substituted heterocycloalkylalkyl; wherein there are 1 to 6
substituents on said substituted R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 groups and
each substituent is independently selected from the group
consisting of: alkyl, --CF.sub.3, --OH, alkoxy, aryl, arylalkyl,
fluroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl,
heteroarylalkyl, --N(R.sup.40).sub.2, --C(O)OR.sup.15,
--C(O)NR.sup.15R.sup.16, --S(O).sub.tNR.sup.15R.sup.16,
--C(O)R.sup.15, --SO.sub.2R.sup.15 provided that R.sup.15 is not H,
halogen, and --NHC(O)NR.sup.15R.sup.16; or R.sup.13 and R.sup.14
taken together with the nitrogen they are attached to in the groups
--NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14- , --OC(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14--,
NHSO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --NR.sup.13C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--SO.sub.tNR.sup.13R.sup.14, --NHSO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14 form an
unsubstituted or substituted saturated heterocyclic ring, said ring
optionally containing one additional heteroatom selected from the
group consisting of: O, S and NR.sup.18; wherein there are 1 to 3
substituents on the substituted cyclized R.sup.13 and R.sup.14
groups and each substituent is independently selected from the
group consisting of: alkyl, aryl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,
alkoxyalkyl, arylalkyl, fluoroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl,
heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, amino, --C(O)OR.sup.15,
--C(O)NR.sup.15R.sup.16, --SO.sub.tNR.sup.15R.sup.16,
--C(O)R.sup.15, --SO.sub.2R.sup.15 provided that R.sup.15 is not H,
--NHC(O)NR.sup.15R.sup.16, --NHC(O)OR.sup.15, halogen, and a
heterocycloalkenyl group; each R.sup.15 and R.sup.16 is
independently selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl,
aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl and heteroaryl; R.sup.17 is selected
from the group consisting of: --SO.sub.2alkyl, --SO.sub.2aryl,
--SO.sub.2cycloalkyl, and --SO.sub.2heteroaryl; R.sup.18 is
selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl,
--C(O)R.sup.19, --SO.sub.2R.sup.19 and --C(O)NR.sup.19R.sup.20;
each R.sup.19 and R.sup.20 is independently selected from the group
consisting of: alkyl, aryl and heteroaryl; each R.sup.40 is
independently selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl and
cycloalkyl; and t is 0, 1 or 2.
120. The method of claim 112 wherein the chemokine mediated disease
is an angiogenic ocular disease.
121. The method of claim 120 wherein said angiogenic ocular disease
is selected from the group consisting of: ocular inflammation,
retinopathy of prematurity, diabetic retinopathy, macular
degeneration with the wet type preferred and corneal
neovascularization.
122. The method of claim 114 wherein the cancer treated is
melanoma, gastric carcinoma, or non-small cell lung carcinoma.
123. The method of claim 115 wherein the cancer-treated is
melanoma, gastric carcinoma, or non-small cell lung carcinoma.
124. The method of claim 116, wherein the cancer treated is
melanoma, gastric carcinoma, or non-small cell lung carcinoma.
125. The compound of claim 1 selected from the group consisting of
the final compounds of Examples 1 to 1311.
Description
CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATION
[0001] This application is a continuation in part of U.S.
application Ser. No. 10/208412 filed Jul. 30, 2002, which in turn
is a continuation in part of U.S. application Ser. No. 10/122841
filed Apr. 15, 2002, which in turn claims the benefit U.S.
Provisional Application No. 60/284,026, filed Apr. 16, 2001, the
disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference
thereto.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
[0002] The present invention relates to novel substituted
cyclobutenedione compounds, pharmaceutical compositions containing
the compounds, and the use of the compounds and formulations in
treating CXC chemokine-mediated diseases.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
[0003] Chemokines are chemotactic cytokines that are released by a
wide variety of cells to attract macrophages, T-cells, eosinophils,
basophils, neutrophils and endothelial cells to sites of
inflammation and tumor growth. There are two main classes of
chemokines, the CXC-chemokines and the CC-- chemokines. The class
depends on whether the first two cysteines are separated by a
single amino acid (CXC-chemokines) or are adjacent (CC-chemokines).
The CXC-chemokines include interleukin-8 (IL-8),
neutrophil-activating protein-1 (NAP-1), neutrophil-activating
protein-2 (NAP-2), GRO.alpha., GRO.beta., GRO.gamma., ENA-78,
GCP-2, IP-10, MIG and PF4. CC chemokines include RANTES,
MIP-1.alpha., MIP-2.beta., monocyte chemotactic protein-1 (MCP-1),
MCP-2, MCP-3 and eotaxin. Individual members of the chemokine
families are known to be bound by at least one chemokine receptor,
with CXC-chemokines generally bound by members of the CXCR class of
receptors, and CC-chemokines by members of the CCR class of
receptors. For example, IL-8 is bound by the CXCR-1 and CXCR-2
receptors.
[0004] Since CXC-chemokines promote the accumulation and activation
of neutrophils, these chemokines have been implicated in a wide
range of acute and chronic inflammatory disorders including
psoriasis and rheumatoid arthritis. Baggiolini et al., FEBS Lett.
307, 97 (1992); Miller et al., Crit. Rev. Immunol. 12,17 (1992);
Oppenheim et al., Annu. Fev. Immunol. 9, 617 (1991); Seitz et al.,
J. Clin. Invest. 87, 463 (1991); Miller et al., Am. Rev. Respir.
Dis. 146, 427 (1992); Donnely et al., Lancet 341,643(1993).
[0005] ELRCXC chemokines including IL-8, GROG, GROP, GROY, NAP-2,
and ENA-78 (Strieter et al. 1995 JBC 270 p. 27348-57) have also
been implicated in the induction of tumor angiogenesis (new blood
vessel growth). All of these chemokines are believed to exert their
actions by binding to the 7 transmembrane G-protein coupled
receptor CXCR2 (also known as IL-8RB), while IL-8 also binds CXCR1
(also known as IL-8RA). Thus, their angiogenic activity is due to
their binding to and activation of CXCR2, and possible CXCR1 for
IL-8, expressed on the surface of vascular endothelial cells (ECs)
in surrounding vessels.
[0006] Many different types of tumors have been shown to produce
ELRCXC chemokines and their production has been correlated with a
more aggressive phenotype (Inoue et al. 2000 Clin Cancer Res 6 p.
2104-2119) and poor prognosis (Yoneda et. al. 1998 J Nat Cancer
Inst 90 p. 447-454). Chemokines are potent chemotactic factors and
the ELRCXC chemokines have been shown to induce EC chemotaxis.
Thus, these chemokines probably induce chemotaxis of endothelial
cells toward their site of production in the tumor. This may be a
critical step in the induction of angiogenesis by the tumor.
Inhibitors of CXCR2 or dual inhibitors of CXCR2 and CXCR1 will
inhibit the angiogenic activity of the ELRCXC chemokines and
therefore block the growth of the tumor. This anti-tumor activity
has been demonstrated for antibodies to IL-8 (Arenberg et al. 1996
J Clin Invest 97 p. 2792-2802), ENA-78 (Arenberg et al. 1998 J Clin
Invest 102 p. 465-72), and GRO-.alpha. (Haghnegahdar et al. J.
Leukoc Biology 2000 67 p. 53-62).
[0007] Many tumor cells have also been shown to express CXCR2 and
thus tumor cells may also stimulate their own growth when they
secrete ELRCXC chemokines. Thus, along with decreasing
angiogenesis, inhibitors of CXCR2 may directly inhibit the growth
of tumor cells.
[0008] Hence, the CXC-chemokine receptors represent promising
targets for the development of novel anti-inflammatory and
anti-tumor agents.
[0009] There remains a need for compounds that are capable of
modulating activity at CXC-chemokine receptors. For example,
conditions associated with an increase in IL-8 production (which is
responsible for chemotaxis of neutrophil and T-cell subsets into
the inflammatory site and growth of tumors) would benefit by
compounds that are inhibitors of IL-8 receptor binding.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0010] This invention provides a method of treating a chemokine
mediated disease in a patient in need of such treatment comprising
administering to said patient an effective amount of a compound of
formula IA, as described below This invention also provides a
method of treating cancer in a patient in need of such treatment
comprising administering to said patient an effective amount of a
compound of formula IA, as described below.
[0011] This invention also provides a method of treating cancer in
a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to
said patient an effective amount of a compound of formula IA, as
described below, concurrently or sequentially with: (a) a
microtubule affecting agent, or (b) an antineoplastic agent, or (c)
an anti-angiogenesis agent, or (d) a VEGF receptor kinase
inhibitor, or (e) antibodies against the VEGF receptor, or (f)
interferon, and/or g) radiation.
[0012] This invention also provides a method of inhibiting
angiogenesis, in a patient in need of such treatment, comprising
administering to said patient an effective amount of at least one
compound of formula IA, as described below.
[0013] This invention also provedes a method of treating angiogenic
ocular disease (e.g., ocular inflammation, retinopathy of
prematurity, diabetic retinopathy, macular degeneration with the
wet type preferred and corneal neovascularization).
[0014] This invention also provides a method of treating a disease
selected from the group consisting of: gingivitis, respiratory
viruses, herpes viruses, hepatitis viruses, HIV, kaposi's sarcoma
associated virus and atherosclerosis, in a patient in need of such
treatment, comprising administering to said patient an effective
amount of at least one compound of formula IA, as described
below.
[0015] This invention also provides novel compounds of formula IA,
as described below.
[0016] This invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition
comprising at least one (e.g., 1-3, usually 1) compound of formula
IA, as described below, and a pharmaceutically acceptable
carrier.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
[0017] When any variable occurs more than one time in any moiety,
its definition on each occurrence is independent of its definition
at every other occurrence. Also, combinations of substituents
and/or variables are permissible only if such combinations result
in stable compounds.
[0018] Unless indicated otherwise, the following definitions apply
throughout the present specification and claims. These definitions
apply regardless of whether a term is used by itself or in
combination with other terms. For example, the definition of
"alkyl" also applies to the "alkyl" portion of "alkoxy".
[0019] "Patient" includes both human and other mammals, preferably
human.
[0020] "Mammal" includes a human being, and preferably means a
human being.
[0021] "Alkyl" means a straight or branched saturated hydrocarbon
chain having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms,
more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
[0022] "Alkoxy" means an alkyl-O-- group wherein alkyl is as
defined above. Non-limiting examples of alkoxy groups include:
methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, iso-propoxy and n-butoxy. The bond to
the parent moiety is through the ether oxygen.
[0023] "Alkenyl" means a straight or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon
group having at least one carbon-carbon double bond, and 2 to 20
carbon atoms, preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably
2 to 6 carbon atoms. Non-limiting examples of alkenyl groups
include: ethenyl, propenyl, n-butenyl, 3-methylbut-2-enyl,
n-pentenyl, octenyl and decenyl.
[0024] "Alkynyl" means a straight or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon
group having at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, and 2 to 15
carbon atoms, preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably
2 to 4 carbon atoms. Non-limiting examples of alkynyl groups
include ethynyl, propynyl, 2-butynyl, 3-methylbutynyl, n-pentynyl,
and decynyl.
[0025] "Aryl" means an aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring
system, wherein at least one ring is aromatic, comprising about 6
to about 14 carbon atoms, and preferably about 6 to about 10 carbon
atoms. Non-limiting examples of suitable aryl groups include:
phenyl, naphthyl, indenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indanyl,
anthracenyl, and fluorenyl.
[0026] "Arylalkyl" means an aryl group, as defined above, bound to
an alkyl group, as defined above, wherein the alkyl group is bound
to the parent moiety. Non-limiting examples of suitable arylalkyl
groups include benzyl, phenethyl and naphthleneylmethyl.
[0027] "Cycloalkyl" means saturated carbocyclic rings having 3 to
10 (e.g., 3 to 7) carbon atoms, preferably 5 to 10 carbon atoms,
and more preferably 5 to 7 carbon atoms, and having one to three
rings. Non-limiting examples of cycloalkyl groups include:
cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, norbornyl, and
adamantyl.
[0028] "Cycloalkylalkyl" means a cycloalkyl group bound to the
parent moiety through an alkyl group. Non-limiting examples
include: cyclopropylmethyl and cyclohexylmethyl.
[0029] "Cycloalkenyl" means a non-aromatic mono or multicyclic ring
system comprising 3 to 10 carbon atoms, and preferably 5 to 10
carbon atoms, and having at least one carbon-carbon double bond.
Preferred cycloalkenyl rings have 5 to 7 carbon atoms. Non-limiting
examples of cycloalkyl groups include cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl,
cycloheptenyl, and norbornenyl.
[0030] "Halo" means fluoro, chloro, bromo, or iodo groups.
Preferred are fluoro, chloro or bromo, and more preferred are
fluoro and chloro.
[0031] "Halogen" means fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine.
Preferred are fluorine, chlorine or bromine, and more preferred are
fluorine and chlorine.
[0032] "Haloalkyl" means an alkyl group as defined above wherein
one or more hydrogen atoms on the alkyl is replaced by a halo group
defined above.
[0033] "Heterocyclyl" or "heterocyclic" or "heterocycloalkyl" means
a non-aromatic saturated monocyclic or multicyclic ring system
(i.e., a saturated carbocyclic ring or ring system) comprising 3 to
10 ring atoms (e.g., 3 to 7 ring atoms), preferably 5 to 10 ring
atoms, in which one or more of the atoms in the ring system is an
element other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur,
alone or in combination. There are no adjacent oxygen and/or sulfur
atoms present in the ring system. Preferred heterocyclyls have 5 to
6 ring atoms. The prefix aza, oxa or thia before the heterocyclyl
root name means that at least a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom,
respectively, is present as a ring atom. The nitrogen or sulfur
atom of the heterocyclyl can be optionally oxidized to the
corresponding N-oxide, S-oxide or S,S-dioxide. Non-limiting
examples of monocyclic heterocyclyl rings include: piperidyl,
pyrrolidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl,
thiazolidinyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, 1,4-dioxanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl,
tetrahydrothiophenyl, and tetrahydroth iopyranyl.
[0034] The term heterocyclic acidic functional group is intended to
include groups such as, pyrrole, imidazole, triazole, tetrazole,
and the like.
[0035] "Heteroaryl" means an aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic
ring system comprising 5 to 14 ring atoms, preferably 5 to 10 ring
atoms, in which one or more of the ring atoms is an element other
than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, alone or in
combination. Preferred heteroaryls contain 5 to 6 ring atoms. The
prefix aza, oxa or thia before the heteroaryl root name means that
at least a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom respectively, is present
as a ring atom. A nitrogen atom of a heteroaryl can be optionally
oxidized to the corresponding N-oxide. Non-limiting examples of
heteroaryls include: pyridyl, pyrazinyl, furanyl, thienyl,
pyrimidinyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl,
pyrazolyl, furazanyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl,
1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, quinoxalinyl,
phthalazinyl, imidazo[1,2-a]pyridinyl, imidazo[2,1-b]thiazolyl,
benzofurazanyl, indolyl, azaindolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothienyl,
quinolinyl, imidazolyl, thienopyridyl, quinazolinyl,
thienopyrimidyl, pyrrolopyridyl, imidazopyridyl, isoquinolinyl,
benzoazaindolyl, 1,2,4-triazinyl, and benzothiazolyl.
[0036] "Heteroarylalkyl" means a heteroaryl group, as defined
above, bound to an alkyl group, as defined above, where the bond to
the parent moiety is through the alkyl group.
[0037] N-oxides can form on a tertiary nitrogen present in an R
substituent, or on .dbd.N- in a heteroaryl ring substituent and are
included in the compounds of formula 1.
[0038] The term "prodrug," as used herein, represents compounds
which are rapidly transformed in vivo to the parent compound of the
above formula, for example, by hydrolysis in blood. A thorough
discussion is provided in T. Higuchi and V. Stella, Pro-drugs as
Novel Delivery Systems, Vol. 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series, and
in Edward B. Roche, ed., Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design,
American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987, both
of which are incorporated herein by reference.
[0039] As used herein, the term "composition" is intended to
encompass a product comprising the specified ingredients in the
specified amounts, as well as any product which results, directly
or indirectly, from combination of the specified ingredients in the
specified amounts.
[0040] As used in the methods of this invention, "an effective
amount" means a therapeutically acceptable amount (i.e., that
amount which provides the desired therapeutic effective). Also,
"Bn" represents benzyl.
[0041] Representative embodiments of this invention are described
below. The embodiments have been numbered for purposes of reference
thereto.
[0042] The methods of this invention use a compound of formula IA:
2
[0043] and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts (e.g., sodium or
calcium salt) and solvates thereof, wherein:
[0044] A is selected from the group consisting of: 3456
[0045] wherein the above rings of said A groups are substituted
with 1 to 6 substituents each independently selected from the group
consisting of: R.sup.9 groups; 7
[0046] wherein one or both of the above rings of said A groups are
substituted with 1 to 6 substituents each independently selected
from the group consisting of: R.sup.9 groups; 8
[0047] wherein the above phenyl rings of said A groups are
substituted with 1 to 3 substituents each independently selected
from the group consisting of: R.sup.9 groups; and 9
[0048] B is selected from the group consisting of 1011
[0049] n is 0 to 6;
[0050] p is 1 to 5;
[0051] X is O, NH, or S;
[0052] Z is 1 to 3;
[0053] R.sup.2 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen,
OH, --C(O)OH, --SH, --SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --NHC(O)R.sup.13,
--NHSO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --NHSO.sub.2R.sup.13,
--NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --C(O)NHOR.sup.13,
--C(O)NR.sup.13OH, --S(O.sub.2)OH, --OC(O)R.sup.13, an
unsubstituted heterocyclic acidic functional group, and a
substituted heterocyclic acidic functional group; wherein there are
1 to 6 substituents on said substituted heterocyclic acidic
functional group each substituent being independently selected from
the group consisting of: R.sup.9 groups;
[0054] each R.sup.3 and R.sup.4 is independently selected from the
group consisting of: hydrogen, cyano, halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, --OH,
--CF.sub.3, --OCF.sub.3, --NO.sub.2, --C(O)R.sup.13,
--C(O)OR.sup.13, --C(O)NHR.sup.17, --C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--SO.sub.(t)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --SO.sub.(t)R.sup.13,
--C(O)NR.sup.13OR.sup.14, unsubstituted or substituted aryl,
unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, 12
[0055] wherein there are 1 to 6 substituents on said substituted
aryl group and each substituent is independently selected from the
group consisting of: R.sup.9 groups; and wherein there are 1 to 6
substituents on said substituted heteroaryl group and each
substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of:
R.sup.9 groups;
[0056] each R.sup.5 and R.sup.6 are the same or different and are
independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, --CF.sub.3, --OCF.sub.3, --NO.sub.2,
--C(O)R.sup.13, --C(O)OR.sup.13, --C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--SO.sub.(t)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --C(O)NR.sup.13OR.sup.14, cyano,
unsubstituted or substituted aryl, and unsubstituted or substituted
heteroaryl group; wherein there are 1 to 6 substituents on said
substituted aryl group and each substituent is independently
selected from the group consisting of: R.sup.9 groups; and wherein
there are 1 to 6 substituents on said substituted heteroaryl group
and each substituent is independently selected from the group
consisting of: R.sup.9 groups;
[0057] each R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 is independently selected from the
group consisting of: H, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl,
unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted
heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted
or substituted heteroarylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted
cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkylalkyl,
--CO.sub.2R.sup.13, --CONR.sup.13R.sup.14, alkynyl, alkenyl, and
cycloalkenyl; and wherein there are one or more (e.g., 1 to 6)
substituents on said substituted R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 groups,
wherein each substitutent is independently selected from the group
consisting of:
[0058] a) halogen,
[0059] b) --CF.sub.3,
[0060] c) --COR.sup.13,
[0061] d) --OR.sup.13,
[0062] e) --NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
[0063] f) --NO.sub.2,
[0064] g) --CN,
[0065] h) --SO.sub.2OR.sup.13,
[0066] i) --Si(alkyl).sub.3, wherein each alkyl is independently
selected,
[0067] j) --Si(aryl).sub.3, wherein each alkyl is independently
selected,
[0068] k) --(R.sup.13).sub.2R.sup.14Si, wherein each R.sup.13 is
independently selected,
[0069] l) --CO.sub.2R.sup.13,
[0070] m) --C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
[0071] n) --SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
[0072] o) --SO.sub.2R.sup.13,
[0073] p) --OC(O)R.sup.13,
[0074] q) --OC(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
[0075] r) --NR.sup.13C(O)R.sup.14, and
[0076] s) --NR.sup.13CO.sub.2R.sup.14; (fluoroalkyl is one
non-limiting example of an alkyl group that is substituted with
halogen);
[0077] R.sup.8a is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen,
alkyl, cycloalkyl and cycloalkylalkyl;
[0078] each R.sup.9 is independently selected from the group
consisting of:
[0079] a) --R.sup.13,
[0080] b) halogen,
[0081] c) --CF.sub.3,
[0082] d) --COR.sup.13,
[0083] e) --OR.sup.13,
[0084] f) --NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
[0085] g) --NO.sub.2,
[0086] h) --CN,
[0087] i) --SO.sub.2R.sup.13,
[0088] j) --SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
[0089] k) --NR.sup.13COR.sup.14,
[0090] l) --CONR.sup.13R.sup.14,
[0091] m) --NR.sup.13CO.sub.2R.sup.14,
[0092] n) --CO.sub.2R.sup.13, 13
[0093] p) alkyl substituted with one or more (e.g., one) --OH
groups (e.g., --(CH.sub.2).sub.qOH, wherein q is 1-6, usually 1 to
2, and preferably 1),
[0094] q) alkyl substituted with one or more (e.g., one)
--NR.sup.13R.sup.14 group (e.g.,
--(CH.sub.2).sub.qNR.sup.13R.sup.14, wherein q is 1-6, usually 1 to
2, and preferably 1), and
[0095] r) --N(R.sup.13)SO.sub.2R.sup.14 (e.g., R.sup.13 is H and
R.sup.14 is alkyl, such as methyl);
[0096] each R.sup.10 and R.sup.11 is independently selected from
the group consisting of R.sup.13, hydrogen, alkyl (e.g., C.sub.1 to
C.sub.6, such as methyl), halogen, --CF.sub.3, --OCF.sub.3,
--NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --NR.sup.13C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --OH,
--C(O)OR.sup.13, --SH, --SO.sub.(t)NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--SO.sub.2R.sup.13, --NHC(O)R.sup.13,
--NHSO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --NHSO.sub.2R.sup.13,
--C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --C(O)NR.sup.13OR.sup.14, --OC(O)R.sup.13
and cyano;
[0097] R.sup.12 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen,
--C(O)OR.sup.13, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted
or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted arylalkyl,
unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or
substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkylalkyl,
and unsubstituted or substituted heteroarylalkyl group; wherein
there are 1 to 6 substituents on the substituted R.sup.12 groups
and each substituent is independently selected from the group
consisting of: R.sup.9 groups;
[0098] each R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 is independently selected from
the group consisting of: H, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl,
unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted
heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted
or substituted heteroarylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted
cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkylalkyl,
unsubstituted or substituted heterocyclic, unsubstituted or
substituted fluoroalkyl, and unsubstituted or substituted
heterocycloalkylalkyl (wherein "heterocyloalkyl" means
heterocyclic); wherein there are 1 to 6 substituents on said
substituted R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 groups and each substituent is
independently selected from the group consisting of: alkyl,
--CF.sub.3, --OH, alkoxy, aryl, arylalkyl, fluroalkyl, cycloalkyl,
cycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, --N(R.sup.40).sub.2,
--C(O)OR.sup.15, --C(O)NR.sup.15R.sup.16,
--S(O).sub.tNR.sup.15R.sup.16, --C(O)R.sup.15, --SO.sub.2R.sup.15
provided that R.sup.15 is not H, halogen, and
--NHC(O)NR.sup.15R.sup.16; or
[0099] R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 taken together with the nitrogen they
are attached to in the groups --C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14 and
--SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14 form an unsubstituted or substituted
saturated heterocyclic ring (preferably a 3 to 7 membered
heterocyclic ring), said ring optionally containing one additional
heteroatom selected from the group consisting of: O, S and
NR.sup.18; wherein there are 1 to 3 substituents on the substituted
cyclized R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 groups (i.e., there is 1 to 3
substituents on the ring formed when the R.sup.13 and R.sup.14
groups are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are
bound) and each substituent is independently selected from the
group consisting of: alkyl, aryl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,
alkoxyalkyl, arylalkyl, fluoroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl,
heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, amino, --C(O)OR.sup.15,
--C(O)NR.sup.15R.sup.16, --SO.sub.2NR.sup.15R.sup.16,
--C(O)R.sup.15, --SO.sub.2R.sup.15 provided that R.sup.15 is not H,
--NHC(O)NR.sup.15R.sup.16, --NHC(O)OR.sup.15, halogen, and a
heterocycloalkenyl group (i.e., a heterocyclic group that has at
least one, and preferably one, double bond in a ring, e.g., 14
[0100] each R.sup.15 and R.sup.16 is independently selected from
the group consisting of: H, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl and
heteroaryl;
[0101] R.sup.17 is selected from the group consisting of:
--SO.sub.2alkyl, --SO.sub.2aryl, --SO.sub.2cycloalkyl, and
--SO.sub.2heteroaryl;
[0102] R.sup.18 is selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl,
aryl, heteroaryl, --C(O)R.sup.19, --SO.sub.2R.sup.19 and
--C(O)NR.sup.19R.sup.20;
[0103] each R.sup.19 and R.sup.20 is independently selected from
the group consisting of: alkyl, aryl and heteroaryl;
[0104] R.sup.30 is selected from the group consisting of: alkyl,
cycloalkyl, --CN, --NO.sub.2, or --SO.sub.2R.sup.15 provided that
R.sup.15 is not H;
[0105] each R.sup.31 is independently selected from the group
consisting of: unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted
aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl and unsubstituted or
substituted cycloalkyl; wherein there are 1 to 6 substituents on
said substituted R.sup.31 groups and each substituent is
independently selected from the group consisting of: alkyl, halogen
and --CF.sub.3;
[0106] each R.sup.40 is independently selected from the group
consisting of: H, alkyl and cycloalkyl; and
[0107] t is 0, 1 or 2.
[0108] An embodiment of the present invention is directed to a
method of treating a chemokine mediated disease in a patient in
need of such treatment (e.g., a mammal, preferably a human being)
comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically
effective amount of at least one (e.g., 1-3, and usually one)
compound of formula IA, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or
solvate thereof.
[0109] Examples of chemokine mediated diseases include:psoriasis,
atopic dermatitis, asthma, COPD, adult respiratory disease,
arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease, Crohn's disease, ulcerative
colitis, septic shock, endotoxic shock, gram negative sepsis, toxic
shock syndrome, stroke, cardiac and renal reperfusion injury,
glomerulonephritis, thrombosis, Alzheimer's disease, graft vs.
nhost reaction, allograft rejections, malaria, acute respiratory
distress syndrome, delayed type hypersensitivity reaction,
atherosclerosis, cerebral and cardiac ischemia, osteoarthritis,
multiple sclerosis, restinosis, angiogenesis, osteoporosis,
gingivitis, respiratory viruses, herpes viruses, hepatitis viruses,
HIV, Kaposi's sarcoma associated virus, meningitis, cystic
fibrosis, pre-term labor, cough, pruritis, multi-organ dysfunction,
trauma, strains, sprains, contusions, psoriatic arthritis, herpes,
encephalitis, CNS vasculitis, traumatic brain injury, CNS tumors,
subarachnoid hemorrhage, post surgical trauma, interstitial
pneumonitis, hypersensitivity, crystal induced arthritis, acute and
chronic pancreatitis, acute alcoholic hepatitis, necrotizing
enterocolitis, chronic sinusitis, angiogenic ocular disease, ocular
inflammation, retinopathy of prematurity, diabetic retinopathy,
macular degeneration with the wet type preferred and corneal
neovascularization, polymyositis, vasculitis, acne, gastric and
duodenal ulcers, celiac disease, esophagitis, glossitis, airflow
obstruction, airway hyperresponsiveness, bronchiectasis,
bronchiolitis, bronchiolitis obliterans, chronic bronchitis, cor
pulmonae, cough, dyspnea, emphysema, hypercapnea, hyperinflation,
hypoxemia, hyperoxia-induced inflammations, hypoxia, surgical lung
volume reduction, pulmonary fibrosis, pulmonary hypertension, right
ventricular hypertrophy, peritonitis associated with continuous
ambulatory peritoneal dialysis (CAPD), granulocytic ehrlichiosis,
sarcoidosis, small airway disease, ventilation-perfusion
mismatching, wheeze, colds, gout, alcoholic liver disease, lupus,
burn therapy, periodontitis, transplant reperfusion injury and
early transplantation.
[0110] An embodiment of the present invention is directed to a
method of treating cancer in a patient (e.g., a mammal, such as a
human being) in need of such treatment, comprising administering to
said patient, concurrently or sequentially, a therapeutically
effective amount of (a) at least one (e.g., 1-3, and usually one)
compound of formula IA, and (b) a microtubule affecting agent or
antineoplastic agent or anti-angiogenesis agent or VEGF receptor
kinase inhibitor or antibodies against the VEGF receptor or
interferon, and/or c) radiation.
[0111] In further embodiments directed to the treatment of cancer,
at least one (e.g., 1-3, and usually one) compound of formula IA is
administered in combination with antineoplastic agents (e.g., one
or more, such as one, or such as one or two), selected from the
group consisting of: gemcitabine, paclitaxel (Taxol.RTM.),
5-Fluorouracil (5-FU), cyclophosphamide (Cytoxan.RTM.),
temozolomide, taxotere and Vincristine.
[0112] In another embodiment the present invention provides a
method of treating cancer in a patient (e.g., a mammal, such as a
human being) in need of such treatment, comprising administering,
concurrently or sequentially, an effective amount of (a) a compound
of formula IA, and (b) a microtubule affecting agent (e.g.,
paclitaxel).
[0113] In another embodiment of the methods of this invention B is
selected from the group consisting of: 15
[0114] wherein all substituents are as defined for formula IA.
[0115] In another embodiment of the methods of this invention B is:
16
[0116] wherein:
[0117] R.sup.2, R.sup.4, R.sup.5 and R.sup.6 are as defined for
formula IA; and
[0118] R.sup.3 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen,
cyano, halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, --OH, --CF.sub.3, --OCF.sub.3,
--NO.sub.2, --C(O)R.sup.13, --C(O)OR.sup.13, --C(O)NHR.sup.17,
--SO.sub.(t)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --SO.sub.(t)R.sup.13,
--C(O)NR.sup.13OR.sup.14, unsubstituted or substituted aryl,
unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, wherein there are 1 to 6
substituents on said substituted aryl group and each substituent is
independently selected from the group consisting of: R.sup.9
groups; and wherein there are 1 to 6 substituents on said
substituted heteroaryl group and each substituent is independently
selected from the group consisting of: R.sup.9 groups.
[0119] In the methods of this invention:
[0120] (1) substituent A in formula IA is preferably selected from
the group consisting of: 17
[0121] wherein the above rings are unsubstituted or substituted, as
described for formula IA: and 18
[0122] and
[0123] wherein in (a) and (b) above: each R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 is
independently selected from the group consisting of: H,
unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted
aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or
substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted
heteroarylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl,
unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkylalkyl, --CO.sub.2R.sup.13,
--CONR.sup.13R.sup.14, fluoroalkyl, alkynyl, alkenyl, and
cycloalkenyl, wherein said substituents on said R.sup.7 and R.sup.8
substituted groups are selected from the group consisting of: a)
cyano, b) --CO.sub.2R.sup.13, c) --C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, d)
--SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14, e) --NO.sub.2, f) --CF.sub.3, g)
--OR.sup.13, h) --NR.sup.13R.sup.14, i) --OC(O)R.sup.13, j)
--OC(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, and k) halogen; and R.sup.83 and R.sup.9
are as defined in formula IA; and
[0124] (2) substituent B in formula IA is preferably selected from
the group consisting of: 19
[0125] wherein R.sup.2 to R.sup.6 and R.sup.10 to R.sup.14 are as
defined above.
[0126] In the methods of this invention:
[0127] (1) substituent A in formula IA is more preferably selected
from the group consisting of: 20
[0128] wherein the above rings are unsubstituted, or the above
rings are substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently
selected from the group consisting of: halogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl,
--CF.sub.3, cyano, --OCH.sub.3, and --NO.sub.2; each R.sup.7 and
R.sup.8 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H,
alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, t-butyl, and isopropyl), fluoroalkyl
(such as, --CF.sub.3 and --CF.sub.2CH.sub.3), cycloalkyl (e.g.,
cyclopropyl, and cyclohexyl), and cycloalkylalkyl (e.g.,
cyclopropylmethyl); and R.sup.9 is selected from the group
consisting of: H, halogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, --CF.sub.3, cyano,
--OCH.sub.3, and --NO.sub.2; and 21
[0129] wherein each R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 is independently selected
from the group consisting of: H, alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl,
t-butyl, and isopropyl), fluoroalkyl (such as, --CF.sub.3 and
--CF.sub.2CH.sub.3), cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl, and
cyclohexyl), and cycloalkylalkyl (e.g., cyclopropylmethyl); wherein
R.sup.8a is as defined in formula IA, and wherein R.sup.9 is
selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, alkyl,
cycloalkyl, --CF.sub.3, cyano, --OCH.sub.3, and --NO.sub.2; each
R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 is independently selected from the group
consisting of: H, alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, t-butyl, and
isopropyl), fluoroalkyl (such as, --CF.sub.3 and
--CF.sub.2CH.sub.3), cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl, and
cyclohexyl), and cycloalkylalkyl (e.g., cyclopropylmethyl); and
[0130] (2) substituent B in formula IA is more preferably selected
from the group consisting of: 22
[0131] wherein
[0132] R.sup.2 is selected from the group consisting of: H, OH,
--NHC(O)R.sup.13 or and --NHSO.sub.2R.sup.13;
[0133] R.sup.3 is selected from the group consisting of:
--SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --NO.sub.2, cyano,
--C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --SO.sub.2R.sup.13; and
--C(O)OR.sup.13;
[0134] R.sup.4 is selected from the group consisting of: H,
--NO.sub.2, cyano, --CH.sub.3, halogen, and --CF.sub.3;
[0135] R.sup.5 is selected from the group consisting of: H,
--CF.sub.3, --NO.sub.2, halogen and cyano;
[0136] R.sup.6 is selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl
and --CF.sub.3;
[0137] each R.sup.10 and R.sup.11 is independently selected from
the group consisting of: hydrogen, halogen, --CF.sub.3,
--NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --NR.sup.13C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--C(O)OR.sup.13, --SH, --SO.sub.(t)NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--SO.sub.2R.sup.13, --NHC(O)R.sup.13,
--NHSO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --NHSO.sub.2R.sup.13,
--C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --C(O)NRO.sup.13OR.sup.14,
--OC(O)R.sup.13, --COR.sup.13, --OR.sup.13, and cyano;
[0138] each R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 is independently selected from
the group consisting of: H, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl and t-butyl;
or
[0139] R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 when taken together with the nitrogen
they are attached to in the groups --NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--OC(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--CONR.sup.13R.sup.14--NR.sup.13C(O)NR.sup.13R.- sup.14,
--SO.sub.tNR.sup.13R.sup.14, --NHSO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14 form an
unsubstituted or substituted saturated heterocyclic ring
(preferably a 3 to 7 membered ring) optionally having one
additional heteroatom selected from the group consisting of: O, S
or NR.sup.18; wherein R.sup.18 is selected from the group
consisting of: H, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, --C(O)R.sup.19,
--SO.sub.2R.sup.19 and --C(O)NR.sup.19R.sup.20; wherein each
R.sup.19 and R.sup.20 is independently selected from the group
consisting of: alkyl, aryl and heteroaryl; wherein there are 1 to 3
substituents on the substituted cyclized R.sup.13 and R.sup.14
groups (i.e., the substituents on the ring formed when R.sup.13 and
R.sup.14 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are
bound) and each substituent is independently selected from the
group consisting of: alkyl, aryl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,
alkoxyalkyl, arylalkyl, fluoroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl,
heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, amino, --C(O)OR.sup.15,
--C(O)NR.sup.15R.sup.16, --SO.sub.tNR.sup.15R.sup- .16,
--C(O)R.sup.15, --SO.sub.2R.sup.15 provided that R.sup.15 is not H,
--NHC(O)NR.sup.15R.sup.16 and halogen; and wherein each R.sup.15
and R.sup.16 is independently selected from the group consisting:
of H, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl and heteroaryl.
[0140] In the methods of this invention:
[0141] (1) substituent A in formula IA is even more preferably
selected from the group consisting of: 23
[0142] wherein the above rings are unsubstituted, or the above
rings are substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently
selected from the group consisting of: H, F, Cl, Br, alkyl,
cycloalkyl, and --CF.sub.3; R.sup.7 is selected from the group
consisting of: H, fluoroalkyl, alkyl and cycloalkyl; R.sup.8 is
selected form the group consisting of: H, alkyl, --CF.sub.2CH.sub.3
and --CF.sub.3; and R.sup.9 is selected from the group consisting
of: H, F, Cl, Br, alkyl or --CF.sub.3; and 24
[0143] wherein R.sup.7 is selected from the group consisting of: H,
fluoroalkyl, alkyl and cycloalkyl; R.sup.8 is selected form the
group consisting of: H, alkyl, --CF.sub.2CH.sub.3 and --CF.sub.3;
and R.sup.8a is as defined for formula IA.
[0144] In the methods of this invention:
[0145] (1) substituent A in formula IA is still even more
preferably selected from the group consisting of: 25
[0146] wherein the above rings are unsubstituted, or the above
rings are substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently
selected from the group consisting of: H, F, Cl, Br, alkyl,
cycloalkyl, and --CF.sub.3; R.sup.7 is selected from the group
consisting of: H, --CF.sub.3, --CF.sub.2CH.sub.3, methyl, ethyl,
isopropyl, cyclopropyl and t-butyl; and R.sup.8 is H; and 26
[0147] wherein R.sup.7 is selected from the group consisting of: H,
--CF.sub.3, --CF.sub.2CH.sub.3, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl,
cyclopropyl and t-butyl; and R.sup.8 is H; and R.sup.8a is as
defined for formula IA.
[0148] (2) substituent B in formula IA is preferably selected from
the group consisting of: 27
[0149] wherein:
[0150] R.sup.2 is selected from the group consisting of: H, OH,
--NHC(O)R.sup.13 and --NHSO.sub.2R.sup.13;
[0151] R.sup.3 is selected from the group consisting of:
--C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --NO.sub.2,
cyano, --SO.sub.2R.sup.13; and --C(O)OR.sup.13;
[0152] R.sup.4 is selected from the group consisting of: H,
--NO.sub.2, cyano, --CH.sub.3 or --CF.sub.3;
[0153] R.sup.5 is selected from the group consisting of: H,
--CF.sub.3, --NO.sub.2, halogen and cyano; and
[0154] R.sup.6 is selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl
and --CF.sub.3;
[0155] R.sup.11 is selected from the group consisting of: H,
halogen and alkyl; and
[0156] each R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 is independently selected from
the group consisting of: H, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl and t-butyl;
or
[0157] R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 when taken together with the nitrogen
they are attached to in the groups --NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--OC(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--CONR.sup.13R.sup.14--NR.sup.13C(O)NR.sup.13R.- sup.14,
--SO.sub.tNR.sup.13R.sup.14, --NHSO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14 form an
unsubstituted or substituted saturated heterocyclic ring
(preferably a 3 to 7 membered ring) optionally having one
additional heteroatom selected from O, S or NR.sup.18 wherein
R.sup.18 is selected from H, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl,
--C(O)R.sup.19, --SO.sub.2R.sup.19 and --C(O)NR.sup.19R.sup.20,
wherein each R.sup.19 and R.sup.20 is independently selected from
alkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein there are 1 to 3 substituents
on the substituted cyclized R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 groups (i.e., on
the ring formed when R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 are taken together with
the nitrogen to which they are bound) and each substituent is
independently selected from the group consisting of: alkyl, aryl,
hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, arylalkyl, fluoroalkyl,
cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, amino,
--C(O)OR.sup.15, --C(O)NR.sup.15R.sup.16,
--SO.sub.tNR.sup.15R.sup.16, --C(O)R.sup.15, --SO.sub.2R.sup.15
provided that R.sup.15 is not H, --NHC(O)NR.sup.15R.sup.16 and
halogen; and wherein each R.sup.15 and R.sup.16 is independently
selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl,
cycloalkyl and heteroaryl.
[0158] In the methods of this invention:
[0159] (1) substituent A in formula IA is yet even still more
preferably selected from the group consisting of: 28
[0160] wherein the above rings are unsubstituted, or the above
rings are substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently
selected from the group consisting of: F, Cl, Br, alkyl,
cycloalkyl, and --CF.sub.3; R.sup.7 is selected from the group
consisting of: H, --CF.sub.3, --CF.sub.2CH.sub.3, methyl, ethyl,
isopropyl, cyclopropyl and t-butyl; and R.sup.8 is H; and 29
[0161] wherein R.sup.7 is selected from the group consisting of: H,
--CF.sub.3, --CF.sub.2CH.sub.3, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl,
cyclopropyl and t-butyl; and R.sup.8 is H; and R.sup.8a is as
defined for formula IA.
[0162] (2) substituent B in formula IA is preferably selected from
the group consisting of: 30
[0163] wherein:
[0164] R.sup.2 is selected from the group consisting of: H, OH,
--NHC(O)R.sup.13 and --NHSO.sub.2R.sup.13;
[0165] R.sup.3 is selected from the group consisting of:
--C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14--SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --NO.sub.2,
cyano, and --SO.sub.2R.sup.13;
[0166] R.sup.4 is selected from the group consisting of: H,
--NO.sub.2, cyano, --CH.sub.3 or --CF.sub.3;
[0167] R.sup.5 is selected from the group consisting of: H,
--CF.sub.3, --NO.sub.2, halogen and cyano; and
[0168] R.sup.6 is selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl
and --CF.sub.3;
[0169] R.sup.11 is selected from the group consisting of: H,
halogen and alkyl; and
[0170] each R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 is independently selected from
the group consisting of: methyl and ethyl.
[0171] In the methods of this invention:
[0172] (1) substituent A in formula IA is most preferably selected
from the group consisting of: 3132
[0173] (2) substituent B in formula IA is preferably selected from
the group consisting of: 33
[0174] wherein:
[0175] R.sup.2 is --OH;
[0176] R.sup.3 is selected from the group consisting of:
--SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14 and --CONR.sup.13R.sup.14;
[0177] R.sup.4 is selected form the group consisting of: H,
--CH.sub.3 and --CF.sub.3;
[0178] R.sup.5 is selected from the group consisting of: H and
cyano;
[0179] R.sup.6 is selected from the group consisting of: H,
--CH.sub.3 and --CF.sub.3,
[0180] R.sup.11 is H; and
[0181] R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 are methyl.
[0182] The novel compounds of this invention are compounds of
formula IA: 34
[0183] and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts (e.g., sodium or
calcium salt) and solvates thereof, wherein:
[0184] A is selected from the group consisting of: 353637
[0185] wherein the above rings of said A groups are substituted
with 1 to 6 substituents each independently selected from the group
consisting of: R.sup.9 groups; 38
[0186] wherein one or both of the above rings of said A groups are
substituted with 1 to 6 substituents each independently selected
from the group consisting of: R.sup.9 groups; 39
[0187] wherein the above phenyl rings of said A groups are
substituted with 1 to 3 substituents each independently selected
from the group consisting of: R.sup.9 groups; and 40
[0188] B is selected from the group consisting of: 41
[0189] provided that R.sup.3 for this group is selected from the
group consisting of: --C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, 424344
[0190] n is 0 to 6;
[0191] p is 1 to 5;
[0192] X is O, NH, or S;
[0193] Z is 1 to 3;
[0194] R.sup.2 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen,
OH, --C(O)OH, --SH, --SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --NHC(O)R.sup.13,
--NHSO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --NHSO.sub.2R.sup.13, --NR R.sup.14,
--C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --C(O)NH OR.sup.13, --C(O)NR.sup.13OH,
--S(O.sub.2)OH, --OC(O)R.sup.13, an unsubstituted heterocyclic
acidic functional group, and a substituted heterocyclic acidic
functional group; wherein there are 1 to 6 substituents on said
substituted heterocyclic acidic functional group each substituent
being independently selected from the group consisting of: R.sup.9
groups;
[0195] each R.sup.3 and R.sup.4 is independently selected from the
group consisting of: hydrogen, cyano, halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, --OH,
--CF.sub.3, --OCF.sub.3, --NO.sub.2, --C(O)R.sup.13,
--C(O)OR.sup.13, --C(O)NHR.sup.17, --C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--SO.sub.(t)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --SO.sub.(t)R.sup.13,
--C(O)NR.sup.13OR.sup.14, unsubstituted or substituted aryl,
unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, 45
[0196] wherein there are 1 to 6 substituents on said substituted
aryl group and each substituent is independently selected from the
group consisting of: R.sup.9 groups; and wherein there are 1 to 6
substituents on said substituted heteroaryl group and each
substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of:
R.sup.9 groups;
[0197] each R.sup.5 and R.sup.6 are the same or different and are
independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, --CF.sub.3, --OCF.sub.3, --NO.sub.2,
--C(O)R.sup.13, --C(O)OR.sup.13, --C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--SO.sub.(t)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --C(O)NR.sup.13OR.sup.14, cyano,
unsubstituted or substituted aryl, and unsubstituted or substituted
heteroaryl group; wherein there are 1 to 6 substituents on said
substituted aryl group and each substituent is independently
selected from the group consisting Of: R.sup.9 groups; and wherein
there are 1 to 6 substituents on said substituted heteroaryl group
and each substituent is independently selected from the group
consisting of: R.sup.9 groups;
[0198] each R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 is independently selected from the
group consisting of: H, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl,
unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted
heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted
or substituted heteroarylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted
cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkylalkyl,
--CO.sub.2R.sup.13, --CONR.sup.13R.sup.14, alkynyl, alkenyl, and
cycloalkenyl; and wherein there are one or more (e.g., 1 to 6)
substituents on said substituted R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 groups,
wherein each substituent is independently selected from the group
consisting of:
[0199] a) halogen,
[0200] b) --CF.sub.3,
[0201] c) --COR.sup.13,
[0202] d) --OR.sup.13,
[0203] e) --NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
[0204] f) --NO.sub.2,
[0205] g) --CN,
[0206] h) --SO.sub.2OR.sup.13,
[0207] i) --Si(alkyl).sub.3, wherein each alkyl is independently
selected,
[0208] j) --Si(aryl).sub.3, wherein each alkyl is independently
selected,
[0209] k) --(R.sup.13).sub.2R.sup.14Si, wherein each R.sup.13 is
independently selected,
[0210] l) --CO.sub.2R.sup.13,
[0211] m) --C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
[0212] n) --SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
[0213] o) --SO.sub.2R.sup.13,
[0214] p) --OC(O)R.sup.13,
[0215] q) --OC(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
[0216] r) --NR.sup.13C(O)R.sup.14, and
[0217] s) --NR.sup.13CO.sub.2R.sup.14;
[0218] (fluoroalkyl is one non-limiting example of an alkyl group
that is substituted with halogen);
[0219] R.sup.8a is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen,
alkyl, cycloalkyl and cycloalkylalkyl;
[0220] each R.sup.9 is independently selected from the group
consisting of:
[0221] a) --R.sup.13,
[0222] b) halogen,
[0223] c) --CF.sub.3,
[0224] d) --COR.sup.13,
[0225] e) --OR.sup.13,
[0226] f) --NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
[0227] g) --NO.sub.2,
[0228] h) --CN,
[0229] i) --SO.sub.2R.sup.13,
[0230] j) --SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
[0231] k) --NR.sup.13COR.sup.14,
[0232] l) --CONR.sup.13R.sup.14,
[0233] m) --NR.sup.13CO.sub.2R.sup.14,
[0234] n) --CO.sub.2R.sup.13, 46
[0235] p) alkyl substituted with one or more (e.g., one) --OH
groups (e.g., --(CH.sub.2).sub.qOH, wherein q is 1-6, usually 1 to
2, and preferably 1),
[0236] q) alkyl substituted with one or more (e.g., one)
--NR.sup.13R.sup.14 group (e.g.,
--(CH.sub.2).sub.qNR.sup.13R.sup.14, wherein q is 1-6, usually 1 to
2, and preferably 1), and
[0237] r) --N(R.sup.13)SO.sub.2R.sup.14 (e.g., R.sup.13 is H and
R.sup.14 is alkyl, such as methyl);
[0238] each R.sup.10 and R.sup.11 is independently selected from
the group consisting of R.sup.13, hydrogen, alkyl (e.g., C.sub.1 to
C.sub.6, such as methyl), halogen, --CF.sub.3, --OCF.sub.3,
--NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --NR.sup.13C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --OH,
--C(O)OR.sup.13, --SH, --SO.sub.(t)NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--SO.sub.2R.sup.13, --NHC(O)R.sup.13,
--NHSO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --NHSO.sub.2R.sup.13,
--C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --C(O)N R.sup.13OR.sup.14, --OC(O)R.sup.13
and cyano;
[0239] R.sup.12 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen,
--C(O)OR.sup.13, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted
or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted arylalkyl,
unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or
substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkylalkyl,
and unsubstituted or substituted heteroarylalkyl group; wherein
there are 1 to 6 substituents on the substituted R.sup.12 groups
and each substituent is independently selected from the group
consisting of: R.sup.9 groups;
[0240] each R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 is independently selected from
the group consisting of: H, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl,
unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted
heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted
or substituted heteroarylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted
cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkylalkyl,
unsubstituted or substituted heterocyclic, unsubstituted or
substituted fluoroalkyl, and unsubstituted or substituted
heterocycloalkylalkyl (wherein "heterocyloalkyl" means
heterocyclic); wherein there are 1 to 6 substituents on said
substituted R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 groups and each substituent is
independently selected from the group consisting of: alkyl,
--CF.sub.3, --OH, alkoxy, aryl, arylalkyl, fluroalkyl, cycloalkyl,
cycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, --N(R.sup.40).sub.2,
--C(O)OR.sup.15, --C(O)NR.sup.15R.sup.16,
--S(O).sub.tNR.sup.15R.sup.16, --C(O)R.sup.15, --SO.sub.2R.sup.15
provided that R.sup.15 is not H, halogen, and
--NHC(O)NR.sup.15R.sup.16; or
[0241] R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 taken together with the nitrogen they
are attached to in the groups --C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14 and
--SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14 form an unsubstituted or substituted
saturated heterocyclic ring (preferably a 3 to 7 membered
heterocyclic ring), said ring optionally containing one additional
heteroatom selected from the group consisting of: O, S and
NR.sup.18; wherein there are 1 to 3 substituents on the substituted
cyclized R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 groups (i.e., there is 1 to 3
substituents on the ring formed when the R.sup.13 and R.sup.14
groups are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are
bound) and each substituent is independently selected from the
group consisting of: alkyl, aryl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,
alkoxyalkyl, arylalkyl, fluoroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl,
heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, amino, --C(O)OR.sup.15,
--C(O)NR.sup.15R.sup.16, --SO.sub.tNR.sup.15R.sup.16,
--C(O)R.sup.15, --SO.sub.2R.sup.15 provided that R.sup.15 is not H,
--NHC(O)NR.sup.15R.sup.16, --NHC(O)OR.sup.15, halogen, and a
heterocylcoalkenyl group (i.e., a heterocyclic group that has at
least one, and preferably one, double bond in a ring, e.g., 47
[0242] each R.sup.15 and R.sup.16 is independently selected from
the group consisting of: H, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl and
heteroaryl;
[0243] R.sup.17 is selected from the group consisting of:
--SO.sub.2alkyl, --SO.sub.2aryl, --SO.sub.2cycloalkyl, and
--SO.sub.2heteroaryl;
[0244] R.sup.18 is selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl,
aryl, heteroaryl, --C(O)R.sup.19, --SO.sub.2R.sup.19 and
--C(O)NR.sup.19R.sup.20;
[0245] each R.sup.19 and R.sup.20 is independently selected from
the group consisting of: alkyl, aryl and heteroaryl;
[0246] R.sup.30 is selected from the group consisting of: alkyl,
cycloalkyl, --CN, --NO.sub.2, or --SO.sub.2R.sup.15 provided that
R.sup.15 is not H;
[0247] each R.sup.31 is independently selected from the group
consisting of: unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted
aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl and unsubstituted or
substituted cycloalkyl; wherein there are 1 to 6 substituents on
said substituted R.sup.31 groups and each substituent is
independently selected from the group consisting of: alkyl,
halogen, and --CF.sub.3;
[0248] each R.sup.40 is independently selected from the group
consisting of: H, alkyl and cycloalkyl; and
[0249] t is 0, 1 or 2.
[0250] Representative embodiments of the novel compounds of this
invention are described below. The embodiments have been numbered
for purposes of reference thereto.
[0251] Embodiment No. 1 is directed to the novel compounds of
formula IA wherein B is selected from the group consisting of:
48
[0252] provided that R.sup.3 for this group is selected from the
group consisting of: --C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, 49
[0253] wherein all substituents are as defined for the novel
compounds of formula IA.
[0254] Embodiment No. 2 is directed to the novel compounds of
formula IA wherein B is: 50
[0255] wherein R.sup.3 is selected from the group consisting of:
--C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, 51
[0256] and all other substituents are as defined in formula IA.
[0257] Embodiment No. 3 is directed to the novel compounds of
formula IA wherein B is: 52
[0258] and all other substituents are as defined in formula IA.
[0259] Embodiment No. 4 is directed to the novel compounds of
formula IA wherein B is 53
[0260] R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 are each the same or different alkyl
group, and all other substituents are as defined in formula IA.
[0261] Embodiment No. 5 is directed to the novel compounds of
formula IA wherein B is 54
[0262] and (1) R.sup.2 is --OH, and all other substituents are as
defined in formula IA, or (2) R.sup.2 is --OH, and R.sup.13 and
R.sup.14 are each the same or different alkyl group, and all other
substituents are as defined in formula IA.
[0263] Embodiment No. 6 is directed to the novel compounds of
formula IA wherein B is 55
[0264] R.sup.3 is selected from the group consisting of: 56
[0265] and all other substituents are as defined in formula IA.
[0266] Embodiment No. 7 is directed to the novel compounds of
formula IA wherein B is 57
[0267] R.sup.3 is selected from the group consisting of: 58
[0268] R.sup.2 is --OH, and all other substituents are as defined
in formula IA.
[0269] Embodiment No. 8 is directed to compounds of formula IA
wherein B is: 59
[0270] R.sup.2, R.sup.13, and R.sup.14 are as defined for compounds
of formula IA, and all other substituents are as defined in formula
IA.
[0271] Embodiment No. 9 is directed to the novel compounds of
formula IA wherein B is: 60
[0272] R.sup.2 is --OH, R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 are as defined for
compounds of formula and all other substituents are as defined in
formula IA.
[0273] Embodiment No. 10 is directed to the novel compounds of
formula IA wherein B is: 61
[0274] R.sup.2 is as defined for compounds of formula IA, R.sup.13
and R.sup.14 are the same or different alkyl group, and all other
substituents areas defined for compounds of formula IA.
[0275] Embodiment No. 11 is directed to the novel compounds of
formula IA wherein B is: 62
[0276] R.sup.2 is --OH, R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 are the same or
different alkyl group, and all other substituents areas defined for
compounds of formula IA.
[0277] Embodiment No. 12 is directed to novel compounds of formula
IA wherein B is as described in Embodiment No. 6, R.sup.4 is H,
R.sup.5 is H, R.sup.6 is H, and all other substituents areas
defined for compounds of formula IA.
[0278] Embodiment No. 13 is directed to novel compounds of formula
IA wherein B is as described in Embodiment No. 7, R.sup.4 is H,
R.sup.5 is H, R.sup.6 is H, and all other substituents areas
defined for compounds of formula IA.
[0279] Embodiment No. 14 is directed to novel compounds of formula
IA wherein B is as described in Embodiments Nos. 4, 5, 8 and 9,
except that R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 are each methyl, and all other
substituents are as defined in formula IA.
[0280] Embodiment No. 15 is directed to novel compounds of formula
IA wherein B is selected from the group consisting of: 63
[0281] wherein all substituents are as defined for formula IA.
[0282] Embodiment No. 16 is directed to compounds of formula IA
wherein B is: 64
[0283] wherein all substituents are as defined for formula IA.
[0284] Embodiment No. 17 is directed to compounds of formula IA
wherein B is: 65
[0285] R.sup.11 is H, and all other substituents are as defined in
formula IA.
[0286] Embodiment No. 18 is directed to compounds of formula IA
wherein B is: 66
[0287] R.sup.2 is --OH, and all other substituents are as defined
in formula IA.
[0288] Embodiment No. 19 is directed to compounds of formula IA
wherein B is: 67
[0289] R.sup.3 is --C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, and all other
substituents are as defined in formula IA.
[0290] Embodiment No. 20 is directed to compounds of formula IA
wherein B is: 68
[0291] R.sup.3 is --S(O).sub.tNR.sup.13R.sup.14 (e.g., t is 2), and
all other substituents are as defined in formula IA.
[0292] Embodiment No. 21 is directed to compounds of formula IA
wherein B is: 69
[0293] R.sup.2 is --OH, R.sup.3 is --C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, and all
other substituents are as defined in formula IA.
[0294] Embodiment No. 22 of this invention is directed to compounds
of formula IA wherein B is: 70
[0295] R.sup.2 is --OH, and R.sup.3 is
--S(O).sub.tNR.sup.13R.sup.14 (e.g., t is 2), and all other
substituents are as defined in formula IA.
[0296] Embodiment No. 23 is directed to compounds of formula IA
wherein B is: 71
[0297] R.sup.2 is --OH, R.sup.3 is --C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, R.sup.1
is H, and all other substituents are as defined in formula IA.
[0298] Embodiment No. 24 is directed to compounds of formula IA
wherein B is: 72
[0299] R.sup.3 is --S(O).sub.tNR.sup.13R.sup.14 (e.g., t is 2),
each R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 are the same or different and are
selected from the group consisting of: H and alkyl (e.g., methyl,
ethyl, isopropyl and t-butyl). In this embodiment, each R.sup.13
and R.sup.14 are generally selected from the group consisting of: H
and ethyl, and preferably R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 are ethyl and all
other substituents are as defined in formula IA.
[0300] Embodiment No. 25 is directed to compounds of formula IA
wherein B is: 73
[0301] R.sup.3 is --S(O).sub.tNR.sup.13R.sup.14 (e.g., t is 2),
R.sup.1 is H, and each R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 are the same or
different and are selected from the group consisting of: H and
alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, isopropyl and t-butyl). In this
embodiment, each R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 are generally selected from
the group consisting of: H and ethyl, and preferably R.sup.13 and
R.sup.14 are ethyl and all other substituents are as defined in
formula IA.
[0302] Embodiment No. 26 is directed to compounds of formula IA
wherein B is: 74
[0303] R.sup.2 is --OH, R.sup.3 is --S(O).sub.tNR.sup.13R.sup.14
(e.g., t is 2), R.sup.1 is H, and all other substituents are as
defined in formula IA.
[0304] Embodiment No. 27 is directed to compounds of formula IA
wherein B is: 75
[0305] R.sup.2 is --OH, R.sup.3 is --C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14 R.sup.11
is H, and R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 are independently selected from the
group consisting of: alkyl, unsubstituted heteroaryl and
substituted heteroaryl, and all other substituents are as defined
in formula IA. In general, one of R.sup.13 or R.sup.14 is alkyl
(e.g., methyl). An example of a substituted heteroaryl group is
76
[0306] Embodiment No. 28 is directed to compounds of formula IA
wherein B is: 77
[0307] R.sup.2 is --OH, R.sup.3 is --S(O).sub.tNR.sup.13R.sup.14
(e.g., t is 2), R.sup.11 is H, and each R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 are
the same or different and are selected from the group consisting
of: H and alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, isopropyl and t-butyl), and
all other substituents are as defined in formula IA. In this
embodiment, each R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 are generally selected from
the group consisting of: H and ethyl, and preferably R.sup.13 and
R.sup.14 are ethyl.
[0308] Embodiment No. 29 is directed to compounds of formula IA
wherein B is: 78
[0309] and all substituents are as defined in formula IA.
[0310] Embodiment No. 30 is directed to compounds of formula IA
wherein B is: 79
[0311] and all substituents are as defined in formula IA.
[0312] Embodiment No. 31 is directed to novel compounds of formula
IA wherein B is as described in any one of the Embodiment Nos. 1 to
30, and A is as defined in any of the above preferred descriptions
describing A for the compounds of formula IA used in the methods of
treatment.
[0313] Embodiment No. 32 is directed to novel compounds of formula
IA wherein B is as described in any one of the Embodiment Nos. 1 to
30, and A is: 80
[0314] wherein the furan ring is unsubstituted or substituted as
described in the definition of A for formula IA, and all other
substituents are as defined for formula IA.
[0315] Embodiment No. 33 is directed to novel compounds of formula
IA wherein B is described in any one of the Embodiment Nos. 1 to
30, and A is 81
[0316] wherein the furan ring is substituted and all other
substituents are as defined for formula IA.
[0317] Embodiment No. 34 is directed to novel compounds of formula
IA wherein B is as described in any one of the Embodiment Nos. 1 to
30, and A is 82
[0318] wherein the furan ring is substituted with at least one
(e.g., 1 to 3, or 1 to 2) alkyl group and all other substituents
are as defined for formula IA.
[0319] Embodiment No. 35 is directed to novel compounds of formula
IA wherein B is as described in any one of the Embodiment Nos. 1 to
30, A is 83
[0320] wherein the furan ring is substituted with one alkyl group
and all other substituents are as defined for formula IA.
[0321] Embodiment No. 36 is directed to novel compounds of formula
IA wherein B is as described in any one of the Embodiment Nos. 1 to
30, and A is 84
[0322] wherein the furan ring is substituted with one C.sub.1 to
C.sub.3 alkyl group (e.g., methyl or isopropyl), and all other
substituents are as defined for formula IA.
[0323] Embodiment No. 37 is directed to novel compounds of formula
IA wherein B is as described in any one of the Embodiment Nos. 1 to
30, and A is 85
[0324] as defined in any one of the Embodiment Nos. 32 to 36,
except that R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 are the same or different and each
is selected from the group consisting of: H and alkyl.
[0325] Embodiment No. 38 is directed to novel compounds of formula
IA wherein B is as described in any one of the Embodiment Nos. 1 to
30, and A is 86
[0326] as defined in any one of the Embodiment Nos. 32 to 36,
except that R.sup.7 is H, and R.sup.8 is alkyl (e.g., ethyl or
t-butyl).
[0327] Embodiment No. 39 is directed to the novel compounds of
formula IA wherein:
[0328] (1) substituent A in formula IA is preferably selected from
the group consisting of: 87
[0329] wherein the above rings are unsubstituted or substituted, as
described for formula IA: and 88
[0330] and
[0331] wherein in (a) and (b) above: each R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 is
independently selected from the group consisting of: H,
unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted
aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or
substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted
heteroarylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl,
unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkylalkyl, --CO.sub.2R.sup.3,
--CONR.sup.13R.sup.14, fluoroalkyl, alkynyl, alkenyl, and
cycloalkenyl, wherein said substituents on said R.sup.7 and R.sup.8
substituted groups are selected from the group consisting of: a)
cyano, b) --CO.sub.2R.sup.13, c) --C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, d)
--SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14, e) --NO.sub.2, f) --CF.sub.3, g)
--OR.sup.13, h) --NR.sup.13R.sup.14, i) --OC(O)R.sup.13, j)
--OC(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, and k) halogen; and R.sup.8a and R.sup.9
are as defined in formula IA; and
[0332] (2) substituent B in formula IA is preferably selected from
the group consisting of: 89
[0333] wherein R.sup.2 to R.sup.6 and R.sup.10 to R.sup.14 are as
defined above for the novel compounds of formula IA.
[0334] Embodiment No. 40 is directed to the novel compounds of
formula IA wherein:
[0335] (1) substituent A in formula IA is more preferably selected
from the group consisting of: 90
[0336] wherein the above rings are unsubstituted, or the above
rings are substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently
selected from the group consisting of: halogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl,
--CF.sub.3, cyano, --OCH.sub.3, and --NO.sub.2; each R.sup.7 and
R.sup.8 is independently selected from the group consisting of: Hs
alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, t-butyl, and isopropyl), fluoroalkyl
(such as, --CF.sub.3 and --CF.sub.2CH.sub.3), cycloalkyl (e.g.,
cyclopropyl, and cyclohexyl), and cycloalkylalkyl (e.g.,
cyclopropylmethyl); and R.sup.9 is selected from the group
consisting of: H, halogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, --CF.sub.3, cyano,
--OCH.sub.3, and --NO.sub.2; and 91
[0337] wherein each R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 is independently selected
from the group consisting of: H, alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl,
t-butyl, and isopropyl), fluoroalkyl (such as, --CF.sub.3 and
--CF.sub.2CH.sub.3), cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl, and
cyclohexyl), and cycloalkylalkyl (e.g., cyclopropylmethyl); wherein
R.sup.8a is as defined in formula IA, and wherein R.sup.9 is
selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, alkyl,
cycloalkyl, --CF.sub.3, cyano, --OCH.sub.3, and --NO.sub.2; each
R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 is independently selected from the group
consisting of: H, alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, t-butyl, and
isopropyl), fluoroalkyl (such as, --CF.sub.3 and
--CF.sub.2CH.sub.3), cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl, and
cyclohexyl), and cycloalkylalkyl (e.g., cyclopropylmethyl); and
[0338] (2) substituent B in formula IA is more preferably selected
from the group consisting of: 92
[0339] wherein
[0340] R.sup.2 is selected from the group consisting of: H, OH,
--NHC(O)R.sup.13 and --NHSO.sub.2R.sup.13;
[0341] R.sup.3 is selected from the group consisting of:
--SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --NO.sub.2, cyano,
--C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --SO.sub.2R.sup.13; and
--C(O)OR.sup.13;
[0342] R.sup.4 is selected from the group consisting of: H,
--NO.sub.2, cyano, --CH.sub.3, halogen, and --CF.sub.3;
[0343] R.sup.5 is selected from the group consisting of: H,
--CF.sub.3, --NO.sub.2, halogen and cyano;
[0344] R.sup.6 is selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl
and --CF.sub.3;
[0345] each R.sup.10 and R.sup.11 is independently selected from
the group consisting of: R.sup.13 hydrogen, halogen, --CF.sub.3,
--NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --NR.sup.13C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--C(O)OR.sup.13, --SH, --SO.sub.(t)NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--SO.sub.2R.sup.13--NHC(O)R.sup.13, --NHSO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--NHSO.sub.2R.sup.13, --C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--C(O)NR.sup.13OR.sup.14, --OC(O)R.sup.13, --COR.sup.13,
--OR.sup.13, and cyano;
[0346] each R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 is independently selected from
the group consisting of: H, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl and t-butyl;
or
[0347] R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 when taken together with the nitrogen
they are attached to in the groups --C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14 and
--SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14 form an unsubstituted or substituted
saturated heterocyclic ring (preferably a 3 to 7 membered ring)
optionally having one additional heteroatom selected from the group
consisting of: O, S or NR.sup.18; wherein R.sup.18 is selected from
the group consisting of: H, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl,
--C(O)R.sup.19, --SO.sub.2R.sup.19 and --C(O)NR.sup.19R.sup.20;
wherein each R.sup.19 and R.sup.20 is independently selected from
the group consisting of: alkyl, aryl and heteroaryl; wherein there
are 1 to 3 substituents on the substituted cyclized R.sup.13 and
R.sup.14 groups (i.e., the substituents on the ring formed when
R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 are taken together with the nitrogen to which
they are bound) and each substituent is independently selected from
the group consisting of: alkyl, aryl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl,
alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, arylalkyl, fluoroalkyl, cycloalkyl,
cycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, amino,
--C(O)OR.sup.15, --C(O)NR.sup.15R.sup.16,
--SO.sub.tNR.sup.15R.sup.16, --C(O)R.sup.15, --SO.sub.2R.sup.15
provided that R.sup.15 is not H, --NHC(O)NR.sup.15R.sup.16 and
halogen; and wherein each R.sup.15 and R.sup.16 is independently
selected from the group consisting: of H, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl,
cycloalkyl and heteroaryl.
[0348] Embodiment No. 41 is directed to the novel compounds of
formula IA wherein:
[0349] substituent A in formula IA is even more preferably selected
from the group consisting of: 93
[0350] wherein the above rings are unsubstituted, or the above
rings are substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently
selected from the group consisting of: H, F, Cl, Br, alkyl,
cycloalkyl, and --CF.sub.3; R.sup.7 is selected from the group
consisting of: H, fluoroalkyl, alkyl and cycloalkyl; R.sup.8 is
selected form the group consisting of: H, alkyl, --CF.sub.2CH.sub.3
and --CF.sub.3; and R.sup.9 is selected from the group consisting
of: H, F, Cl, Br, alkyl or --CF.sub.3; and 94
[0351] wherein R.sup.7 is selected from the group consisting of: H,
fluoroalkyl, alkyl and cycloalkyl;
[0352] R.sup.8 is selected form the group consisting of: H, alkyl,
--CF.sub.2CH.sub.3 and --CF.sub.3; and R.sup.8a is as defined for
formula IA.
[0353] Embodiment No. 42 is directed to the novel compounds of
formula IA wherein:
[0354] (1) substituent A in formula IA is still even more
preferably selected from the group consisting of: 95
[0355] wherein the above rings are unsubstituted, or the above
rings are substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently
selected from the group consisting of: H, F, Cl, Br, alkyl,
cycloalkyl, and --CF.sub.3; R.sup.7 is selected from the group
consisting of: H, --CF.sub.3, --CF.sub.2CH.sub.3, methyl, ethyl,
isopropyl, cyclopropyl and t-butyl; and R.sup.8 is H; and 96
[0356] wherein R.sup.7 is selected from the group consisting of: H,
--CF.sub.3, --CF.sub.2CH.sub.3, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl,
cyclopropyl and t-butyl; and R.sup.8 is H; and R.sup.8a is as
defined for formula IA.
[0357] (2) substituent B in formula IA is preferably selected from
the group consisting of: 97
[0358] wherein:
[0359] R.sup.2 is selected from the group consisting of: H, OH,
--NHC(O)R.sup.13 and --NHSO.sub.2R.sup.13;
[0360] R.sup.3 is selected from the group consisting of:
--C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --NO.sub.2,
cyano, --SO.sub.2R.sup.13; and --C(O)OR.sup.13;
[0361] R.sup.4 is selected from the group consisting of: H,
--NO.sub.2, cyano, --CH.sub.3 or --CF.sub.3;
[0362] R.sup.5 is selected from the group consisting of: H,
--CF.sub.3, --NO.sub.2, halogen and cyano; and
[0363] R.sup.6 is selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl
and --CF.sub.3;
[0364] R.sup.11 is selected from the group consisting of: H,
halogen and alkyl; and
[0365] each R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 is independently selected from
the group consisting of: H, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl and t-butyl;
or
[0366] R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 when taken together with the nitrogen
they are attached to in the groups --C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14 and
--SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14 form an unsubstituted or substituted
saturated heterocyclic ring (preferably a 3 to 7 membered ring)
optionally having one additional heteroatom selected from O, S or
NR.sup.18 wherein R.sup.18 is selected from H, alkyl, aryl,
heteroaryl, --C(O)R.sup.19, --SO.sub.2R.sup.19 and
--C(O)NR.sup.19R.sup.20, wherein each R.sup.19 and R.sup.20 is
independently selected from alkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein
there are 1 to 3 substituents on the substituted cyclized R.sup.13
and R.sup.14 groups (i.e., on the ring formed when R.sup.13 and
R.sup.14 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are
bound) and each substituent is independently selected from the
group consisting of: alkyl, aryl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,
alkoxyalkyl, arylalkyl, fluoroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl,
heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, amino, --C(O)OR.sup.15,
--C(O)NR.sup.15R.sup.16, --SO.sub.tNR.sup.15R.sup.16,
--C(O)R.sup.15, --SO.sub.2R.sup.15 provided that R.sup.15 is not H,
--NHC(O)NR.sup.15R.sup.16 and halogen; and wherein each R.sup.15
and R.sup.16 is independently selected from the group consisting
of: H, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl and heteroaryl.
[0367] Embodiment No. 43 is directed to the novel compounds of
formula IA wherein:
[0368] (1) substituent A in formula IA is yet even still more
preferably selected from the group consisting of: 98
[0369] wherein the above rings are unsubstituted, or the above
rings are substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently
selected from the group consisting of: F, Cl, Br, alkyl,
cycloalkyl, and --CF.sub.3; R.sup.7 is selected from the group
consisting of: H, --CF.sub.3, --CF.sub.2CH.sub.3, methyl, ethyl,
isopropyl, cyclopropyl and t-butyl; and R.sup.8 is H; and 99
[0370] wherein R.sup.7 is selected from the group consisting of: H,
--CF.sub.3, --CF.sub.2CH.sub.3, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl,
cyclopropyl and t-butyl; and R.sup.8 is H; and R.sup.8a is as
defined for formula IA;
[0371] (2) substituent B in formula IA is yet even still more
preferably selected from the group consisting of: 100
[0372] wherein:
[0373] R.sup.2 is selected from the group consisting of: H, OH,
--NHC(O)R.sup.13 and --NHSO.sub.2R.sup.13;
[0374] R.sup.3 is selected from the group consisting of:
--C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14--SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --NO.sub.2,
cyano, and --SO.sub.2R.sup.13;
[0375] R.sup.4 is selected from the group consisting of: H,
--NO.sub.2, cyano, --CH.sub.3 or --CF.sub.3;
[0376] R.sup.5 is selected from the group consisting of: H,
--CF.sub.3, --NO.sub.2, halogen and cyano; and
[0377] R.sup.6 is selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl
and --CF.sub.3;
[0378] R.sup.11 is selected from the group consisting of: H,
halogen and alkyl; and
[0379] each R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 is independently selected from
the group consisting of: methyl and ethyl.
[0380] Embodiment No. 44 is directed to the novel compounds of
formula IA wherein:
[0381] (1) substituent A in formula IA is most preferably selected
from the group consisting of: 101102
[0382] (2) substituent B in formula IA is most preferably selected
from the group consisting of: 103
[0383] wherein:
[0384] R.sup.2 is --OH;
[0385] R.sup.3 is selected from the group consisting of:
--SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14 and --CONR.sup.13R.sup.14;
[0386] R.sup.4 is selected form the group consisting of: H,
--CH.sub.3 and --CF.sub.3;
[0387] R.sup.5 is selected from the group consisting of: H and
cyano;
[0388] R.sup.6 is selected from the group consisting of: H,
--CH.sub.3 and --CF.sub.3;
[0389] R.sup.11 is H; and
[0390] R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 are methyl.
[0391] Embodiment No. 45 is directed to the novel compounds of
formula IA wherein:
[0392] (1) substituent A in formula IA is selected from the group
consisting of: 104
[0393] wherein the above rings are unsubstituted or substituted, as
described for formula IA: and 105
[0394] and
[0395] wherein in (a) and (b) above: each R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 is
independently selected from the group consisting of: H,
unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted
aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or
substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted
heteroarylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl,
unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkylalkyl, --CO.sub.2R.sup.13,
--CONR.sup.13R.sup.14, fluoroalkyl, alkynyl, alkenyl, and
cycloalkenyl, wherein said substituents on said R.sup.7 and R.sup.8
substituted groups are selected from the group consisting of: a)
cyano, b) --CO.sub.2R.sup.13, c) --C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, d)
--SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14, e) --NO.sub.2, f) --CF.sub.3, g)
--OR.sup.13, h) --NR.sup.13R.sup.14, i) --OC(O)R.sup.13, j)
--OC(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, and k) halogen; and R.sup.8a and R.sup.9
are as defined in formula IA; and
[0396] (2) substituent B in formula IA is: 106
[0397] wherein R.sup.2, R.sup.3 and R.sup.11 are as defined above
for the novel compounds of formula IA.
[0398] Embodiment No. 46 is directed to the novel compounds of
formula IA wherein: (1) substituent A in formula IA is selected
from the group consisting of: 107
[0399] wherein the above rings are unsubstituted or substituted, as
described for formula IA: and 108
[0400] and
[0401] wherein in (a) and (b) above: each R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 is
independently selected from the group consisting of: H,
unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted
aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or
substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted
heteroarylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl,
unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkylalkyl, --CO.sub.2R.sup.13,
--CONR.sup.13R.sup.14, fluoroalkyl, alkynyl, alkenyl, and
cycloalkenyl, wherein said substituents on said R.sup.7 and R.sup.8
substituted groups are selected from the group consisting of: a)
cyano, b) --CO.sub.2R.sup.13, c) --C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, d)
--SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14, e) --NO.sub.2, f) --CF.sub.3, g)
--OR.sup.13, h) --NR.sup.13R.sup.14, i) --OC(O)R.sup.13, j)
--OC(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, and k) halogen; and R.sup.8a and R.sup.9
are as defined in formula IA; and
[0402] (2) substituent B in formula IA is: 109
[0403] R.sup.2 is selected from the group consisting of: H, OH,
--NHC(O)R.sup.13 and --NHSO.sub.2R.sup.13;
[0404] R.sup.3 is selected from the group consisting of:
--SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --NO.sub.2, cyano,
--C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --SO.sub.2R.sup.13; and
--C(O)OR.sup.13;
[0405] R.sup.11 is selected from the group consisting of: R.sup.13,
hydrogen, halogen, --CF.sub.3, --NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--NR.sup.13C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --C(O)OR.sup.13, --SH,
--SO.sub.(t)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --SO.sub.2R.sup.13,
--NHC(O)R.sup.13, --NHSO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--NHSO.sub.2R.sup.13, --C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--C(O)NR.sup.13OR.sup.14, --OC(O)R.sup.3, --COR.sup.13--OR.sup.13,
and cyano;
[0406] each R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 is independently selected from
the group consisting of: H, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl and t-butyl;
or
[0407] R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 when taken together with the nitrogen
they are attached to in the groups --C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14 and
--SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14, form an unsubstituted or substituted
saturated heterocyclic ring (preferably a 3 to 7 membered ring)
optionally having one additional heteroatom selected from the group
consisting of: O, S or NR.sup.18; wherein R.sup.18 is selected from
the group consisting of: H, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl,
--C(O)R.sup.19, --SO.sub.2R.sup.19 and --C(O)NR.sup.19R.sup.20;
wherein each R.sup.19 and R.sup.20 is independently selected from
the group consisting of: alkyl, aryl and heteroaryl; wherein there
are 1 to 3 substituents on the substituted cyclized R.sup.13 and
R.sup.14 groups (i.e., the substituents on the ring formed when
R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 are taken together with the nitrogen to which
they are bound) and each substituent is independently selected from
the group consisting of: alkyl, aryl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl,
alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, arylalkyl, fluoroalkyl, cycloalkyl,
cycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, amino,
--C(O)OR.sup.15, --C(O)NR.sup.15R.sup.16,
--SO.sub.tNR.sup.15R.sup.16, --C(O)R.sup.15, --SO.sub.2R.sup.15
provided that R.sup.15 is not H, --NHC(O)NR.sup.15R.sup.16 and
halogen; and wherein each R.sup.15 and R.sup.16 is independently
selected from the group consisting: of H, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl,
cycloalkyl and heteroaryl.
[0408] Embodiment No. 47 is directed to the novel compounds of
formula IA wherein:
[0409] (1) substituent A in formula IA is selected from the group
consisting of: 110
[0410] wherein the above rings are unsubstituted, or the above
rings are substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently
selected from the group consisting of: halogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl,
--CF.sub.3, cyano, --OCH.sub.3, and --NO.sub.2; each R.sup.7 and
R.sup.8 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H,
alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, t-butyl, and isopropyl), fluoroalkyl
(such as, --CF.sub.3 and --CF.sub.2CH.sub.3), cycloalkyl (e.g.,
cyclopropyl, and cyclohexyl), and cycloalkylalkyl (e.g.,
cyclopropylmethyl); and R.sup.9 is selected from the group
consisting of: H, halogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, --CF.sub.3, cyano,
--OCH.sub.3, and --NO.sub.2; and 111
[0411] wherein each R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 is independently selected
from the group consisting of: H, alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl,
t-butyl, and isopropyl), fluoroalkyl (such as, --CF.sub.3 and
--CF.sub.2CH.sub.3), cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl, and
cyclohexyl), and cycloalkylalkyl (e.g., cyclopropylmethyl); wherein
R.sup.8a is as defined in formula IA, and wherein R.sup.9 is
selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, alkyl,
cycloalkyl, --CF.sub.3, cyano, --OCH.sub.3, and --NO.sub.2; each
R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 is independently selected from the group
consisting of: H, alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, t-butyl, and
isopropyl), fluoroalkyl (such as, --CF.sub.3 and
--CF.sub.2CH.sub.3), cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl, and
cyclohexyl), and cycloalkylalkyl (e.g., cyclopropylmethyl); and
[0412] (2) substituent B in formula IA is: 112
[0413] wherein
[0414] R.sup.2 is selected from the group consisting of: H, OH,
--NHC(O)R.sup.13 or and --NHSO.sub.2R.sup.13;
[0415] R.sup.3 is --SO.sub.2NR.sup.13 R.sup.14;
[0416] R.sup.11 is selected from the group consisting of: R.sup.13,
hydrogen, halogen, --CF.sub.3, --NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--NR.sup.13C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --C(O)OR.sup.13, --SH,
--SO.sub.(t)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --SO.sub.2R.sup.13,
--NHC(O)R.sup.13, --NHSO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--NHSO.sub.2R.sup.3, --C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14,
--C(O)NR.sup.13OR.sup.14, --OC(O)R.sup.13--COR.sup.13, --OR.sup.13,
and cyano;
[0417] each R.sup.3 and R.sup.14 is independently selected from the
group consisting of: H, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl and t-butyl;
or
[0418] R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 when taken together with the nitrogen
they are attached to in the group --SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14 form
an unsubstituted or substituted saturated heterocyclic ring
(preferably a 3 to 7 membered ring) optionally having one
additional heteroatom selected from the group consisting of: O, S
or NR.sup.18; wherein R.sup.18 is selected from the group
consisting of: H, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, --C(O)R.sup.19,
--SO.sub.2R.sup.19 and --C(O)NR.sup.19R.sup.20; wherein each
R.sup.19 and R.sup.20 is independently selected from the group
consisting of: alkyl, aryl and heteroaryl; wherein there are 1 to 3
substituents on the substituted cyclized R.sup.13 and R.sup.14
groups (i.e., the substituents on the ring formed when R.sup.13 and
R.sup.14 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are
bound) and each substituent is independently selected from the
group consisting of: alkyl, aryl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,
alkoxyalkyl, arylalkyl, fluoroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl,
heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, amino, --C(O)OR.sup.15,
--C(O)NR.sup.15R.sup.16, --SO.sub.tNR.sup.15R.sup- .16,
--C(O)R.sup.15, --SO.sub.2R.sup.15 provided that R.sup.15 is not H,
--NHC(O)NR.sup.15R.sup.16 and halogen; and wherein each R.sup.15
and R.sup.16 is independently selected from the group consisting:
of H, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl and heteroaryl.
[0419] Embodiment No. 48 is directed to the novel compounds of
formula IA wherein:
[0420] (1) substituent A in formula IA is selected from the group
consisting of: 113
[0421] wherein the above rings are unsubstituted, or the above
rings are substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently
selected from the group consisting of: H, F, Cl, Br, alkyl,
cycloalkyl, and --CF.sub.3; R.sup.7 is selected from the group
consisting of: H, --CF.sub.3, --CF.sub.2CH.sub.3, methyl, ethyl,
isopropyl, cyclopropyl and t-butyl; and R.sup.8 is H; and 114
[0422] wherein R.sup.7 is selected from the group consisting of: H,
--CF.sub.3, --CF.sub.2CH.sub.3, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl,
cyclopropyl and t-butyl; and R.sup.8 is H; and R.sup.8a is as
defined for formula IA.
[0423] (2) substituent B in formula IA is: 115
[0424] wherein:
[0425] R.sup.2 is selected from the group consisting of: H, OH,
--NHC(O)R.sup.13 and --NHSO.sub.2R.sup.13;
[0426] R.sup.3 is selected from the group consisting of:
--C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14, --NO.sub.2,
cyano, --SO.sub.2R.sup.13; and --C(O)OR.sup.13;
[0427] R.sup.11 is selected from the group consisting of: H,
halogen and alkyl; and
[0428] each R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 is independently selected from
the group consisting of: H, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl and
t-butyl.
[0429] Embodiment No. 43 is directed to the novel compounds of
formula IA wherein:
[0430] (1) substituent A in formula IA is selected from the group
consisting of: 116
[0431] wherein the above rings are unsubstituted, or the above
rings are substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently
selected from the group consisting of: F, Cl, Br, alkyl,
cycloalkyl, and --CF.sub.3; R.sup.7 is selected from the group
consisting of: H, --CF.sub.3, --CF.sub.2CH.sub.3, methyl, ethyl,
isopropyl, cyclopropyl and t-butyl; and R.sup.8 is H; and 117
[0432] wherein R.sup.7 is selected from the group consisting of: H,
--CF.sub.3, --CF.sub.2CH.sub.3, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl,
cyclopropyl and t-butyl; and R.sup.8 is H; and R.sup.8a is as
defined for formula IA;
[0433] (2) substituent B in formula IA is: 118
[0434] wherein:
[0435] R.sup.2 is selected from the group consisting of: H, OH,
--NHC(O)R.sup.13 and --NHSO.sub.2R.sup.13 (preferably --OH);
[0436] R.sup.3 is --SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14;
[0437] R.sup.11 is selected from the group consisting of: H,
halogen and alkyl (preferably H); and
[0438] each R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 is independently selected from
the group consisting of: H and ethyl, preferably R.sup.13 and
R.sup.14 are ethyl.
[0439] Embodiment No. 50 is directed to the novel compounds of
formula IA wherein:
[0440] (1) substituent A in formula IA is selected from the group
consisting of: 119120
[0441] (2) substituent B in formula IA is: 121
[0442] wherein:
[0443] R is --OH;
[0444] R.sup.3 is: --SO.sub.2NR.sup.13R.sup.14;
[0445] R.sup.11 is H; and
[0446] R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 are ethyl.
[0447] Embodiment No. 51 is directed to compounds of formula IA
wherein B is selected from the group consisting of: 122
[0448] provided that R.sup.3 for this group is selected from the
group consisting of: --C(O)NR.sup.13R.sup.14, 123124
[0449] wherein all other substituents are as defined for formula
IA.
[0450] Embodiment No. 52 is directed to compounds of formula IA
wherein B is selected from the group consisting of: 125
[0451] wherein all substituents are as defined for formula IA.
[0452] Embodiment No. 53 is directed to compounds of formula IA
wherein B is: 126
[0453] wherein all substituents are as defined for formula IA.
[0454] Embodiment No. 54 is directed to compounds of formula IA
wherein B is: 127
[0455] wherein all substituents are as defined for formula IA.
[0456] Embodiment No. 55 is directed to compounds of formula IA
wherein B is: 128
[0457] wherein all substituents are as defined for formula IA.
[0458] Embodiment No. 56 is directed to compounds of formula IA
wherein B is: 129
[0459] wherein all substituents are as defined for formula IA.
[0460] Embodiment No. 57 is directed to compounds of formula IA
wherein B is: 130
[0461] wherein all substituents are as defined for formula IA.
[0462] Embodiment No. 58 is directed to compounds of formula IA
wherein B is: 131
[0463] wherein all substituents are as defined for formula IA.
[0464] Embodiment No. 59 is directed to compounds of formula IA
wherein B is: 132
[0465] wherein all substituents are as defined for formula IA.
[0466] Embodiment No. 60 is directed to compounds of formula IA
wherein B is: 133
[0467] wherein all substituents are as defined for formula IA.
[0468] Embodiment No. 61 is directed to compounds of formula IA
wherein B is: 134
[0469] wherein all substituents are as defined for formula IA.
[0470] Embodiment No. 62 is directed to compounds of formula IA
wherein B is selected from the group consisting of: 135
[0471] wherein all substituents are as defined for formula IA.
[0472] Embodiment No. 63 is directed to compounds of formula IA
wherein B is described in any of Embodiment Nos. 51 to 62 and A is
as described in any of Embodiments Nos. 31-44.
[0473] Embodiment No. 64 is directed to any one of the Embodiment
Nos. 1 to 63 wherein the novel compound of formula IA is a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
[0474] Embodiment No. 65 is directed to any one of the Embodiment
Nos. 1 to 63 wherein the novel compound of formula IA is a sodium
salt.
[0475] Embodiment No. 66 is directed to any one of the Embodiment
Nos. 1 to 63 wherein the novel compound of formula IA is a calcium
salt.
[0476] Embodiment No. 67 is directed to a pharmaceutically
acceptable salt of any one of the representative novel compounds
described below.
[0477] Embodiment No. 68 is directed to a sodium salt of any one of
the representative novel compounds described below.
[0478] Embodiment No. 69 is directed to a calcium salt of any one
of the representative novel compounds described below.
[0479] Embodiment No. 70 is directed to a pharmaceutical
composition comprising at least one (e.g., 1 to 3, usually 1) novel
compound of formula IA as described in any one of the Embodiment
Nos. 1 to 69 in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable
carrier (or diluent).
[0480] Embodiment No. 71 is directed to a method of treating any
one of the diseases described herein (e.g., the chemokine mediated
diseases, and cancer) comprising administering to a patient in need
of such treatment an effective amount (e.g., a therapeutically
effective amount) of a novel compound of formula IA as described in
any one of the Embodiment Nos. 1 to 69.
[0481] Representative compounds of the invention include but are
not limited to:
136137138139140141142143144145146147148149150151152153154
[0482] Preferred compounds of the invention include:
155156157158159160161162163164165
[0483] A more preferred group of compounds includes:
166167168169
[0484] A most preferred group of compounds includes: 170171172
[0485] Certain compounds of the invention may exist in different
stereoisomeric forms (e.g., enantiomers, diastereoisomers and
atropisomers). The invention contemplates all such stereoisomers
both in pure form and in admixture, including racemic mixtures.
Isomers can be prepared using conventional methods.
[0486] Certain compounds will be acidic in nature, e.g. those
compounds which possess a carboxyl or phenolic hydroxyl group.
These compounds may form pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
Examples of such salts may include sodium, potassium, calcium,
aluminum, gold and silver salts. Also contemplated are salts formed
with pharmaceutically acceptable amines such as ammonia, alkyl
amines, hydroxyalkylamines, N-methylglucamine and the like.
[0487] Certain basic compounds also form pharmaceutically
acceptable salts, e.g., acid addition salts. For example, the
pyrido-nitrogen atoms may form salts with strong acid, while
compounds having basic substituents such as amino groups also form
salts with weaker acids. Examples of suitable acids for salt
formation are hydrochloric, sulfuric, phosphoric, acetic, citric,
oxalic, malonic, salicylic, malic, fumaric, succinic, ascorbic,
maleic, methanesulfonic and other mineral and carboxylic acids well
known to those skilled in the art. The salts are prepared by
contacting the free base form with a sufficient amount of the
desired acid to produce a salt in the conventional manner. The free
base forms may be regenerated by treating the salt with a suitable
dilute aqueous base solution such as dilute aqueous NaOH, potassium
carbonate, ammonia and sodium bicarbonate. The free base forms
differ from their respective salt forms somewhat in certain
physical properties, such as solubility in polar solvents, but the
acid and base salts are otherwise equivalent to their respective
free base forms for purposes of the invention.
[0488] All such acid and base salts are intended to be
pharmaceutically acceptable salts within the scope of the invention
and all acid and base salts are considered equivalent to the free
forms of the corresponding compounds for purposes of the
invention.
[0489] Compounds of formula IA can exist in unsolvated and solvated
forms, including hydrated forms. In general, the solvated forms,
with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol
and the like, are equivalent to the unsolvated forms for the
purposes of this invention.
[0490] In a preferred embodiment of the treatment of cancer, a
compound of formula IA is administered in combination with one of
the following antineoplastic agents: gemcitabine, paclitaxel
(Taxol.RTM.), 5-Fluorourcil (5-FU), cyclophosphamide
(Cytoxan.RTM.), temozolomide, or Vincristine.
[0491] In another preferred embodiment, the present invention
provides a method of treating cancer, comprising administering,
concurrently or sequentially, and effective amount of a compound of
formula IA and a microtubule affecting agent e.g., paclitaxel.
[0492] Another embodiment of the invention is directed to a method
treating cancer, comprising administering to a patient in need
thereof, concurrently or sequentially, a therapeutically effective
amount of (a) a compound of formula IA, and (b) an antineoplastic
agent, microtubule affecting agent or anti-angiogenesis agent.
[0493] For preparing pharmaceutical compositions from the compounds
described by this invention, inert, pharmaceutically acceptable
carriers can be either solid or liquid. Solid form preparations
include powders, tablets, dispersible granules, capsules, cachets
and suppositories. The powders and tablets may be comprised of from
about 5 to about 95 percent active ingredient. Suitable solid
carriers are known in the art, e.g., magnesium carbonate, magnesium
stearate, talc, sugar or lactose. Tablets, powders, cachets and
capsules can be used as solid dosage forms suitable for oral
administration. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers
and methods of manufacture for various compositions may be found in
A. Gennaro (ed.), Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18.sup.th
Edition, (1990), Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa.
[0494] Liquid form preparations include solutions, suspensions and
emulsions. As an example may be mentioned water or water-propylene
glycol solutions for parenteral injection or addition of sweeteners
and opacifiers for oral solutions, suspensions and emulsions.
Liquid form preparations may also include solutions for intranasal
administration.
[0495] Aerosol preparations suitable for inhalation may include
solutions and solids in powder form, which may be in combination
with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, such as an inert
compressed gas, e.g. nitrogen.
[0496] Also included are solid form preparations which are intended
to be converted, shortly before use, to liquid form preparations
for either oral or parenteral administration. Such liquid forms
include solutions, suspensions and emulsions.
[0497] The compounds of the invention may also be deliverable
transdermally. The transdermal composition can take the form of
creams, lotions, aerosols and/or emulsions and can be included in a
transdermal patch of the matrix or reservoir type as are
conventional in the art for this purpose.
[0498] Preferably the compound is administered orally.
[0499] Preferably, the pharmaceutical preparation is in a unit
dosage form. In such form, the preparation is subdivided into
suitably sized unit doses containing appropriate quantities of the
active component, e.g., an effective amount to achieve the desired
purpose.
[0500] The quantity of active compound in a unit dose of
preparation may be varied or adjusted from about 0.01 mg to about
1000 mg, preferably from about 0.01 mg to about 750 mg, more
preferably from about 0.01 mg to about 500 mg, and most preferably
from about 0.01 mg to about 250 mg, according to the particular
application.
[0501] The actual dosage employed may be varied depending upon the
requirements of the patient and the severity of the condition being
treated. Determination of the proper dosage regimen for a
particular situation is within the skill of the art. For
convenience, the total dosage may be divided and administered in
portions during the day as required.
[0502] The amount and frequency of administration of the compounds
of the invention and/or the pharmaceutically acceptable salts
thereof will be regulated according to the judgment of the
attending clinician considering such factors as age, condition and
size of the patient as well as severity of the symptoms being
treated. A typical recommended daily dosage regimen for oral
administration can range from about 0.04 mg/day to about 4000
mg/day, in two to four divided doses.
[0503] Classes of compounds that can be used as the
chemotherapeutic agent (antineoplastic agent) include: alkylating
agents, antimetabolites, natural products and their derivatives,
hormones and steroids (including synthetic analogs), and
synthetics. Examples of compounds within these classes are given
below.
[0504] Alkylating agents (including nitrogen mustards, ethylenimine
derivatives, alkyl sulfonates, nitrosoureas and triazenes): Uracil
mustard, Chlormethine, Cyclophosphamide (Cytoxan.RTM.), Ifosfamide,
Melphalan, Chlorambucil, Pipobroman, Triethylene-melamine,
Triethylenethiophosphoramine, Busulfan, Carmustine, Lomustine,
Streptozocin, Dacarbazine, and Temozolomide.
[0505] Antimetabolites (including folic acid antagonists,
pyrimidine analogs, purine analogs and adenosine deaminase
inhibitors): Methotrexate, 5-Fluorouracil, Floxuridine, Cytarabine,
6-Mercaptopurine, 6-Thioguanine, Fludarabine phosphate,
Pentostatine, and Gemcitabine.
[0506] Natural products and their derivatives (including vinca
alkaloids, antitumor antibiotics, enzymes, lymphokines and
epipodophyllotoxins): Vinblastine, Vincristine, Vindesine,
Bleomycin, Dactinomycin, Daunorubicin, Doxorubicin, Epirubicin,
Idarubicin, paclitaxel (paclitaxel is commercially available as
Taxol.RTM. and is described in more detail below in the subsection
entitled "Microtubule Affecting Agents"), Mithramycin,
Deoxyco-formycin, Mitomycin-C, L-Asparaginase, Interferons
(especially IFN-.alpha.), Etoposide, and Teniposide.
[0507] Hormones and steroids (including synthetic analogs):
17.alpha.-Ethinylestradiol, Diethylstilbestrol, Testosterone,
Prednisone, Fluoxymesterone, Dromostanolone propionate,
Testolactone, Megestrolacetate, Tamoxifen, Methylprednisolone,
Methyl-testosterone, Prednisolone, Triamcinolone, Chlorotrianisene,
Hydroxyprogesterone, Aminoglutethimide, Estramustine,
Medroxyprogesteroneacetate, Leuprolide, Flutamide, Toremifene,
Zoladex.
[0508] Synthetics (including inorganic complexes such as platinum
coordination complexes): Cisplatin, Carboplatin, Hydroxyurea,
Amsacrine, Procarbazine, Mitotane, Mitoxantrone, Levamisole, and
Hexamethylmelamine.
[0509] Methods for the safe and effective administration of most of
these chemotherapeutic agents are known to those skilled in the
art. In addition, their administration is described in the standard
literature. For example, the administration of many of the
chemotherapeutic agents is described in the "Physicians' Desk
Reference" (PDR), e.g., 2002 edition (Medical Economics Company,
Montvale, N.J. 07645-1742, USA); the disclosure of which is
incorporated herein by reference thereto.
[0510] As used herein, a microtubule affecting agent is a compound
that interferes with cellular mitosis, i.e., having an anti-mitotic
effect, by affecting microtubule formation and/or action. Such
agents can be, for instance, microtubule stabilizing agents or
agents that disrupt microtubule formation.
[0511] Microtubule affecting agents useful in the invention are
well known to those of skill in the art and include, but are not
limited to allocolchicine (NSC 406042), Halichondrin B (NSC
609395), colchicine (NSC 757), colchicine derivatives (e.g., NSC
33410), dolastatin 10 (NSC 376128), maytansine (NSC 153858),
rhizoxin (NSC 332598), paclitaxel (Taxol.RTM., NSC 125973),
Taxol.RTM. derivatives (e.g., derivatives (e.g., NSC 608832),
thiocolchicine (NSC 361792), trityl cysteine (NSC 83265),
vinblastine sulfate (NSC 49842), vincristine sulfate (NSC 67574),
epothilone A, epothilone, and discodermolide (see Service, (1996)
Science, 274:2009) estramustine, nocodazole, MAP4, and the like.
Examples of such agents are also described in the scientific and
patent literature, see, e.g., Bulinski (1997) J. Cell Sci.
110:3055-3064; Panda (1997) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA
94:10560-10564; Muhlradt (1997) Cancer Res. 57:3344-3346; Nicolaou
(1997) Nature 387:268-272; Vasquez (1997) Mol. Biol. Cell.
8:973-985; Panda (1996) J. Biol. Chem. 271:29807-29812.
[0512] Particularly preferred agents are compounds with
paclitaxel-like activity. These include, but are not limited to
paclitaxel and paclitaxel derivatives (paclitaxel-like compounds)
and analogues. Paclitaxel and its derivatives are available
commercially. In addition, methods of making paclitaxel and
paclitaxel derivatives and analogues are well known to those of
skill in the art (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,569,729; 5,565,478;
5,530,020; 5,527,924; 5,508,447; 5,489,589; 5,488,116; 5,484,809;
5,478,854; 5,478,736; 5,475,120; 5,468,769; 5,461,169; 5,440,057;
5,422,364; 5,411,984; 5,405,972; and 5,296,506).
[0513] More specifically, the term "paclitaxel" as used herein
refers to the drug commercially available as Taxol.RTM. (NSC
number: 125973). Taxol.RTM. inhibits eukaryotic cell replication by
enhancing polymerization of tubulin moieties into stabilized
microtubule bundles that are unable to reorganize into the proper
structures for mitosis. Of the many available chemotherapeutic
drugs, paclitaxel has generated interest because of its efficacy in
clinical trials against drug-refractory tumors, including ovarian
and mammary gland tumors (Hawkins (1992) Oncology, 6: 17-23,
Horwitz (1992) Trends Pharmacol. Sci. 13: 134-146, Rowinsky (1990)
J. Natl. Canc. Inst. 82: 1247-1259).
[0514] Additional microtubule affecting agents can be assessed
using one of many such assays known in the art, e.g., a
semiautomated assay which measures the tubulin-polymerizing
activity of paclitaxel analogs in combination with a cellular assay
to measure the potential of these compounds to block cells in
mitosis (see Lopes (1997) Cancer Chemother. Pharmacol.
41:37-47).
[0515] Generally, activity of a test compound is determined by
contacting a cell with that compound and determining whether or not
the cell cycle is disrupted, in particular, through the inhibition
of a mitotic event. Such inhibition may be mediated by disruption
of the mitotic apparatus, e.g., disruption of normal spindle
formation. Cells in which mitosis is interrupted may be
characterized by altered morphology (e.g., microtubule compaction,
increased chromosome number, etc.).
[0516] Compounds with possible tubulin polymerization activity can
be screened in vitro. In a preferred embodiment, the compounds are
screened against cultured WR21 cells (derived from line 69-2
wap-ras mice) for inhibition of proliferation and/or for altered
cellular morphology, in particular for microtubule compaction. In
vivo screening of positive-testing compounds can then be performed
using nude mice bearing the WR21 tumor cells. Detailed protocols
for this screening method are described by Porter (1995) Lab. Anim.
Sci., 45(2):145-150.
[0517] Other methods of screening compounds for desired activity
are well known to those of skill in the art. Typically such assays
involve assays for inhibition of microtubule assembly and/or
disassembly. Assays for microtubule assembly are described, for
example, by Gaskin et al. (1974) J. Molec. Biol., 89: 737-758. U.S.
Pat. No. 5,569,720 also provides in vitro and in vivo assays for
compounds with paclitaxel-like activity.
[0518] Methods for the safe and effective administration of the
above-mentioned microtubule affecting agents are known to those
skilled in the art. In addition, their administration is described
in the standard literature. For example, the administration of many
of the chemotherapeutic agents is described in the "Physicians'
Desk Reference" (PDR), e.g., 1996 edition (Medical Economics
Company, Montvale, N.J. 07645-1742, USA); the disclosure of which
is incorporated herein by reference thereto.
[0519] The amount and frequency of administration of the compounds
of formula IA and the chemotherapeutic agents and/or radiation
therapy will be regulated according to the judgment of the
attending clinician (physician) considering such factors as age,
condition and size of the patient as well as severity of the
disease being treated. A dosage regimen of the compound of formula
IA can be oral administration of from 10 mg to 2000 mg/day,
preferably 10 to 1000 mg/day, more preferably 50 to 600 mg/day, in
two to four (preferably two) divided doses, to block tumor growth.
Intermittant therapy (e.g., one week out of three weeks or three
out of four weeks) may also be used.
[0520] The chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation therapy can be
administered according to therapeutic protocols well known in the
art. It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that the
administration of the chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation
therapy can be varied depending on the disease being treated and
the known effects of the chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation
therapy on that disease. Also, in accordance with the knowledge of
the skilled clinician, the therapeutic protocols (e.g., dosage
amounts and times of administration) can be varied in view of the
observed effects of the administered therapeutic agents (i.e.,
antineoplastic agent or radiation) on the patient, and in view of
the observed responses of the disease to the administered
therapeutic agents.
[0521] In the methods of this invention, a compound of formula IA
is administered concurrently or sequentially with a
chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation. Thus, it is not necessary
that, for example, the chemotherapeutic agent and the compound of
formula IA, or the radiation and the compound of formula IA, should
be administered simultaneously or essentially simultaneously. The
advantage of a simultaneous or essentially simultaneous
administration is well within the determination of the skilled
clinician.
[0522] Also, in general, the compound of formula IA and the
chemotherapeutic agent do not have to be administered in the same
pharmaceutical composition, and may, because of different physical
and chemical characteristics, have to be administered by different
routes. For example, the compound of formula IA may be administered
orally to generate and maintain good blood levels thereof, while
the chemotherapeutic agent may be administered intravenously. The
determination of the mode of administration and the advisability of
administration, where possible, in the same pharmaceutical
composition, is well within the knowledge of the skilled clinician.
The initial administration can be made according to established
protocols known in the art, and then, based upon the observed
effects, the dosage, modes of administration and times of
administration can be modified by the skilled clinician.
[0523] The particular choice of a compound of formula IA, and
chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation will depend upon the
diagnosis of the attending physicians and their judgement of the
condition of the patient and the appropriate treatment
protocol.
[0524] The compound of formula IA, and chemotherapeutic agent
and/or radiation may be administered concurrently (e.g.,
simultaneously, essentially simultaneously or within the same
treatment protocol) or sequentially, depending upon the nature of
the proliferative disease, the condition of the patient, and the
actual choice of chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation to be
administered in conjunction (i.e., within a single treatment
protocol) with the compound of formula or IA.
[0525] If the compound of formula IA, and the chemotherapeutic
agent and/or radiation are not administered simultaneously or
essentially simultaneously, then the initial order of
administration of the compound of formula IA, and the
chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation, may not be important.
Thus, the compound of formula IA may be administered first,
followed by the administration of the chemotherapeutic agent and/or
radiation; or the chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation may be
administered first, followed by the administration of the compound
of formula IA. This alternate administration may be repeated during
a single treatment protocol. The determination of the order of
administration, and the number of repetitions of administration of
each therapeutic agent during a treatment protocol, is well within
the knowledge of the skilled physician after evaluation of the
disease being treated and the condition of the patient.
[0526] For example, the chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation may
be administered first, especially if it is a cytotoxic agent, and
then the treatment continued with the administration of the
compound of formula IA followed, where determined advantageous, by
the administration of the chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation,
and so on until the treatment protocol is complete.
[0527] Thus, in accordance with experience and knowledge, the
practicing physician can modify each protocol for the
administration of a component (therapeutic agent--i.e., the
compound of formula IA, chemotherapeutic agent or radiation) of the
treatment according to the individual patient's needs, as the
treatment proceeds.
[0528] The attending clinician, in judging whether treatment is
effective at the dosage administered, will consider the general
well-being of the patient as well as more definite signs such as
relief of disease-related symptoms, inhibition of tumor growth,
actual shrinkage of the tumor, or inhibition of metastasis. Size of
the tumor can be measured by standard methods such as radio-logical
studies, e.g., CAT or MRI scan, and successive measurements can be
used to judge whether or not growth of the tumor has been retarded
or even reversed. Relief of disease-related symptoms such as pain,
and improvement in overall condition can also be used to help judge
effectiveness of treatment.
BIOLOGICAL EXAMPLES
[0529] The compounds of the present invention are useful in the
treatment of CXC-chemokine mediated conditions and diseases. This
utility is manifested in their ability to inhibit IL-8 and
GRO-.alpha. chemokine as demonstrated by the following in vitro
assays.
[0530] Receptor Binding Assays:
[0531] CXCR1 SPA Assay
[0532] For each well of a 96 well plate, a reaction mixture of 10
.mu.g hCXCR1-CHO overexpressing membranes (Biosignal) and 200
.mu.g/well WGA-SPA beads (Amersham) in 100 .mu.l was prepared in
CXCR1 assay buffer (25 mM HEPES, pH 7.8, 2 mM CaCl.sub.2, 1 mM
MgCl.sub.2, 125 mM NaCl, 0.1% BSA) (Sigma). A 0.4 nM stock of
ligand, [125I]-IL-8 (NEN) was prepared in the CXCR1 assay buffer.
20.times.stock solutions of test compounds were prepared in DMSO
(Sigma). A 6.times.stock solution of IL-8 (R&D) was prepared in
CXCR2 assay buffer. The above solutions were added to a 96-well
assay plate (PerkinElmer) as follows: 10 .mu.l test compound or
DMSO, 40 .mu.l CXCR1 assay buffer or IL-8 stock, 100 .mu.l of
reaction mixture, 50 .mu.l of ligand stock (Final [Ligand]=0.1 nM).
The assay plates were shaken for 5 minutes on plate shaker, then
incubated for 8 hours before cpm/well were determined in Microbeta
Trilux counter (PerkinElmer). % Inhibition of Total binding-NSB
(250 nM IL-8) was determined for IC50 values. Compounds of this
invention had an IC.sub.50 of <20 .mu.M. The most preferred
compounds had a K.sub.i within the range of 3 nM to 1120 nM.
[0533] CXCR2 SPA Assay
[0534] For each well of a 96 well plate, a reaction mixture of 4
.mu.g hCXCR2-CHO overexpressing membranes (Biosignal) and 200
.mu.g/well WGA-SPA beads (Amersham) in 100 .mu.l was prepared in
CXCR2 assay buffer (25 mM HEPES, pH 7.4, 2 mM CaCl.sub.2, 1 mM
MgCl.sub.2). A 0.4 nM stock of ligand, [125I]-IL-8 (NEN), was
prepared in the CXCR2 assay buffer. 20.times.stock solutions of
test compounds were prepared in DMSO (Sigma). A 6.times.stock
solution of GRO-.alpha. (R&D) was prepared in CXCR2 assay
buffer. The above solutions were added to a 96-well assay plate
(PerkinElmer or Corning) as follows: 10 .mu.l test compound or
DMSO, 40 ul CXCR2 assay buffer or GRO-.alpha. stock, 100 .mu.l of
reaction mixture, 50 .mu.l of ligand stock (Final [Ligand]=0.1 nM).
When 40.times.stock solutions of test compounds in DMSO were
prepared, then the above protocol was used except instead 5 .mu.l
test compound or DMSO and 45 .mu.l CXCR2 assay buffer were used.
The assay plates were shaken for 5 minutes on a plate shaker, then
incubated for 2-8 hours before cpm/well were determined in
Microbeta Trilux counter (PerkinElmer). % Inhibition of total
binding minus non-specific binding (250 nM Gro-.alpha. or 50 .mu.M
antagonist) was determined and IC50 values calculated. Compounds of
this invention had an IC.sub.50 of <5 .mu.M. The most preferred
compounds had a K.sub.i within the range of 0.8 nM to 40 nM. The
compound of Example 360.31 had a K.sub.i of 3 nM.
[0535] Calcium Fluorescence Assay (FLIPR)
[0536] HEK 293 cells stably transfected with hCXCR2 and G.alpha./q
were plated at 10,000 cells per well in a Poly-D-Lysine Black/Clear
plate (Becton Dickinson) and incubated 48 hours at 5% CO.sub.2,
37.degree. C. The cultures were then incubated with 4 mM fluo-4, AM
(Molecular Probes) in Dye Loading Buffer (1% FBS, HBSS w. Ca &
Mg, 20 mM HEPES (Cellgro), 2.5 mM Probenicid (Sigma) for 1 hour.
The cultures were washed with wash buffer (HBSS w Ca, & Mg, 20
mM HEPES, Probenicid (2.5 mM)) three times, then 100 .mu.l/well
wash buffer was added.
[0537] During incubation, compounds were prepared as 4.times.stocks
in 0.4% DMSO (Sigma) and wash buffer and added to their respective
wells in the first addition plate. IL-8 or GRO-A (R&D Systems)
concentrations were prepared 4.times.in wash buffer+0.1% BSA and
added to their respective wells in second addition plate.
[0538] Culture plate and both addition plates were then placed in
the FLIPR imaging system to determine change in calcium
fluorescence upon addition of compound and then ligand. Briefly, 50
.mu.l of compound solutions or DMSO solution was added to
respective wells and change in calcium fluorescence measured by the
FLIPR for 1 minute. After a 3 minute incubation within the
instrument, 50 .mu.l of ligand was then added and the change in
calcium fluorescence measured by the FLIPR instrument for 1 minute.
The area under each stimulation curve was determined and values
used to determine % Stimulation by compound (agonist) and %
Inhibition of Total Calcium response to ligand (0.3 nM IL-8 or
GRO-.alpha.) for IC50 values of the test compounds.
[0539] Chemotaxis assays for 293-CXCR2
[0540] A chemotaxis assay is setup using Fluorblok inserts (Falcon)
for 293-CXCR2 cells (HEK-293 cells overexpressing human CXCR2). The
standard protocol used at present is as follows:
[0541] 1. Inserts are coated with collagenIV (2 ug/ml) for 2 hrs at
37.degree. C.
[0542] 2. The collagen is removed and inserts are allowed to air
dry overnight.
[0543] 3. Cells are labeled with 10 uM calcein AM (Molecular
Probes) for 2 hrs. Labeling is done in complete media with 2%
FBS.
[0544] 4. Dilutions of compound are made in minimal media (0.1%
BSA) and placed inside the insert which is positioned inside the
well of a 24 well plate. Within the well is IL-8 at a concentration
of 0.25 nM in minimal media. Cells are washed and resuspended in
minimal media and placed inside the insert at a concentration of
50,000 cells per insert.
[0545] 5. Plate is incubated for 2 hrs and inserts are removed and
placed in a new 24 well. Fluorescence is detected at excitation=485
nM and emission=530 nM.
[0546] Cytotoxicity Assays
[0547] A cytotoxicity assay for CXCR2 compounds is conducted on
293-CXCR2 cells. Concentrations of compounds are tested for
toxicity at high concentrations to determine if they may be used
for further evaluation in binding and cell based assays. The
protocol is as follows:
[0548] 1. 293-CXCR2 cells are plated overnight at a concentration
of 5000 cells per well in complete media.
[0549] 2. Dilutions of compound are made in minimal media w/0.1%
BSA. Complete media is poured off and the dilutions of compound are
added. Plates are incubated for 4, 24 and 48 hrs. Cells are labeled
with 10 uM calcein AM for 15 minutes to determine cell viability.
Detection method is the same as above.
[0550] Soft Agar Assay
[0551] 10,000 SKMEL-5 cells/well are placed in a mixture of 1.2%
agar and complete media with various dilutions of compound. Final
concentration of agar is 0.6%. After 21 days viable cell colonies
are stained with a solution of MTT (1 mg/ml in PBS). Plates are
then scanned to determine colony number and size. IC.sub.50 is
determined by comparing total area vs. compound concentration.
[0552] Compounds of formula IA may be produced by processes known
to those skilled in the art, in the following reaction schemes, and
in the preparations and examples below.
[0553] A general procedure for the preparation of compounds of
formula IA is as follows: 173 174
[0554] Scheme 1
[0555] An amine is condensed (Step A) with a nitrosalicylic acid
under standard coupling conditions and the resulting nitrobenzamide
is reduced (Step B) under hydrogen atmosphere in the presence of a
suitable catalyst. The remaining partner required for the synthesis
of the final target is prepared by condensing an aryl amine with
the commercially available diethylsquarate to give the
aminoethoxysquarate product. Subsequent condensation of this
intermediate with the aminobenzamide prepared earlier provides the
desired chemokine antagonist (Scheme 1).
[0556] Scheme 2
[0557] Alternatively, the aminobenzamide of Scheme 1 is first
condensed with commercially available diethylsquarate to give an
alternate monoethoxy intermediate. Condensation of this
intermediate with an amine gives the desired chemokine antagonist.
175 176
[0558] Scheme 3
[0559] Benztriazole compounds of Formula (I) or IA are prepared by
stirring nitrophenylenediamines with sodium nitrite in acetic acid
at 60.degree. C. to afford the nitrobenzotriazole intermediate
(Scheme 3). Reduction of the nitro group in the presence of
palladium catalyst and hydrogen atmosphere provides the amine
compound. Subsequent condensation of this intermediate with the
aminooethoxysquarate prepared earlier (Scheme 1) provides the
desired chemokine antagonist.
[0560] Scheme 4
[0561] Condensation of nitrophenylenediamines with anhydrides or
activated acids at reflux (Scheme 4) affords benzimidazole
intermediates which after reduction with hydrogen gas and palladium
catalyst and condensation with the aminoethoxysquarate previously
prepared (Scheme 1) affords benzimidazole chemokine antagonists.
177 178
[0562] Scheme 5
[0563] Indazole structures of Formula (I) or IA can be prepared
according to Scheme 5 by reduction of nitroindazole A (J. Am. Chem
Soc. 1943, 65, 1804-1805) to give aminoindazole B and subsequent
condensation with the aminoethoxysquarate prepared earlier (Scheme
1).
[0564] Scheme 6
[0565] Indole structures of Formula (I) or IA can be prepared
according to Scheme 6 by reduction of nitroindole A (J. Med. Chem.
1995, 38, 1942-1954) to give aminoindole B and subsequent
condensation with the aminoethoxysquarate prepared earlier (Scheme
1).
[0566] The invention disclosed herein is exemplified by the
following preparations and examples which should not be construed
to limit the scope of the disclosure. Alternative mechanistic
pathways and analogous structures may be apparent to those skilled
in the art.
Preparative Example 1
[0567] 179
[0568] 3-Nitrosalicylic acid (500 mg, 2.7 mmol), DCC (563 mg) and
ethyl acetate (10 mL) were combined and stirred for 10 min.
(R)-(-)-2-pyrrolidinemethanol (0.27 mL) was added and the resulting
suspension was stirred at room temperature overnight. The solid was
filtered and the filtrate washed with 1 N NaOH. The aqueous phase
was acidified and extracted with EtOAc. The resulting organic phase
was dried over anhydrous MgSO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated in
vacuo. Purification of the residue by preparative plate
chromatography (silica gel, 5% MeOH/CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 saturated with
AcOH) gave the product (338 mg, 46%, MH.sup.+=267).
Preparative Example 2
[0569] 180
[0570] Step A
[0571] 3-Nitrosalicylic acid (9.2 g),
bromotripyrrolidinophosphonium hexafluorophosphate (PyBroP, 23 g)
and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (DIEA, 26 mL) in anhydrous
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (125 mL) were combined and stirred at 25.degree.
C. for 30 min. (R)-(+)-3-pyrrolidinol (8.7 g) in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2
(25 mL) was added over 25 min and the resulting suspension was
stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was extracted
with 1 M NaOH (aq) and the organic phase was discarded. The aqueous
phase was acidified with 1 M HCl (aq), extracted with EtOAc, dried
over anhydrous Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo
to afford the crude product (7 g) which was used without further
purification.
[0572] Step B
[0573] The crude product from Step A above was stirred with 10%
Pd/C (0.7 g) in MeOH (100 mL) under a hydrogen gas atmosphere
overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite, the
filtrate concentrated in vacuo, and the resulting residue purified
by column chromatography (silica gel, 10% MeOH/CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2
saturated with NH.sub.4OH) to give the product (2.5 g, 41%,
MH+=223).
Preparative Example 2.1
[0574] 181
[0575] To N-BOC-3-(amino)piperidine (0.5 g) dissolved in
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (10 mL) was added benzylisocyanate (3 mmol). After
stirring for 2 hrs, amine scavenger resin (1.9 mmol) was added and
the mixture was stirred overnight, filtered, the resin back-washed
with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 and methanol, and the organics concentrated
in vacuo. Stirring of the crude material in 4N HCl/dioxane (40 mL)
for 2.5 hrs before concentrating in vacuo gave the title compound
(41%, MH+=369).
Preparative Example 2.2-2.6
[0576] Following the procedures set forth in Preparative Example
2.1 but using the isocyanate (or chloroformate) indicated in the
Table below, the amines were obtained and used without further
purification.
1 Prep Ex. Amine Isocyanate Amine 2.2 182 183 184 2.3 185 186 187
2.4 188 189 190 2.5 191 192 193 2.6 194 195 196
Preparative Example 2.7
[0577] 197
[0578] To N-BOC-3-(amino)piperidine (5 mmol) dissolved in
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (30 mL) was added trifluoromethanesulfonic
anhydride (5 mmol) and the mixture was stirred 10 overnight. The
mixture was concentrated in vacuo, diluted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2
(10 mL) and treated with trifluoroacetic acid (10 mL). After
stirring for 2 hr, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give
the title compound (43%, MH+=233.1).
Preparative Example 2.8
[0579] 198
[0580] Step A
[0581] 3-Nitrosalicylic acid (5 mmol) and N-hydroxysuccinimide (5
mmol) were added to a solution of 2% DMF/CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2, followed
by DCC (5 mmol). After stirring for 2 hr, the mixture was filtered
and concentrated in vacuo and the residue used directly in Step
B.
[0582] Step B
[0583] The product from Step A above was suspended in DMF and to
this was added morpholino-2-carboxylic acid HCl (5 mmol) in
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (10 mL)/DMF (5 mL) and diisopropylethylamine (10
mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight, filtered, basified with 1
N NaOH (50 mL), washed with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2, acidified with 5N HCl
and extracted with EtOAc. The organic phase was dried over
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the
desired compound which was used directly in Step C (MH+=296).
[0584] Step C
[0585] Following a similar procedure as in Preparative Example 2
Step B, but using the product from Step B above, the title compound
was obtained (23%, MH+=267).
Preparative Example 2.9
[0586] 199
[0587] Step A
[0588] 2-Piperazinecarboxylic acid and 2-chloro-1,3-pyrimidine were
stirred with triethylamine and MeOH. After stirring overnight at
reflux, the mixture was filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give
the desired compound which was used directly in Step B
(MH+=209).
[0589] Step B
[0590] Following a similar procedure as Preparative Example 2.8,
Step B except using the product from Preparative Example 2.9 Step A
above, the desired compound was obtained (41%, MH+=374).
[0591] Step C
[0592] Following a similar procedure as in Preparative Example 2,
Step B, but using the product from Step B above, the desired
compound was obtained (99%, MH+=344).
Preparative Example 2.10
[0593] 200
[0594] Step A
[0595] Following a similar procedure as Preparative Example 2.8,
Step A except using 3-nitrobenzoic acid, the desired compound was
obtained and used directly in Step B.
[0596] Step B
[0597] Following a similar procedure as Preparative Example 2.8,
Step B except using the products from Preparative Example 2.9, Step
A and Preparative Example 2.10, Step A, the desired compound was
obtained (86%).
[0598] Step C
[0599] Following a similar procedure as in Preparative Example 2,
Step B, but using the product from Step B above, the desired
compound was obtained (67%, MH+=331).
Preparative Example 2.11
[0600] 201
[0601] Step A
[0602] N-Benzylpiperidone (2 g, HCl salt, hydrate) was stirred with
THF (20 mL), concentrated to dryness, and placed under high vac.
The residue was diluted in THF (20 mL), and methyllithium was added
(2.5 eq of 1.6N in Et.sub.2O) via syringe. After stirring for 3 hr,
the mixture was concentrated in vacuo, diluted with water,
extracted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2, and dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4.
Filtration and concentrating in vacuo gave the desired product
(50%, MH+=205).
[0603] Step B
[0604] Following a similar procedure as in Preparative Example 2,
Step B, but using the product from Step A above, the title compound
was obtained (95%, MH+=116).
Preparative Example 2.12
[0605] 202
[0606] Step A
[0607] To N-benzyl-N-methylamine (20 mmol) dissolved in acetone (50
mL) was added concentrated HCl (20 mmol), paraformaldehyde (30
mmol) and 2-propanol (2 mL). After stirring at reflux overnight,
the mixture was concentrated in vacuo, diluted with water, basified
to pH 14 and extracted with ether. The organic phase was dried over
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the
desired product (98%) which was used directly in Step B.
[0608] Step B
[0609] The product from Step A above (500 mg) was dissolved in MeOH
(20 mL) and to this was added NaBH.sub.4 (50 mg). After stirring
for 10 min, the solution was concentrated in vacuo to give the
desired compound which was used directly in Step C without
purification.
[0610] Step C
[0611] The product from Step B above was diluted with MeOH (20 mL)
and to this was added AcOH (0.1 mL), a catalytic amount of Pd/C
(10%) and the mixture stirred under H.sub.2 atmosphere (balloon)
overnight. The mixture was filtered, 4N HCl in dioxane (1 mL) was
added, and the mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give the
desired compound that was used directly without purification.
Preparative Example 2.13
[0612] 203
[0613] Step A
[0614] Following a similar procedure as Preparative Example 2, Step
A except using methyl glycinate, the desired ester was obtained.
The mixture was poured into 200 mL of 1N NaOH, then extracted with
dichloromethane. The pH was adjusted to 1 and NaCl was added until
saturation. After several hours, the resulting precipitate was
filtered and washed with cold water to give the desired product
(42%).
[0615] Step B
[0616] Following a similar procedure as in Preparative Example 2
Step B, but using the product from Step A above, the title compound
was obtained (95%).
Preparative Example 2.14
[0617] 204
[0618] Step A
[0619] Following a similar procedure as in Preparative Example
2.13, Step A except using methyl N-methylglycinate, the desired
product was obtained (18%).
[0620] Step B
[0621] Following a similar procedure as in Preparative Example 2,
Step B, but using the product from Step A above, the title compound
was obtained (95%, MH+=225).
Preparative Example 2.15
[0622] 205
[0623] The cyclobutenedione intermediate from Preparative Example
87 (200 mg), DIEA (100 ul), 3-aminosalicylic acid (120 mg) and EtOH
(4 ml) were combined and heated to reflux overnight to give the
title compound (90%, MH+=367).
Preparative Example 2.16
[0624] 206
[0625] The above n-oxide (2 g) was combined with
H.sub.2NMe/H.sub.2O (15 cm.sup.3) and heated to 140.degree. C.
overnight. Potassium carbonate (1.3 g) added and the mixture
concentrated in vacuo. Extraction with EtOH and concentration of
the filtrate in vacuo gave 1.56 g of crude amine
(MH.sup.+=125).
Preparative Example 3-10.50
[0626] Following the procedures set forth in Preparative Examples
1-2 but using the carboxylic acid, amine, and coupling agent [DCC
(Prep. Ex. 1) or PyBrop (Prep. Ex. 2)] listed in the Table below,
the indicated amide products were obtained and used without further
purification.
2 1. Coupling Agent Prep Carboxylic 2. % Yield Ex. acid Amine
Product 3. MH.sup.+ 3 207 208 209 1. PyBrop 2. 87%, 86% 3. 181 4
210 211 212 1. PyBroP 2. 49% 3. 209 5 213 NH.sub.3 214 1. PyBroP 2.
95% 3. 153 6 215 --NH.sub.2 216 1. PyBroP 2. 83% 3. 167 7 217 218
219 1. PyBroP 2. 76% 3. 223 8 220 221 222 1. PyBroP 2. 65, 53 3.
209 9 223 224 225 1. PyBroP 2. 59, 69 3. 207 10 226 227 228 1.
PyBroP 2. 49, 86 3. 237 10.1 229 230 231 1. PyBroP 2. 30, 88 3. 193
10.2 232 233 234 1. PyBroP 2. 26, 87 3. 195 10.3 235 236 237 1.
PyBroP 2. 38 3. 209 10.4 238 239 240 1. PyBroP 2. 29 3. 209 10.5
241 242 243 1. PyBroP 2. 38 3. 223 10.6 244 245 246 1. PyBroP 2.
32, 99 3. 367.9 10.7 247 248 249 1. PyBroP 2. 35, 99 3. 237 10.8
250 251 252 1. DCC 2. 30, 99 3. 269 10.9 253 254 255 1. PyBroP 2.
58, 95 3. 233.1 10.10 256 257 258 1. PyBroP 2. 42, 95 3. 238.9
10.13 259 260 261 1. PyBroP 2. 51, 95 3. 307 10.14 262 263 264 1.
PyBroP 2. 55 3. 347 10.15 265 266 267 1. PyBroP 2. 41 3. 369.1
10.16 268 269 270 1. PyBroP 2. 56 3. 354.9 10.17 271 272 273 1.
PyBroP 2. 56 3. 308 10.18 274 275 276 1. PyBroP 2. 10, 95 3. 252.9
10.19 277 278 279 1. PyBroP 2. 42, 95 3. 249 10.20 280 281 282 1.
PyBroP 2. 15, 95 3. 264.9 10.21 283 284 285 1. PyBroP 2. 64, 95 3.
273 10.22 286 287 288 1. PyBroP 2. 45, 95 3. 273 10.23 289 290 291
1. PyBroP 2. 44, 95 3. 281 10.24 292 293 294 1. PyBroP 2. 41, 95 3.
281.1 10.25 295 296 297 1. PyBroP 2. 48, 95 3. 257 10.26 298 299
300 1. DCC 2. 15, 99 3. 235 10.28 301 302 303 1. PyBroP 2. 52, 95
3. 237.1 10.29 304 305 306 1. PyBroP 2. 31, 95 3. 259.1 10.30 307
308 309 1. PyBroP 2. 54, 95 3. 250.9 10.31 310 311 312 1. PyBroP 2.
64, 95 3. 210.9 10.32 313 314 315 1. PyBroP 2. 47, 95 3. 197 10.33
316 317 318 1. PyBroP 2. 47, 95 3. 273 10.34 319 320 321 1. PyBroP
2. 51, 95 3. 237.1 10.35 322 323 324 1. PyBroP 2. 60, 90 3. 224
10.36 325 326 327 1. PyBroP 2. 65, 99 3. 252 10.37 328 329 330 1.
PyBroP 2. 58, 99 3. 239 10.38 331 332 333 1. PyBroP 2. 35, 99 3.
221.1 10.39 334 335 336 1. PyBroP 2. 42, 99 3. 235.2 10.40 337 338
339 1. DCC 2. 32, 99 3. 293.1 10.41 340 341 342 1. PyBroP 2. 45, 99
3. 223.1 10.42 343 344 345 1. PyBroP 2. 55, 81 3. 251.1 10.43 346
347 348 1. PyBroP 2. 68, 66 3. 224.9 10.44 349 350 351 1. PyBroP 2.
68, 66 3. 241.1 10.45 352 353 354 1. PyBroP 2. 44, 40 3. 295 10.46
355 356 357 1. DCC 2. 37, 81 3. 265 10.47 358 359 360 1. PyBroP 2.
71, 95 3. 293.1 10.48 361 362 363 1. PyBroP 2. 35, 99 3. 220.9
10.49 364 365 366 1. DCC 2. 16, 99 3. 209.0 10.50 367 368 369 1.
DCC 2. 18, 99 3. 264.0
Preparative Example 10.55
Alternative Procedure for Preparative Example 3
[0627] 370
[0628] To the nitrosalicylic acid (3 g) dissolved dichloromethane
(150 mL) at room temperature was added oxalyl chloride (4.3 mL) and
DMF (0.01 eq.). After stirring for one day the mixture was
concentrated in a vacuum to give a semi solid which was used
directly in step B. 371
[0629] To the material from step A diluted in dichloromethane (50
mL) and cooled to O0 C was added dimethyl amine in THF (2N
solution, 24.6 mL) and triethylamine (4 eq.). After stirring for 24
hours at room temperature the mixture was concentrated in vacuo,
diluted with 1 M sodium hydroxide (30 mL) and after a half hour was
washed with dichloromethane. The aqueous phase was acidified with
6M HCl (aq), extracted with dichloromethane and the organic phase
was washed with water, dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 and concentrated
to give the title compound (3.2 g, 93%). 372
[0630] A mixture of the product from step B above (6 g), 10% Pd/C
(0.6 g), and EtOH (80 mL) was stirred in a parr shaker under
hydrogen (40 psi) at room temperature for 2 days. Filtration
through celite and concentration in vacuo afforded the title
product (5.1 g, 99%, MH.sup.+=181).
Preparative Example 11
[0631] 373
[0632] Step A
[0633] Following a similar procedure as in Preparative Example 1
except using dimethylamine (2M in THF, 33 mL) and 5-methylsalicylic
acid (5 g), the desired product was prepared (6.5 g).
[0634] Step B
[0635] Nitric acid (0.8 mL) in H.sub.2SO.sub.4 was added to a
cooled (-20.degree. C.) suspension of the product from Step A above
(3 g) in H.sub.2SO.sub.4 (25 mL). The mixture was treated with 50%
NaOH (aq) dropwise, extracted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2, dried over
anhydrous MgSO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give
the product as a crude solid (2.1 g, 44%, MH.sup.+=225).
[0636] Step C
[0637] The product was prepared in the same manner as described in
Step B of Preparative Example 2 (0.7 g, 99%, MH.sup.+=195).
Preparative Example 11.1
[0638] 374
[0639] Step A
[0640] The above amine was reacted with the acid using the
procedure set forth in Preparative Example 2, Step A to yield the
desired amide (54%).
[0641] Step B
[0642] Na.sub.2S.sub.2O.sub.4 (1.22 g) was dissolved in water (4
ml) followed by the addition of NH.sub.3/H.sub.2O (300 ul). The
solution ws then added to the product from Step A (200 mg) in
dioxane (4 ml) and stirred for 30 min. The crude material was
purified via flash column chromatography (CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2/MeOH,
20:1) to give 100 mg of product (56%, MH+=251).
Preparative Example 11.2
[0643] 375
[0644] Following the procedures set forth in Preparative Example
11.1, Steps A and B, but using N-methylmethoxylamine, the title
compound was obtained (86%, MH.sup.+=181).
Preparative Example 11.10
[0645] 376
[0646] Step A
[0647] Following the procedure set forth in Preparative Example 1,
but using N-hydroxysuccinimide and 2% DMF in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2, the
desired amide was obtained (33%, MH+=297).
[0648] Step B
[0649] Following the procedure set forth in Preparative Example 2,
Step B, the amine was prepared (99%, MH+=267).
Preparative Example 11.11-11.18
[0650] Following the procedures set forth in Preparative Examples
11.11 but using the carboxylic acid, amine, and coupling agent DCC
indicated, the indicated amide products were obtained and used
without further purification.
3 Carboxylic 1. % Yield Prep Ex. acid Amine Product 2. MH.sup.+
11.11 377 378 379 1. 45, 92 2. 310.0 11.12 380 381 382 1. 45, 95 2.
247.2 11.13 383 384 385 1. 85, 85 2. 251.1 11.14 386 387 388 1. 99,
92 2. 211.1 11.15 389 390 391 1. 48, 84 2. 265 11.16 392 393 394 1.
78, 91 2. 238.1 11.17 395 396 397 1. 67, 90 2. 265.1 11.18 398 399
400 1. 28, 99 2. 267
Preparative Example 12
[0651] 401
[0652] Step A
[0653] Following a similar procedure as described in Preparative
Example 2 Step A except using dimethylamine in place of
R-(+)-3-pyrrolidinol, the desired product was prepared.
[0654] Step B
[0655] The product from step A above (8 g) was combined with iodine
(9.7 g), silver sulfate (11.9 g), EtOH (200 mL) and water (20 mL)
and stirred overnight. Filtration, concentration of the filtrate,
re-dissolution in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 and washing with 1 M HCl (aq)
gave an organic solution which was dried over anhydrous MgSO.sub.4,
filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford the product (7.3 g,
57%, MH.sup.+=337).
[0656] Step C
[0657] The product from Step B above (3.1 g) was combined with
DMF(50 mL) and MeI (0.6 mL). NaH (60% in mineral oil, 0.4 g) was
added portionwise and the mixture was stirred overnight.
Concentration in vacuo afforded a residue which was diluted with
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2, washed with 1M NaOH (aq), dried over anhydrous
MgSO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Purification
through a silica gel column (EtOAc/Hex, 1:1) gave the desired
compound (1.3 g, 41%, MH.sup.+=351).
[0658] Step D
[0659] The product from Step D above (200 mg), Zn(CN).sub.2 (132
mg), Pd(PPh.sub.3).sub.4 (130 mg) and DMF (5 mL) were heated at
80.degree. C. for 48 hrs, then cooled to room temperature and
diluted with EtOAc and 2M NH.sub.4OH. After shaking well, the
organic extract was dried over anhydrous MgSO.sub.4, filtered,
concentrated in vacuo and purified by preparative plate
chromatography (Silica, EtOAc/Hex, 1:1) to give the desired
compound (62 mg, 44%, MH.sup.+=250).
[0660] Step E
[0661] BBr.sub.3 (1.3 mL, 1 M in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2) was added to a
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 solution (5 mL) of the product from step D above
(160 mg) and stirred for 30 min. The mixture was diluted with
water, extracted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2, dried over anhydrous
MgSO.sub.4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to give the desired
compound (158 mg, MH.sup.+=236).
[0662] Step F
[0663] A mixture of the product from step E above (160 mg),
platinum oxide (83%, 19 mg), and EtOH (20 mL) was stirred under
hydrogen (25-40 psi) for 1.5 hr. Filtration through celite and
concentration in vacuo afforded the product (165 mg,
MH.sup.+=206).
Preparative Example 12.1
[0664] 402
[0665] Step A
[0666] Following a similar procedure as in Preparative Example 2,
Step A except using 3-(methylaminomethyl)pyridine and
3-nitrosalicylic acid, the desired compound was prepared (41%).
[0667] Step B
[0668] The compound from Step A above (0.3 g) was diluted with
chloroform (15 mL) and stirred with mCPBA (0.4 g) for 2 hr.
Purification by column chromatography (silica, 10%
MeOH/CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2) gave the pyridyl N-oxide (0.32 g, 100%,
MH.sup.+=303.9).
[0669] Step C
[0670] Following a similar procedure as in Preparative Example
11.1, Step B, but using the product from Step B above, the desired
compound was obtained (15%, MH+=274).
Preparative Example 12.2
[0671] 403
[0672] Step A
[0673] 3-Nitrosalicylic acid (4 g) in MeOH (100 mL) and
concentrated H.sub.2SO.sub.4 (1 mL) were stirred at reflux
overnight, concentrated in vacuo, diluted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2,
and dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4. Purification by column
chromatography (silica, 5% MeOH/CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2) gave the methyl
ester (2.8 g, 65%).
[0674] Step B
[0675] Following a similar procedure as in Preparative Example 2,
Step B, but using the product from Step A above, the desired
compound was obtained (95%, MH+=167.9).
Preparative Example 12.3
[0676] 404
[0677] To morpholine-2-carboxilic acid (200 mg) in EtOH (40 mL) at
0.degree. C. was added acetyl chloride (3 mL) and the mixture was
stirred at reflux overnight. Concentration in vacuo, dilution with
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 and washing with NaHCO.sub.3 (aq) gave the title
compound (99%, MH.sup.+=160.1).
Preparative Example 12.4
[0678] 405
[0679] To N-Boc morpholine-2-carboxylic acid (2 g) in THF (5 ml) at
0.degree. C. was added a solution of borane.THF complex (1 N, 10.38
ml) and the mixture was stirred for 30 min at 0.degree. C., and for
2 hr at room temperature. Water (200 ml) was added to the reaction
and the mixture extracted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2, dried with
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, and concentrated in vacuo to give 490 mg of
product (26%). The product was then stirred in 4N HCl/dioxane to
give the amine salt.
Preparative Example 13
[0680] 406
[0681] Step A
[0682] Following a similar procedure as in Preparative Example 1
except using dimethylamine (2M in THF, 50 mL) and 4-methylsalicylic
acid (15 g), the desired compound was prepared (6.3 g, 35%).
[0683] Step B
[0684] The product from step A above (1.5 g) was combined with
iodine (2.1 g), NaHCO.sub.3 (1.1 g), EtOH (40 mL) and water (10 mL)
and stirred overnight. Filtration, concentration of the filtrate,
re-dissolution in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 and washing with 1 M HCl (aq)
gave an organic solution which was dried over anhydrous MgSO.sub.4,
filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash column
chromatography (silica gel, 0.5-0.7% MeOH/CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2) gave
the product (0.5 g, 20%, MH.sup.+=306).
[0685] Step C
[0686] Nitric acid (3.8 mL) in AcOH (10 mL) was added to the
product from Step B above (0.8 g) and the mixture was stirred for
40 min. The mixture was diluted with water and extracted with
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2, dried over anhydrous MgSO.sub.4, filtered and
concentrated in vacuo to give the product as an orange solid (0.8
g, 92%, MH.sup.+=351).
[0687] Step D
[0688] A mixture of the product from step C above (800 mg), -10%
Pd/C (100 mg), and EtOH/MeOH (40 mL) was stirred in a parr shaker
under hydrogen (45 psi) for 1.5 hr. Filtration through celite and
concentration in vacuo afforded the title product after
purification by preparative plate chromatography (Silica, 10%
MeOH/CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2, saturated with NH.sub.4OH) to give the
product (92 mg, 22%, MH.sup.+=195).
Preparative Example 13.1
[0689] 407
[0690] Step A
[0691] Following a similar procedure as in Preparative Example 2,
Step A except using dimethylamine (2M in THF, 23 ml) and
5-bromosalicylic acid (5 g), the desired compound was prepared (4.2
g, 75%, MH.sup.+=244).
[0692] Step B
[0693] Nitric acid (10 ml) in AcOH (100 ml) was added to the
product from Step A above (2 g) and the mixture was stirred for 20
min. The mixture was diluted with water and extracted with
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2, dried over anhydrous MgSO.sub.4, filtered and
concentrated in vacuo to give the product as a yellow solid (1.9 g,
80%, MH+=289).
[0694] Step C
[0695] The product from Step B above (1.9 g) was partially
dissolved in EtOH(50 ml). Conc HCl in EtOH (5 ml in 40 ml),
followed by SnCl.sub.20.2H.sub.2O (5.74 g) was added and stirred at
room temperature overnight. The crude reaction was concentrated in
vacuo, diluted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 and washed with NaHCO.sub.3,
dried over anhydrous MgSO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo
to give the product as a solid (185 mg, 9%, MH+=259).
Preparative Example 13.2
[0696] 408
[0697] Step A
[0698] Following a similar procedure as in Preparative Example 2,
Step A, except using dimethylamine (2M in THF, 29 ml) and
5-chlorosalicylic acid (5 g), the desired compound was prepared
(4.5 g, 78%, MH.sup.+=200).
[0699] Step B
[0700] Nitric acid (10 ml) in AcOH (100 ml) was added to the
product from Step A above (2 g) and the mixture was stirred for 20
min. The mixture was diluted with water and extracted with
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2, dried over anhydrous MgSO.sub.4, filtered and
concentrated in vacuo to give the product as a solid (2.2 g, 88%,
MH.sup.+=245).
[0701] Step C
[0702] The product from Step B above (2.2 g) was partially
dissolved in EtOH(50 ml). Conc HCl in EtOH (5 ml in 40 ml),
followed by SnCl.sub.2.2H.sub.2O (7.01 g) was added and stirred at
room temperature overnight. The crude reaction was concentrated in
vacuo, diluted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 and neutralized with NaOH. The
entire emulsion was filtered though celite, the layers were
separated and the organic layer was dried over anhydrous
MgSO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give a solid (540
mg, 22%, MH+=215).
Preparative Example 13.3
[0703] 409
[0704] Step A
[0705] 3-Nitrosalicylic acid (10 g), PyBroP (20.52 g), and DIEA (28
ml) in anhydrous CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (200 ml) were combined and
stirred at room temperature for 10 min. Dimethylamine (2M in THF,
55 ml) was added and let the reaction stir over the weekend. The
mixture was extracted with 1 N NaOH (aq) and the organic phase was
discarded. The aqueous phase was acidified with 1 N HCl (aq),
extracted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2, is dried over anhydrous
MgSO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The oil was taken
up in ether and a solid crashed out, triterated in ether to give
4.45 g of a solid (39%, MH+=211).
[0706] Step B
[0707] The product from Step A (2.99 g), K.sub.2CO.sub.3 (9.82 g),
and iodomethane (8.84 ml) were combined in acetone and heated to
reflux overnight. The reaction was filtered and concentrated in
vacuo. The oil was taken up in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 and washed with 1 N
NaOH, dried over anhydrous MgSO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated in
vacuo to give 3.3 g of an oil (99%, MH+=225).
[0708] Step C
[0709] The crude product from Step B (3.3 g) was stirred with 10%
Pd/C (350 mg) in EtOH (50 ml) under a hydrogen gas atmosphere at 20
psi overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite and
the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give 2.34 g of a solid
(85%, MH+=195).
[0710] Step D
[0711] The product from Step C (469 mg) was dissolved in AcOH (6
ml). 1.95M Br.sub.2 in AcOH (1.23 ml) was added dropwise to the
reaction and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1
hour. 50% NaOH was added to the reaction at 0.degree. C. and the
mixture was extracted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2, dried over anhydrous
MgSO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude mixture
was purified by preparative plate chromatography (Silica, 5%
MeOH/CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2) to give the desired product (298 mg, 23%,
MH+=273).
[0712] Step E
[0713] BBr.sub.3 (2.14 ml, 1 M in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2) was added to a
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 solution (8 ml) of the product from Step D above
(290 mg) and stirred overnight. A solid formed and was filtered,
taken up in MeOH/CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 and purified by preparative plate
chromatography (Silica, 5% MeOH/CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2) to give the
desired product (137 mg, 49%, MH+=259).
Preparative Example 13.4
[0714] 410
[0715] Step A
[0716] To the product from Preparative Example 13.3 Step D (200 mg)
was added phenylboronic acid (98 mg), PdCl.sub.2(PPh.sub.3).sub.2
(51 mg), and Na.sub.2CO.sub.3 (155 mg) in THF/H.sub.2O (4 ml/l ml).
The solution was heated at 80.degree. C. overnight. EtOAc was added
to reaction and washed with 1 N NaOH. The organic layer was dried
over anhydrous MgSO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The
crude mixture was purified by preparative plate chromatography (5%
MeOH/CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2) to give 128 mg of an oil (65%, MH+=271).
[0717] Step B
[0718] Following a similar procedure as in Preparative Example 13.3
Step E and using the product from Step A above, the desired
compound was prepared (0.1 g, 69%, MH+=257.1).
Preparative Example 13.5-13.7
[0719] Following the procedures set forth in Preparative Examplel
3.4 but using the boronic acid from the Preparative Example
indicated in the Table below, the amine products were obtained.
4 1. Yield (%) Prep Ex. Boronic Acid Product 2. MH.sup.+ 13.5 411
412 1. 15% 2. 258 13.6 413 414 1. 32% 2. 325 13.7 415 416 1. 18% 2.
325
Preparative Example 13.8
[0720] 417
[0721] Step A
[0722] 2-Cyanophenol (500 mg), sodium azide (819 mg), and
triethylamine hydrochloride (1.73 g) were combined in anhydrous
toluene and heated to 99.degree. C. overnight. After the reaction
cooled down, product was extracted with H.sub.2O. Aqueous layer was
acidified with conc. HCl dropwise giving a precipitate, which was
filtered to give the product (597 mg, 87%, MH.sup.+=163).
[0723] Step B
[0724] Nitric acid (0.034 ml) in AcOH (5 ml) was added to the
product from Step A above (100 mg) in AcOH and the mixture was
allowed to stir for 1 hr. CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 and H.sub.2O were added
to reaction. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous MgSO.sub.4,
filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give an oil. Trituration in
ether gave the product as a solid (12 mg, 9%, MH+=208).
[0725] Step C
[0726] The product from step C (56 mg) was stirred with 10% Pd/C
(20 mg) in EtOH/MeOH (15 ml) under a hydrogen gas atmosphere
overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite, the
filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give 29 mg of a solid (62%,
MH+=178).
Preparative Example 13.9
[0727] 418
[0728] The amine was prepared following the procedure disclosed in
WO Patent Application 01/68570.
Preparative Example 13.10
[0729] 419
[0730] The amine was prepared following the procedure disclosed in
WO Patent Application 01/68570.
Preparative Example 13.11
[0731] 420
[0732] Step A
[0733] Following the procedure described in Preparative Example
88.2, Step A, the ketone was prepared (6.4 g, 36%).
[0734] Step B
[0735] To a solution of ketone (1 g) and 2-R-methylbenzylamine
(0.73 ml) in anhydrous toluene (20 ml) was added 1 N TiCl.sub.4 in
toluene (3 ml) at room temperature for 1.5 hrs. The precipitate was
filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and purified
via flash column chromatography (Hex/EtOAc, 18/1) to give 800 mg of
product (71%).
[0736] Step C
[0737] The imine from above (760 mg) and DBU (800 ul) were stirred
without solvent for 4 hr. The crude reaction was concentrated in
vacuo and purified via flash column chromatography (Hex/EtOAc, 8/1)
to give 600 mg of product (79%).
[0738] Step D
[0739] The imine from Step C (560 mg) was dissolved in ether (8
ml). 3N HCl (5 ml) added and let stir at room temperature
overnight. The ether layer was separated and concentrated in vacuo
to give 400 mg of the amine hydrochloride product (93%).
Preparative Example 13.12
[0740] 421
[0741] The title compound was prepared similarly as in Preparative
Example 13.11, but using the 2-S-methylbenzylamine instead of
2-R-methylbenzylamine (69%).
Preparative Example 13.13
[0742] 422
[0743] Step A
[0744] At room temperature, CsF (60 mg) was added to a mixture of
furfuraldehyde (1.3 ml) and TMS-CF.sub.3 (2.5 g) and stirred at
room temperature (24 h) and refluxed for--another 12 h. 3N HCl (40
ml) Was added and after 4 hr, the mixture was extracted with ether,
washed with brine, dried over MgSO.sub.4, and concentrated in vacuo
to give the product (2.6 g, 100%).
[0745] Step B
[0746] To a solution of alcohol from above (2.6 g) in
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 at room temperature was added Dess-Martin reagent
(10 g) portionwise and 1 drop of water. After stirring for 3 hr at
room temperature, 10% Na.sub.2S.sub.2O.sub.3 (60 ml) was added and
after stirring overnight, the solid was filtered off and the
filtrate was extracted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2. The organic layer was
washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate, dried with MgSO.sub.4,
filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Ether/hexane (1:2; 30 ml) was
added to the residue, filtered, and filtrate concentrated in vacuo
to give the product (2 g, 78%).
[0747] Step C
[0748] Following the procedures described in Preparative Example
13.11, Steps B, C and D, the amine salt was prepared.
Preparative Examples 13.15-13.17
[0749] Following the procedure set forth in Preparative Example
13.13, but using the prepared or commercially available aldehydes,
the optically pure amine products in the Table below were
obtained.
5 Prep Ex. Aldehyde Amine Product Yield (%) 13.15 423 424 425 20%
13.16 426 427 428 31% 13.17 429 430 431 66% 13.17A 432 433 434 38%
13.17B 435 436 437 31%
Preparative Example 13.18
[0750] 438
[0751] The title compound was prepared from trifluorophenylketone
according to the procedures described in Preparative Example 13.11,
Steps B, C, and D (68%).
Preparative Example 13.19
[0752] 439
[0753] Step A
[0754] Methyl-3-hydroxy-4-bromo-2-thiophenecarboxylate (10.0 g,
42.2 mmol) was dissolved in 250 mL of acetone. Potassium carbonate
(30.0 g, 217.4 mmol) was added followed by a solution of
iodomethane (14.5 mL, 233.0 mmol). The mixture was heated to reflux
and continued for 6 h. After cooled to room temperature, the
mixture was filtered, the solid material was rinsed with acetone
(200 mL). The filtrate and rinsing were concentrated under reduced
pressure to a solid, further dried on high vacuum, yielding 13.7 g
(100%) of methyl-3-methoxy-4-bromo-2-thiophenecar- boxylate
(MH.sup.+=251.0).
[0755] Step B
[0756] Methyl-3-methoxy-4-bromo-2-thiophenecarboxylate (13.7 g),
available from step A, was dissolved in 75 mL of THF, and added
with a 1.0 M sodium hydroxide aqueous solution (65 mL, 65.0 mmol).
The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 h. A 1.0 M
hydrogen chloride aqueous solution was added dropwise to the
mixture until pH was approximately 2. The acidic mixture was
extracted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (100 mL.times.2, 50 mL). The
combined organic extracts were washed with brine (40 mL), dried
with Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, and concentrated under reduced pressure to a
solid, 10.0 g (100%, over two steps) of
3-methoxy-4-bromo-2-thiophenecarboxylic acid (MH.sup.+=237.0).
[0757] Step C
[0758] To a stirred solution of
3-methoxy-4-bromo-2-thiophenecarboxylic acid (6.5 g, 27.4 mmol) in
140 mL of CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2, obtained from step B, was added
bromo-tripyrrolidinophosphonium hexafluorophosphate (PyBrop, 12.8
g, 27.5 mmol), a 2.0 M solution of dimethyl amine in THF (34.5 mL,
69.0 mmol), and diisopropylethyl amine (12.0 mL, 68.7 mmol). After
3 d, the mixture was diluted with 100 mL of CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2, and
washed with a 1.0 M sodium hydroxide aqueous solution (30
mL.times.3) and brine (30 mL). The organic solution was dried with
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered, and concentrated to an oil. This crude
oil product was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting
with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2-hexanes (1:1, v/v). Removal of solvents
afforded a solid, further dried on high vacuum, yielding 6.76 g
(93%) of N,N'-dimethyl-3-methoxy-4-bromo-2-thiophenecarbo- xamide
(MH.sup.+=265.0, M+2=266.1).
[0759] Step D
[0760] An oven dried three-neck round bottom flask was equipped
with a refluxing condenser, charged sequentially with palladium
acetate (95 mg, 0.42 mmol), (R)-BINAP (353 mg, 0.57 mmol), cesium
carbonate (9.2 g, 28.33 mmol), and
N,N'-dimethyl-3-methoxy-4-bromo-2-thiophenecarboxamide (3.74 g,
14.2 mmol, from step C). The solid mixture was flushed with
nitrogen. Toluene (95 mL) was added to the solid mixture followed
by benzophenone imine (3.6 mL, 21.5 mmol). The mixture was heated
to reflux and continued for 10 h. A second batch of palladium
acetate (95 mg, 0.42 mmol) and (R)-BINAP (353 mg, 0.57 mmol) in 5
mL of toluene was added. Refluxing was continued for 14 h. The
third batch of palladium acetate (30 mg, 0.13 mmol) and (R)-BINAP
(88 mg, 0.14 mmol) was added, and reaction continued at 110.degree.
C. for 24 h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted
with ether (50 mL), filtered through a layer of Celite, rinsing
with ether. The filtrate and rinsing were concentrated under
reduced pressure to an oil, which was purified twice by flash
column chromatography using CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 and
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2-MeOH (200:1) as eluents. Removal of solvents
afforded 4.1 g (79%) of the amido-thiophene diphenylimine product
as a solid (MH.sup.+=365.1).
[0761] Step E
[0762] To a stirred solution of thiophene imine (5.09 g, 13.97
mmol), obtained from step D, in 140 mL of CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 at
-78.degree. C. was added dropwise a 1.0 M solution of boron
tribromide in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2. The mixture was stirred for 3 h
while the temperature of the cooling bath was increased slowly from
-78.degree. C. to -15.degree. C. 100 mL of H.sub.2O was added, the
mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min, then the two
layers were separated. The organic layer (as A) was extracted with
H.sub.2O (30 mL.times.2). The aqueous layer and aqueous extracts
were combined, washed with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (30 mL), and adjusted
to pH 8 using a saturated NaHCO.sub.3 aqueous solution. The
neutralized aqueous solution was extracted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2
(100 mL.times.3), the extracts were washed with brine, dried with
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, and concentrated under reduced pressure to a
light yellow solid, 1.49 g of
N,N'-dimethyl-3-hydroxy-4-amino-2-thiophenecarbox- amide (first
crop). The previous separated organic layer A and organic washing
were combined, stirred with 30 mL of a 1.0 M HCl aqueous solution
for 1 h. The two layers were separated, the aqueous layer was
washed with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (30 mL) and adjusted to pH 8 using a
saturated NaHCO.sub.3 aqueous solution, and the separated organic
layer and organic washing were combined as organic layer B. The
neutralized aqueous solution was extracted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2
(30 mL.times.4), the extracts were washed with brine, dried by
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give
0.48 g of a solid as the second crop of the titled product. Organic
layer B from above was washed with brine, and concentrated to an
oil, which was separated by preparative TLC
(CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2-MeOH=50:1) to afford 0.45 g of a solid as the
third crop of the titled product. The overall yield of the product,
N,N'-dimethyl-3-hydroxy-4-amino-2-thiophenecarboxamide, is 2.32 g
(89%) (MH.sup.+=187.0).
Preparative Example 13.20
[0763] 440
[0764] Step A
[0765] To the product from Preparative Example 13.19 Step D (1.56
g) in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (55 ml) was added potassium carbonate (1.8
g) followed by dropwise addition of bromine (0.45 ml). After 5 hr
of mixing, water (100 ml) was added to the reaction and the layers
were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2, which was then washed with brine, saturated
sodium bicarbonate, and brine again. The organic layer was dried
with Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was
purified via flash column chromatography (CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2) to
yield 1.6 g of product (83%).
[0766] Step B
[0767] The product from above was reacted in the procedure set
forth in Preparative Example 13.19 Step C to give the amine.
Preparative Example 13.21
[0768] 441
[0769] Step A
[0770] To the product from Preparative Example 13.20, Step A (300
mg) in THF (7 ml) at -78.degree. C. was added a solution of n-BuLi
(1.6M in hexanes, 0.54 ml). After 1 hr, iodomethane (0.42 ml) was
added dropwise. After 3 hrs of stirring at -78.degree. C., the
reaction was warmed to room temperature overnight. Saturated
ammonium chloride and water were added to the reaction and
extracted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2. The organic layer was washed with
saturated sodium bicarbonate and brine, dried over
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was
purified by preparative plate chromatography
(CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2-MeOH=70:1 to 50:1) to afford the product (111 mg,
43%).
[0771] Step B
[0772] The product from above was reacted in the procedure set
forth in Preparative Example 13.19, Step E to give the amine.
Preparative Example 13.22
[0773] 442
[0774] Step A
[0775] To the product from Preparative Example 13.19 (400 mg), Step
D in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2-pyridine (14 ml) was added
N-chlorosuccinimide (220 mg). The mixture was stirred for 5 hr and
then diluted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 and washed with water, saturated
sodium bicarbonate and brine, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude
product was purified via preparative plate chromatography
(CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2-MeOH=50:1) to give 180 mg of product (64%).
[0776] Step B
[0777] The product from above (274 mg) was reacted in the procedure
set forth in Preparative Example 13.19, Step E to give the amine
(89 mg, 58%).
Preparative Example 13.23
[0778] 443
[0779] Step A
[0780] To a stirred solution of acid (630 mg) from Preparative
Example 13.19, Step B in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (25 ml) was added oxalyl
chloride (235 ul) followed by a catalytic amount of DMF (10 ul).
The mixture was stirred for 1 hr, then potassium carbonate (1.8 g)
was added followed by 3-amino-5-methylisoxazole (443 mg). The
reaction stirred overnight and was quenched with water (25 ml).
Layers were separated and the organic layer was washed with brine,
dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude
product was purified by preparative plate chromatography
(CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2) to afford the product (580 mg, 78%, MH+=317,
319).
[0781] Step B
[0782] The acid from the above (750 mg) step was reacted following
the procedure set forth in Preparative Example 13.3, Step B to
yield 625 mg of product (80%, MH.sup.+=331).
[0783] Step C
[0784] The product from above was reacted following the procedure
set forth in Preparative Example 13.19, Step D to yield 365 mg of
product (53%)
[0785] Step D
[0786] The product from above was reacted following the procedure
set forth in Preparative Example 13.19, Step E to give the amine
product (MH.sup.+=254).
Preparative Example 13.25
[0787] 444
[0788] Step A
[0789] To a solution of 2-methylfuran (1 g) in ether (30 ml) was
added n-BuLi (5.32 ml) at -78.degree. C. The reaction was warmed to
room temperature and then refluxed at 38.degree. C. for 1 hr. The
reaction was cooled back down to -78.degree. C. where the furyl
lithium was quenched with trifluorobutyraldehyde and let stir at
room temperature overnight. Saturated ammonium chloride added and
extracted with ether. Purified via flash column chromatography to
yield pure product (2 g, 80%)
[0790] Step B
[0791] The azide was prepared using the procedure from Preparative
Example 75.75, Step B and the alcohol (1 g) from above and carried
on crude to Step C below.
[0792] Step C
[0793] The amine was prepared using the procedure from Preparative
Example 75.75, Step C to yield 400 mg of an oil (53%).
Preparative Example 13.26
[0794] 445
[0795] Step A
[0796] Perfluoroiodide (3.6 ml) was condensed at -78.degree. C.
Ether (125 ml) was added followed by the
methyllithium.lithiumbromide complex (1.5M in ether, 18.4 ml).
After 15 min, a solution of 5-methylfuraldehyde (2.5 ml) in ether
was added dropwise. The reaction was warmed to -45.degree. C. and
let stir for 2 hr. Saturated ammonium chloride (30 ml) and water
(30 ml) were added and let stir at room temperature for 1 hr. The
layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried
with Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give
5.86 g of product (100%).
[0797] Step B
[0798] The alcohol from above was reacted to form the azide using
the procedure set forth in Preparative Example 75.75 Step B.
[0799] Step C
[0800] The azide from above was reacted to form the racemic amine
using the procedure set forth in Preparative Example 75.75 Step
C.
Preparative Example 13.27
[0801] 446
[0802] Step A
[0803] Following the procedure set forth in Preparative Example
13.26, Step A, the alcohol was prepared (100%).
[0804] Step B
[0805] To a solution of the alcohol (500 mg) from step A above in
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (20 ml) was added N-methyl-morpholine monohydrate
(575 mg) and a catalytic amount of tetrapropyl ammonium
perruthenate (76 mg). After 3 hr, the mixture was diluted with
hexane (10 ml) and filtered through a silica pad, rinsing with
hexane: CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (200 ml). The filtrate was concentrated in
vacuo to give 350 mg of product (70.7%)
[0806] Step C
[0807] The ketone (1.19 g) from Step B was dissolved in THF (9.5
ml) and cooled to 0.degree. C. A solution of S-methyl
oxazoborolidine (1 M in toluene, 1 ml) followed by a solution of
borane complexed with dimethylsulfide (9.5 ml, 2M in THF) was added
to the solution. The mixture was stirred at 0.degree. C. for 30 min
and continued at room temperature for 5 hr. The mixture was cooled
back down to 0.degree. C. and methanol (15 ml) was added dropwise
to the mixture. After 30 min, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo
to give an oily residue.
[0808] The residue was dissolved in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 and washed
with 1 N HCl, water, and brine. Dried with Na.sub.2SO.sub.4,
filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified
via flash column chromatography (Hex/CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2, 1:1) to
afford 1.14 g of an oil (67%).
[0809] Step D
[0810] The alcohol (1.14 g) from above was reacted to form the
azide using the procedure set forth in Preparative Example 75.75
Step B.
[0811] Step E
[0812] The azide (1.11 g) from above was stirred with 10% Pd/C (280
mg) in EtOH (40 ml) under a hydrogen gas atmosphere overnight. The
reaction was filtered through celite, the filtrate was concentrated
in vacuo to give 700 mg of product (70%).
Preparative Example 13.28
[0813] 447
[0814] Step A
[0815] To a stirred solution of 1-(2-thienyl)-1-propanone (3 g) in
acetic anhydride (6 ml) at 0.degree. C. was added dropwise a
solution of fuming nitric acid in acetic acid (2 ml in 10 ml).
After 30 min, the reaction was warmed to room temperature and let
stir for 5 hrs where a solid precipitated out. Ice was added to the
reaction and the solid was filtered. The solid was purified by
flash column chromatography (Hex/CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2, 3:1 and 2:1) to
yield 800 mg of desired product (20%).
[0816] Step B
[0817] The above nitro-thiophene compound (278 mg) was reduced
using the procedure set forth in Preparative Example 2, Step B to
give 54 mg of product (23%).
[0818] Step C
[0819] The above amine (395 mg), TEA (1 ml) and
methanesulfonylchloride (0.5 ml) were combined in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2
(35 ml) and stirred at room temperature for 1 hr. The reaction was
quenched with saturated sodium bicarbonate (15 ml). The organic
layer was washed with brine, dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered
and concentrated in vacuo to afford product (854 mg, 100%).
[0820] Step D
[0821] To the above product (854 mg) in THF (25 ml) was added
dropwise a solution of tetrabutylammonium fluoride (1 M in THF, 2.8
ml). The mixture was stirred overnight, then diluted with
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (30 ml), washed with ammonium chloride and brine,
dried over over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated in
vacuo to afford product (2.36 g, >100%).
[0822] Step E
[0823] The ketone (2.36 g) above was reacted via the procedure set
forth in Preparative Example 88.2, Step B to yield 547 mg of
product (86.6%).
[0824] Step F
[0825] To the product from step E (310 mg) in dimethoxyethane (12
ml) was added dropwise a solution of LAH (1 M in ether, 3.8 ml).
The mixture was heated to reflux overnight. The reaction was cooled
to room temperature, SiO.sub.2 was added as well as water (1 ml)
dropwise and let stir for 15 min. The mixture was filtered and the
filtrate was concentratred in vacuo. The crude product was purified
by preparative plate chromatography (MeOH/CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2, 15:1)
to give the amine product (40 mg, 14%).
Preparative Example 13.29
[0826] 448
[0827] Step A
[0828] To a solution of 3-methoxythiophene (3 g) in dichloromethane
(175 mL) at -78.degree. C. was added chlorosulfonic acid (8.5 mL)
dropwise. The mixture was stirred for 15 min at -78.degree. C. and
1.5 h at room temp. Afterwards, the mixture was poured carefully
into crushed ice, and extracted with dichloromethane. The extracts
were washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered
through a 1-in silica gel pad. The filtrate was concentrated in
vacuo to give the desired compound (4.2 g).
[0829] Step B
[0830] The product from Step A above (4.5 g) was dissolved in
dichloromethane (140 mL) and added with triethylamine (8.8 mL)
followed by diethyl amine in THF (2M, 21 mL). The resulting mixture
was stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was washed
with brine and saturated bicarbonate (aq) and brine again, dried
over sodium sulfate, filtered through a 1-in silica gel pad. The
filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give the desired compound
(4.4 g).
[0831] Step C
[0832] The product from Step B above (4.3 g) was dissolved in
dichloromethane (125 mL) and cooled in a -78.degree. C. bath. A
solution of boron tribromide (1.0 M in dichloromethane, 24.3 mL)
was added. The mixture was stirred for 4 h while the temperature
was increased slowly from -78.degree. C. to 10.degree. C. H.sub.2O
was added, the two layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was
extracted with dichloro-methane. The combined organic layer and
extracts were washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate,
filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to give 3.96 g of the desired
hydroxy-compound.
[0833] Step D
[0834] The product from step C above (3.96 g) was dissolved in 125
mL of dichloromethane, and added with potassium carbonate (6.6 g)
followed by bromine (2 mL). The mixture was stirred for 5 h at room
temperature, quenched with 100 mL of H.sub.2O. The aqueous mixture
was addjusted to pH.about.5 using a 0.5N hydrogen chloride aqueous
solution, and extracted with dichloromethane. The extracts were
washed with a 10% Na.sub.2S.sub.2O.sub.3 aqueous solution and
brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and filtered through a celite
pad. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to afford 4.2 g of the
desired bromo-compound.
[0835] Step E
[0836] The product from Step D (4.2 g) was dissolved in 100 mL of
acetone and added with potassium carbonate (10 g) followed by
iodomethane (9 mL). The mixture was heated to reflux and continued
for 3.5 h. After cooled to room temperature, the mixture was
filtered through a Celite pad. The filtrate was concentrated in
vacuo to a dark brown residue, which was purified by flash column
chromatography eluting with dichloromethane-hexanes (1:1, v/v) to
give 2.7 g of the desired product.
[0837] Step F
[0838] The product from step E (2.7 g) was converted to the desired
imine compound (3 g), following the similar procedure to that of
Preparative Example 13.19 step D.
[0839] Step G
[0840] The imine product from step F (3 g) was dissolved in 80 mL
of dichloromethane and cooled in a -78.degree. C. bath. A solution
of boron tribromide (1.0 M in dichloromethane, 9.2 mL) was added
dropwise. The mixture was stirred for 4.25 h from -78.degree. C. to
5.degree. C. H.sub.2O (50 mL) was added, and the layers were
separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane.
The organic layer and extracts were combined, washed with brine,
and concentrated to an oily residue. The residue was dissolved in
80 mL of methanol, stirred with sodium acetate (1.5 g) and
hydroxyamine hydrochloride (0.95 g) at room temperature for 2 h.
The mixture was poured into an aqueous mixture of sodium hydroxide
(1.0 M aq, 50 mL) and ether (100 mL). The two layers were
separated. The aqueous layer was washed with ether three times. The
combined ether washings were re-extracted with H.sub.2O once. The
aqueous layers were combined, washed once with dichloromethane,
adjusted to pH.about.6 using 3.0 M and 0.5 M hydrogen chloride
aqueous solutions, and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic
extracts were combined, washed with brine, dried over sodium
sulfate, and concentrated in vacuo to give 1.2 g of desired amine
compound.
Preparative Examples 13.30-13.32
[0841] Following the procedures set forth in Example 13.29, but
using commercially available amines, hydroxy-amino-thiophene
products in the Table below were obtained.
6 Yield (%) Prep Ex. Amine Product MH.sup.+ 13.30 Bn.sub.2NH 449
10% 375.1 13.31 MeBnNH 450 14% 299.0 13.32 EtBnNH 451 22% 13.32A
(Et).sub.2NH 452 25%
Preparative Example 13.33
[0842] 453
[0843] Step A
[0844] 2-Chlorosulfonyl-3-methoxy-thiophene (4.0 g, 18.8 mmol), the
product from step A of Preparative Example 13.29, was converted to
3-methoxy-2-ethylbenzylsulfonyl-thiopene (5.5 g, 94%,
MH.sup.+=312.1) by using ethylbenzyl-amine, following the procedure
set forth in Preparative Example 13.29, Step B.
[0845] Step B
[0846] The product from step A above (5.5 g, 17.70 mmol) was
demethylated following procedure set forth in Preparative Example
13.29, Step C. The alcohol product was obtained in 4.55 g (87%,
MH.sup.+=298.0).
[0847] Step C
[0848] The product from Step B above (4.55 g, 15.30 mmol) was
brominated using the procedure set forth in Preparative Example
13.29, Step D. The corresponding bromide was obtained in 4.85 g
(84%).
[0849] Step D
[0850] The bromo-alcohol from Step C above (4.84 g, 12.86 mmol) was
methylated using the procedure set forth in Preparative Example
13.29, Step E. The product was obtained in 4.82 g (96%).
[0851] Step E
[0852] The product from Step D above (4.82 g, 12.36 mmol) was
stirred with concentrated sulfuric acid (5 mL) at room temperature
ro 3 h. Ice water (30 mL) was added to the mixture followed by
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (50 mL). The aqueous mixture was adjusted to
pH.about.6 using a 1.0 M NaOH aqueous solution. The layers were
separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2
(50 mL.times.3). The combined organic layers were washed with
brine, dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, and concentrated to a dark
brown oil, which was purified by flash column chromatography,
eluting with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2-hexanes (1:1, v/v). Removal of
solvents afforded 3.03 g (82%) of the debenzylated product
(M.sup.+=300.0, M+2=302.0).
[0853] Step F
[0854] The product from Step E (1.34 g, 4.45 mmol) was methylated
using the procedure set forth in Preparative Example 13.29, Step E.
The desired product was obtained in 1.36 g (97%, M.sup.+=314.1,
M+2=316.0).
[0855] Step G
[0856] The product from Step F (1.36 g, 4.33 mmol) was converted to
imine product (1.06 g, 55%, MH.sup.+=415.1) using the procedure set
forth in Preparative Example 13. 29, Step F.
[0857] Step H
[0858] The imine product from Step G (1.06 g, 2.56 mmol) was
converted to the desired hydroxy-amino thiophene compound (0.26 g,
43%) using the procedure set forth in Preparative Example 13.29,
Step G.
Preparative Example 13.34
[0859] 454
[0860] Step A
[0861] 2-Chlorosulfonyl-3-methoxy-thiophene (3.8 g, 17.87 mmol),
the product from step A of Preparative Example 13.29, was dissolved
in 100 mL of CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 and 20 mL of pyridine.
3-Amino-5-methyl-isoxazole (3.5 g, 35.68 mmol) was added. The
mixture was stirred for 20 h at room temperature, diluted with 100
mL of CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2, and washed with a 0.5 N HCl aqueous
solution (50 mL.times.2), H.sub.2O (50 mL), and brine (50 mL). The
organic solution was dried with Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, and conentrated
in vacuo to a brown oil. This oil was dissolved in 100 mL of
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2, washed again with a 0.5 M HCl aqueous solution
(30 mL.times.3) and brine. After dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, the
organic solution was concentrated in vacuo to a yellow solid, 4.48
g (91%, MH.sup.+=275.0) of the desired product.
[0862] Step B
[0863] The product from Step A above (4.48 g, 16.33 mmol) was
dissolved in acetone (100 mL), added with potassium carbonate (5.63
g, 40.80 mmol) and iodomethane (10.1 mL, 163.84 mmol). The mixture
was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 h, diluted with 100 mL of
hexanes and 50 mL of CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2, and filtered through a 1-in
silica gel pad, rinsing with CH2Cl2. The filtrate was concentrated
under reduced pressure to give 4.23 g (90%, MH.sup.+=289.0) of the
desired product as a light yellow solid.
[0864] Step C
[0865] To a stirred suspension of sodium hydride (130 mg, 95%, 5.4
mmol) in 8 mL of N,N'-dimethylforamide at room temperature was
added ethanethiol (0.45 mL, 6.0 mmol) dropwise. After 5 min, the
mixture became a clear solution, and was added to a stirred
solution of the product obtained from Step B above (0.45 g, 1.56
mmol) in 2 mL of N,N'-dimethylforamide in a round bottom flask. The
flask was sealed with a ground glass stopper, and the mixture was
heated at 90-95.degree. C. for 4 h. After cooled to room
temperature, the mixture was poured into 20 mL of a 1.0 M NaOH
aqueous solution, further rinsed with 20 mL of H.sub.2O. The
aqueous mixture was washed with diethyl ether (30 mL.times.2),
adjusted to PH 5 using a 0.5 M HCl aqueous solution, and extracted
with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (50 mL.times.4). The combined extracts were
washed with brine, dried (Na.sub.2SO.sub.4), and concentrated to a
dark yellow solution. This was dissolved in 50 mL of ethyl acetate,
washed with H.sub.2O (30 mL.times.2) and brine (30 mL), dried over
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4. Evaporation of solvent gave 0.422 g of the
alcohol product (99%, MH.sup.+=275.0).
[0866] Step D
[0867] The alcohol obtained from Step C above (0.467 g, 1.70 mmol)
was brominated using the procedure set forth in Preparative Example
13.29, Step D, to afford the corresponding bromide in 0.607 g
(100%).
[0868] Step E
[0869] The bromide obtained from Step D above (0.607 g, 1.72 mmol)
was methylated using the procedure set forth in Preparative Example
13.29, Step E, to give the desired product in 0.408 g (65%,
M.sup.+=367, M+2=369.1).
[0870] Step F
[0871] The product (0.405 g, 1.103 mmol) from Step E above was
converted to the imine compound (0.29 g, 56%) using the procedure
set forth in Preparative Example 13.29, Step F.
[0872] Step G
[0873] The imine product obtained from Step F above (0.29 g, 0.61
mmol) was demethylated using the procedure set forth in Step C
above to give the corresponding alcohol as a dark yellow oil, which
was dissolved in 5 mL methanol and added with sodium acetate (0.12
g, 1.46 mmol) and hydroxyamine hydrochloride (0.075 g, 1.08 mmol).
The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h, and
poured into 10 mL of 1.0 M NaOH aqueous solution. 30 mL of H.sub.2O
was used as rinsing and combined to the aqueous layer. The aqueous
mixture was washed with diethyl ether (40 mL.times.3), adjusted to
pH 6 using a 1.0 M HCl aqueous solution, and extracted with ethyl
acetate (40 mL.times.3). The organic extracts were washed with
H.sub.2O (20 mL.times.2), brine (20 mL), dried over
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, and concentrated in vacuo to give 0.112 g of the
desired hydroxy-amino thiophene sulfonamide (64%,
MH.sup.+=290).
Preparative Example 13.35
[0874] 455
[0875] Step A
[0876] To a solution of 2-methyl furan (1.72 g) in ether was added
BuLi (8.38 mL) at -78.degree. C. and stirred at room temperature
for half an hour. The reaction mixture again cooled to -78.degree.
C. and quenched with cyclopropyl amide 1 and stirred for two hours
at -78.degree. C. and slowly warmed to room temperature. The
reaction mixture stirred for three hours at room temperature and
quenched with the addition of saturated ammonium chloride solution.
The mixture was taken to a separatory funnel, washed with water,
brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration and
removal of solvent afforded the crude ketone, which was purified by
using column chromatography to afford the ketone 3.0 g (87%) as a
pale yellow oil.
[0877] Step B
[0878] To a solution of ketone (1.0 g) in THF (5.0 mL) at 0.degree.
C. was added R-methyl oxazoborolidine (1.2MI, 1 M in toluene)
dropwise followed by addition of a solution of borane complexed
with dimethyl sulfide (1.85 mL, 2M in THF). The reaction mixture
was stirred for 30 minutes at 0.degree. C. and than at room
temperature for one hour. The reaction mixture was cooled to
0.degree. C. and MeOH was added carefully. The mixture was stirred
for 20 minutes and was concentrated under reduced pressure. The
residue was extracted with ether, washed with water, 1 M HCl (10
mL), saturated sodium bicarbonate (10.0 mL) water and brine. The
organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and
removal of solvent afforded the crude alcohol which was purified by
silica gel chromatography to afford the pure alcohol 0.91 g (91%)
as yellow oil.
Preparative Example 13.36
[0879] 456
[0880] Step A
[0881] An equimolar mixture of 2-methylfuran (1.0 g) and anhydride
(2.6 g) was mixed with SnCl.sub.4 (0.05 mL) and heated at
100.degree. C. for 3 hours. After cooling the reaction mixture,
water (10 mL) was added, followed by saturated sodium carbonate
solution until it becomes alkaline. The reaction mixture was
extracted with ether several times and the combined ether layer was
washed with water, brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate.
Filtration and removal of solvent afforded the crude ketone, which
was purified by using silica gel chromatography to afford the
ketone 0.9 g (43%) as a yellow oil.
[0882] Step B
[0883] The step B alcohol was obtained following a similar
procedure set forth in the preparative example 13.35 Step B.
Preparative Example 13.37
[0884] 457
[0885] Step A:
[0886] To a solution of 5-methyl furan-2-aldehyde (1.0 g) and
3-bromo-3,3-difluoropropene (2.24 g) in DMF (30 mL) was added
indium powder (1.66 g) and lithium iodide (50.0 mg). The reaction
mixture was stirred over night, diluted with water and extracted
with ether. The ether layer was washed with water, brine and
purified by silicagel chromatography to afford the pure alcohol 2.8
g (92%).
Preparative Examples 13.38-13.45
[0887] Following a similar procedure set forth in Preparative
Examples 13.25 and 13.35, and using the indicated Furan and
Electrophile, the following Alcohols in the Table below were
prepared.
7 Prep.ex Furan Electrophile Alcohol Yield 13.38 458 459 460 86%
13.39 461 462 463 69% 13.40 464 465 466 84% 13.41 467 468 469 82%
13.42 470 471 472 60% 13.43 473 474 475 65% 13.44 476 477 478 82%
13.45 479 480 481 89%
Preparative Examples 13.50-13.61
[0888] Following a similar procedure set forth in Preparative
Examples 13.25, and using the indicated Alcohol, the following
Amines in the Table below were prepared.
8 PREP.EX. ALCOHOL AMINE % YIELD 13.50 13.45 482 28% 13.51 13.38
483 58% 13.52 13.36 484 69% 13.53 13.35 485 81% 13.54 13.37 486 82%
13.55 13.39 487 45% 13.56 13.41 488 57% 13.57 13.40 489 58% 13.58
13.44 490 54% 13.59 13.42 491 53% 13.60 13.43 492 50% 13.61 13.37
493 82%
Preparative Example 13.70
[0889] 494
[0890] Step A
[0891] The imine was prepared following the procedure set forth in
the preparative example 13.19 from the known bromoester (1.0 g) as
a yellow solid, Step A to yield 1.1 g (79%).
[0892] Step B
[0893] The Step A product (0.6 g) was reacted following the
procedure set forth in the preparative example 13.19 to give the
amine product 0.19 g (64%).
[0894] Step C
[0895] The Step B product (1.0 g) was reacted following the
procedure set forth in the preparative example 13.19 to give the
acid as yellow solid 0.9 g (94%)
[0896] Step D
[0897] The Step C product (0.35 g) was reacted following the
procedure set forth in the preparative example 13.19 to give the
amino acid as yellow solid 0.167 g (93%).
Preparative Example 14
[0898] 495
[0899] Step A
[0900] 3-Nitro-1,2-phenylenediamine(10 g), sodium nitrite (5.4 g)
and acetic acid (20 mL) were heated at 60.degree. C. overnight,
then concentrated in vacuo, diluted with water and extracted with
EtOAc. The product precipitated from the organic phase (5.7 g) as a
solid and used directly in step B.
[0901] Step B
[0902] The product from Step A above (2.8 g) was stirred with 10%
Pd/C (0.3 g) in MeOH (75 mL) under a hydrogen gas atmosphere
overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite and the
filtrate concentrated in vacuo, to give the product (2.2 g,
MH+=135).
Preparative Example 15
[0903] 496
[0904] Step A
[0905] N-methyl-4-bromopyrazole-3-carboxylic acid was prepared
according to known methods, see: Yu. A. M.; Andreeva, M. A.;
Perevalov, V. P.; Stepanov, V. I.; Dubrovskaya, V. A.; and Seraya,
V. I. in Zh. Obs. Khim. (Journal of General Chemistry of the USSR)
1982, 52, 2592, and refs cited therein.
[0906] Step B
[0907] To a solution of N-methyl-4-bromopyrazole-3-carboxylic acid
(2.0 g), available from step A, in 65 mL of anhydrous DMF was added
bromotripyrrolidinophosphonium hexafluorophosphate (PyBrop, 4.60
g), dimethyl amine (10 mL, 2.0 M in THF) and diisopropylethyl amine
(5.2 mL) at 25.degree. C. The mixture was stirred for 26 h, and
concentrated under reduced pressure to an oily residue. This
residue was treated with a 1.0 M NaOH aqueous solution, and
extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL.times.4). The organic extracts
were combined, washed with brine, and dried with anhydrous
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4. Removal of solvents yielded an oil, which was
purified by preparative thin layer chromatography, eluting with
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2-MeOH (20:1), to give 1.09 g of the amide product
(48%, MH.sup.+=232.0).
[0908] Step C
[0909] To a solution of the amide (0.67 g), obtained from step B,
in 8 mL of concentrated sulfuric acid at 0.degree. C. was added
potassium nitrate (1.16 g) in small portions. The cooling bath was
removed and the mixture was heated at 110.degree. C. for 6 h. After
cooling to 25.degree. C., the mixture was poured into 80 mL of
H.sub.2O, and an additional 20 mL of H.sub.2O was used as a rinse.
The aqueous mixture was extracted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (100
mL.times.4). The combined extracts were washed with brine (50 mL),
sat. NaHCO.sub.3 aqueous solution (50 mL), brine (50 mL), and dried
with Na.sub.2SO.sub.4. Evaporation of solvent gave an oil, which
solidified on standing. The crude product was purified by flash
column chromatography, eluting with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2-MeOH (1:0,
50:1 and 40:1). Removal of solvents afforded 0.521 g (65%) of the
product as a solid (MH.sup.+=277.1)
[0910] Step D
[0911] The product (61 mg) obtained from step C was dissolved in 3
mL of THF. To this solution at -78.degree. C. was added dropwise
along the inside wall of the flask a 1.6 M solution of n-butyl
lithium in hexane. After 45 min, a solution of methyl borate (0.1
mL) in THF (1.0 mL) was added. After 1.5 h, a solution of acetic
acid in THF (0.25 mL, 1:10 v/v) was added to the cold mixture.
Stirring was continued for 10 min, and a 30 wt % aqueous hydrogen
peroxide solution (0.1 mL) was added. An additional portion of
hydrogen peroxide aqueous solution (0.05 mL) was added 20 min
later. The cooling bath was removed, and the mixture was stirred at
25.degree. C. for 36 h. The mixture was poured into 30 mL of
H.sub.2O, and the aqueous mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate
(30 mL.times.4). The extracts were combined, washed with brine (10
mL), 5% NaHCO.sub.3 aqueous solution (10 mL) and brine (10 mL). The
organic layer was dried with Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 and concentrated
under reduced pressure to a residue, which was then purified by
preparative thin layer chromatography eluting with
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2-MeOH (20:1) to give the hydroxylated product (5
mg, 10%, MH.sup.+=215.3).
[0912] Step E
[0913] By treating the hydroxylated product of Step E with H.sub.2
under the conditions of 10% palladium on carbon in ethanol, one
would obtain the desired hydroxyl-amino compound.
Preparative Example 16
[0914] 497
[0915] Step A
[0916] Following a similar procedure used in Preparative Example
13, Step C except using the known compound,
4-methyl-pyrimidin-5-ol, the product can be prepared.
[0917] Step B
[0918] Following a similar oxidation procedure used in Preparative
Example 15, Step A except using the compound from Step A above, the
product can be prepared.
[0919] Step C
[0920] Following a similar procedure used in Preparative Example
11, Step A except using the compound from Step B above, the product
can be prepared.
[0921] Step D
[0922] Following a similar procedure used in Preparative Example
12, Step F except using the compound from Step C above, the product
can be prepared.
Preparative Example 17
[0923] 498
[0924] Step A
[0925] Following a similar procedure used in Preparative Example
11, Step A except using the known 4-hydroxynicotinic acid, the
product can be prepared.
[0926] Step B
[0927] Following a similar procedure used in Preparative Example
13, Step C except using the compound from Step A above, the product
can be prepared.
[0928] Step C
[0929] Following a similar procedure used in Preparative Example
12, Step F except using the compound from Step C above, the product
can be prepared.
Preparative Example 18
[0930] 499
[0931] Step A
[0932] Following a similar procedure used in Preparative Example
13, Step C except using the compound from Step A above, the product
can be prepared.
[0933] Step B
[0934] Stirring the compound from Step A above, a suitable Pt or Pd
catalyst and EtOH under hydrogen atmosphere (1-4 atm) the product
can be prepared.
Preparative Example 19
[0935] 500
[0936] The product from Preparative Example 3 (14.6 g) dissolved in
absolute EtOH (100 mL) was added dropwise over 4 hours to a stirred
ethanolic (100 mL) solution of diethylsquarate (19 mL, 128 mmol).
After 5 days, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo, and
the resulting residue purified by column chromatography (silica
gel, 0-5% MeOH/CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2) gave the product (65%,
MH.sup.+=305, mp=178.6.degree. C.).
Preparative Example 19.1
[0937] 501
[0938] The amine from Prepartive Example 3 (5 g) and
dimethylsquarate (3.95 g) in MeOH were stirred overnight. The
precipitated product was filtered to give 6.32 g of solid (78%,
MH+=291.1)
Preparative Example 19.2
[0939] 502
[0940] The hydroxy thiophene amine from Preparative Example 13.34
(108 mg, 0.37 mmol) was dissolved in 5 mL of ethanol and stirred
with diethoxysquarate (0.14 mL, 0.95 mmol.) and potassium carbonate
(52 mg, 0.38 mmol) at room temperature overnight. The mixture was
diluted with H.sub.2O (25 mL), adjusted to pH 6 using a 1.0 M HCl
aqueous solution, and extracted with ethyl acetate (40 mL.times.3).
The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over
Na2SO4, and concentrated to an oil, which was purified by flash
column chromatography, eluting with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2-MeOH (100:1,
v/v). Removal of solvents afforded 83.5 mg of the titled product
(MH+=414).
Preparative Example 20-23.14
[0941] Following the procedures set forth in Preparative Example 19
but using the amine from the Preparative Example indicated in the
Table below, the cyclobutenedione intermediates were obtained.
9 Amine from 1. Yield (%) Prep Ex. Prep Ex. Product 2. MH.sup.+ 20
4 503 1. 85% 2. 333 21 11 504 1. 44% 2. 319 21.1 6 505 1. 9% 2. 291
22 2 506 1. 38% 2. 347 23 14 507 1. 51% 2. 259 23.1 10.1 508 1. 62%
2. 317 23.2 10.2 509 1. 61% 2. 319 23.3 12 510 1. 40% 2. 330 23.4
10.3 511 1. 42% 2. 333 23.5 10.4 512 1. 40% 2. 333 23.6 10.5 513 1.
37% 2. 347 23.7 13.2 514 1. 39% 2. 339 23.8 13.1 515 1. 42% 2.
383/385 23.9 13.19 516 1. 51% 2. 311 23.10 13.20 517 1. 67% 2.
389.1, 390 23.11 13.3 518 1. 52% 2. 383/385 23.12 13.21 519 1. 76%
2. 325.1 23.13 13.22 520 1. 54% 23.14 13.23 521 1. 62% 2. 378
23.14A 13.70 Step B 522 1. 60% 2. 138 23.14B 13.70 Step D 523 1.
65%
Preparative Example 23.15A-23.15E
[0942] Following the procedures set forth in Preparative Example
19.2 but using the amines from the Preparative Example indicated in
the Table below, the corresponding cyclobutenedione intermediates
were prepared.
10 Amine from 1. Yield (%) Prep Ex. Prep Ex. Product 2. MH.sup.+
23.15A 13.29 524 1. 66% 2. 347 23.15B 13.30 525 1. 21% 2. 499
23.15C 13.31 526 1. 41% 2. 423 23.15D 13.32 527 1. 26% 2. 437
23.15E 13.33 528 1. 2. 23.15F 13.32A 529 1. 68% 2. 375.1
Preparative Example 23.16-23.26
[0943] Following the procedures set forth in Preparative Example 19
but using the amine from the Preparative Example indicated in the
Table below, the cyclobutenedione intermediate products were
obtained.
11 Amine from Prep Prep Ex. Ex. Product Yield (%) 23.16 13.11 530
91% 23.17 13.12 531 81% 23.18 13.17 532 47% 23.19 13.27 533 21%
23.20 13.26 534 10% 23.21 13.25 535 49% 23.22 13.13 536 80% 23.23
13.15 537 63% 23.24 13.16 538 64% 23.25 13.17A 539 48% 23.26 13.17B
540 66%
Preparative Example 24
[0944] 541
[0945] Step A
[0946] To a solution of N-protected amino acid (1.5 g, 6.9 mmol) in
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (25 mL) at room temperature was added DIPEA (3.6
mL, 20.7 mmol), and PyBrop (3.4 g, 6.9 mmol) followed by MeNH.sub.2
(6.9 mL, 13.8 mmol, 2.0 M in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2). The resulting
solution was stirred for 18 h at room temperature (until TLC
analysis deemed the reaction to be complete). The resulting mixture
was washed sequentially with 10% citric acid (3.times.20 mL), sat.
aq. NaHCO.sub.3 (3.times.20 mL), and brine (3.times.20 mL). The
organic layer was dried (Na.sub.2SO.sub.4), filtered, and
concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified
by flash chromatography eluting with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2/MeOH (40:1)
to afford 1.0 g (63% yield) of a solid.
[0947] Step B
[0948] To a round bottom charged with the N-protected amide (1.0 g,
4.35 mmol) (from Step A) was added 4N HCl/dioxane (10 mL) and the
mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The mixture was
diluted with Et.sub.2O (20 mL) and concentrated under reduced
pressure. The crude product was treated with Et.sub.2O (2.times.20
mL) and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 0.72 g (100%
yield) of crude product as the HCl salt. This material was taken on
without further purification or characterization.
Preparative Examples 25-33.1
[0949] Following the procedure set forth in Preparative Example 24
but using the commercially available N-protected amino acids and
amines in the Table below, the amine hydrochloride products were
obtained.
12 Prep Ex. Amino acid Amine Product 1. Yield (%) 25 542 NH.sub.3
543 1. 70% 26 544 545 546 1. 71% 27 547 548 549 1. 66% 28 550 551
552 1. 65% 29 553 554 555 1. 90% 30 556 557 558 1. 68% 31 559 560
561 1. 68% 32 562 563 564 1. 97% 33 565 566 567 1. 97% 33.1 568 569
570 1. 20%
Preparative Example 33.2
[0950] 571
[0951] Step A
[0952] BOC-valine (45 mg) and PS-carbodiimide (200 mg) were
suspended in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (4 ml). After addition of the
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2-amine solution (0.138N, 1 ml), the mixture was
shaken overnight. The solution was filtered and the resin was
washed with more CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2, and the filtrate was
concentrated in vacuo to yield the product, which was carried on
directly in Step B.
[0953] Step B
[0954] The crude material from Step A was dissolved in 4N
HCl/dioxane (2.5 ml) and stirred for 2 h. The reaction was
concentrated in vacuo to yield the desired amine hydrochloride,
which was used directly in the next step.
Preparative Examples 33.3-33.47
[0955] Following the procedure set forth in Example 33.2 but using
the commercially available N-protected amino acids in the Table
below, the amine hydrochloride products were obtained.
13 Prep Ex. Amino acid Amine Product 33.3 572 573 574 33.4 575 576
577 33.5 578 579 580 33.6 581 582 583 33.7 584 585 586 33.8 587 588
589 33.9 590 591 592 33.10 593 594 595 33.11 596 597 598 33.12 599
600 601 33.13 602 603 604 33.14 605 606 607 33.15 608 609 610 33.16
611 612 613 33.17 614 615 616 33.18 617 618 619 33.19 620 621 622
33.20 623 624 625 33.21 626 627 628 33.22 629 630 631 33.23 632 633
634 33.24 635 636 637 33.25 638 639 640 33.26 641 642 643 33.27 644
645 646 33.28 647 648 649 33.29 650 651 652 33.30 653 654 655 33.31
656 657 658 33.32 659 660 661 33.33 662 663 664 33.34 665 666 667
33.35 668 669 670 33.36 671 672 673 33.37 674 675 676 33.38 677 678
679 33.39 680 681 682 33.40 683 684 685 33.41 686 687 688 33.42 689
690 691 33.43 692 693 694 33.44 695 696 697 33.45 698 699 700 33.46
701 702 703 33.47 704 705 706
Preparative Example 34
[0956] 707
[0957] To a solution of 3-chlorobenzaldehyde (2.0 g, 14.2 mmol) in
THF (5 mL) at 0 NC was added LiN(TMS).sub.2 (17.0 ml, 1.0 M in THF)
dropwise and the resulting solution was stirred for 20 min. EtMgBr
(6.0 mL, 3.0 M in Et.sub.2O) was added dropwise and the mixture was
refluxed for 24 h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature,
poured into saturated aqueous NH.sub.4Cl (50 mL), and then
extracted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (3.times.50 volumes). The organic
layers were combined, concentrated under reduced pressure. The
crude residue was stirred with 3 M HCl (25 mL) for 30 mmn and the
aqueous layer was extracted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (3.times.15 mL)
and the organic layers were discarded. The aqueous layer was cooled
to 0.degree. C. and treated with solid NaOH pellets until pH=10 was
attained. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2
(3.times.15 mL) and the organic layers were combined. The organic
layer was washed with brine (1.times.25 mL), dried
(Na.sub.2SO.sub.4), and concentrated under reduced pressure to
afford 1.6 g (66% yield) of the crude amine as an oil
(MH.sup.+170). This material was determined to be >90% pure and
was used without further purification.
Preparative Example 34.1
[0958] 708
[0959] The aldehyde (3.5 g) and conc. HCl (20 ml) were combined and
stirred overnight at 40.degree. C. The reaction mixture was poured
into cold water and extracted with ether, washed with satd.
NaHCO.sub.3 and brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO.sub.4, filtered
and concentrated in vacuo to give 1.76 g of product (55%)
Preparative Example 34.2
[0960] 709
[0961] Chlorine was bubbled into 100 ml of CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 at
10.degree. C. The aldehyde (3.73 ml) was charged with 50 ml of
CHCl.sub.3 and then cooled to 0.degree. C. AlCl.sub.3 was added
portionwise, followed by the chlorine solution and let stir at room
temperature overnight. The reaction was poured into 150 ml of ice
and 50 ml of 3N HCl and stirred for 30 min. Organic layer was
washed with brine, dried with Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, and concentrated in
vacuo. The crude product was purified via flash column
chromatography (Hex/EtOAc 40/1) to yield 1.5 g of pure product.
Preparative Example 34.3
[0962] 710
[0963] Step A
[0964] The ketone (3.25 g) was reacted following the procedure set
forth in Preparative Example 88.2, Step B to give the oxime (3.5 g,
99%).
[0965] Step B
[0966] The product from step A (1.2 g) was stirred with AcOH (3 ml)
and Pd/C (10%, 300 mg) in EtOH (40 ml) under a hydrogen atmosphere
overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite and the
filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The crude material dissolved in
ether and washed with 2N NaOH, organic washed with brine, dried
with Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, and concentrated in vacuo to give product
(960 mg, 86%).
Preparative Example 34.4
[0967] 711
[0968] Step A
[0969] To a suspension of NaH (1.45 g) in DMF (25 ml) under a
nitrogen atmosphere was added p-bromophenol (5 g) at 0.degree. C.
After stirring for 20 min, BrCH.sub.2CH(OEt).sub.2 (5.3 ml) was
added and the reaction was heated to reflux overnight. The solution
was cooled and poured into ice water (80 ml) and extracted with
ether. The ether layer was washed with 1 N NaOH and brine, dried
with MgSO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give 8.4 g
of crude product (100%)
[0970] Step B
[0971] To a solution of the product from Step A (8.4 g) in benzene
(50 ml) was added polyphosphoric acid (10 g). The mixture was
heated at reflux for 4 hrs. The reaction was cooled to 0.degree. C.
and poured into ice water (80 ml) and extracted with ether. The
ether layer was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate and brine,
dried with MgSO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give
4.9 g of crude product (85%)
[0972] Step C
[0973] To a solution of the product from Step B (2 g) in ether (20
ml) at -78.degree. C. was added t-BuLi dropwise. After stirring for
20 min, DMF (950 mg) was added dropwise and the mixture was stirred
at -25.degree. C. for 3 hrs and then warmed to room temperature
overnight. Saturated ammonium chloride was added and the solution
was extracted with ether. The ether layer was washed with brine,
dried with MgSO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give
980 mg of crude product (67%).
[0974] Step D
[0975] To a solution of aldehyde (400 g) in ether (10 ml) was added
LiN(TMS).sub.2 (1 M in THF, 3.3 ml) at 0.degree. C. dropwise. The
solution was stirred at 0.degree. C. for 30 min and EtMgBr (3M in
THF, 1.83 ml) was added dropwise. The reaction was refluxed
overnight, cooed to 0.degree. C., quenched with saturated ammonium
chloride and extracted with ether. The ether was stirred with 3N
HCl (20 ml), then the aqueous layer was basified with NaOH pellets
and extracted with ether. The ether layer was washed with brine,
dried with MgSO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give
220 mg of product (46%).
Preparative Example 34.5
[0976] 712
[0977] Following the procedures set forth in Preparative Example
34.4 Steps A through D, but using m-bromophenol (8 g), both amines
were formed and separated by preparative plate chromatography
(63-65%, MH.sup.+=175).
Preparative Example 34.6
[0978] 713
[0979] To a solution of 3-methyl-thiophene (5 g) in ether (50 ml)
was added dropwise a solution of n-BuLi (1.6M in hexane, 32 ml).
The mixture was stirred for 1.5 hr at room temperature. DMF (5.1
ml) was then added and let stir overnight. The mixture was poured
into saturated ammonium chloride and extracted with ether. The
ether layer was washed with brine, dried with Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, and
concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified via flash
column chromatography (EtOAc/Hex 20:1) to afford 5.27 g of an oil
(84%).
Preparative Example 34.7
[0980] 714
[0981] Step A
[0982] To a solution of 4-bromo-2-furaldehyde (4 g) in MeOH (75 ml)
was added trimethyl-orthoformate (3.8 ml). A catalytic amount of
p-toluene sulfonic acid (195 mg) and the mixture was heated to
reflux for 3.5 hr. The reaction was cooled down and potassium
carbonate was added. The mixture was filtered through a silica gel
pad. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo, dissolved in
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 and filtered. The filtrate was again concentrated
in vacuo to give 4.03 g of product (80%).
[0983] Step B
[0984] To a solution of the product from Step A (2.02 g) in THF (80
ml) at -78.degree. C. was added dropwise a solution of n-BuLi (2.5M
in hexanes, 4.4 ml) and stirred for 1.5 hr. A solution of
iodomethane (1.7 ml) was added and let stir for 2.5 hrs at
-60.degree. C. The cooling bath was removed and saturated ammonium
chloride was added and let stir for 10 min. The layers were
separated and the organic layer was washed with brine, dried with
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, and concentrated in vacuo to afford 1.34 g of
crude product.
[0985] Step C
[0986] The product from Step B (1.43 g) was dissolved in acetone
(50 ml) and treated with a catalytic amount of p-toluene sulfonic
acid (80 mg). The mixture was heated to reflux for 2 hr. The
reaction was cooled down and solid potassium carbonate was added.
The mixture was filtered through a silica gel pad and the filtrate
was concentrated in vacuo to give 1.246 g of crude product.
Preparative Example 34.8
[0987] 715
[0988] Step A
[0989] To a stirred solution of potassium t-butoxide (2.5 g) in
HMPA (20 ml) was added 2-nitropropane (2 ml) dropwise. After 5 min,
a solution of methyl-5-nitro-2-furoate (3.2 g) in HMPA (8 ml) was
added to the mixture and stirred for 16 hr. Water was added and the
aqueous mixture was extracted with EtOAc. The EtOAc layer was
washed with water, dried with MgSO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated
in vacuo. The crude material was purified by flash column
chromatography (Hex/EtOAc, 6:1) to yield 3.6 g of product
(90%).
[0990] Step B
[0991] To a solution of the product from Step A (3.6 g) in toluene
(16 ml) was added tributyltin hydride (5.4 ml) followed by AIBN
(555 mg). The mixture was heated to 85.degree. C. for 3.5 hr. After
cooling, the mixture was separated by flash column chromatography
(Hex/EtOAc, 7:1) to afford 2.06 g of product (73%).
[0992] Step C
[0993] To a solution of product from Step B (2.05 g) in THF (60 ml)
at 0.degree. C. was added a solution of LAH (1 M in ether, 12.8
ml). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Water
and 1 M NaOH was added until a precipitate formed, diluted with
EtOAc, stirred for 30 min and then filtered through a celite pad.
The organic filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give 1.56 g of
product (93%).
[0994] Step D
[0995] To a solution of product from Step C (2.15 g) in
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (100 ml) was added Dess-Martin oxidant (7.26 g) in
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (45 ml) and stirred for 30 min. The mixture was
diluted with ether (200 ml). The organic layer was washed with 1 N
NaOH, water and brine, dried with MgSO.sub.4, filtered and
concentrated in vacuo to give oil and solid. The material was
extracted with ether and filtered. Some solid crystallized out from
the filtrate, filtered again, and the filtrate was concentrated in
vacuo to give 2.19 g of product.
Preparative Example 34.9
[0996] 716
[0997] Step A
[0998] To a solution of carboxylic acid (5 g) in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2
(400 ml) at 0.degree. C. was added N(OCH.sub.3)CH.sub.3.HCl (11.5
g), DEC (15.1 g), HOBt (5.3 g) and NMM (43 ml) and stirred for 14
hr. The mixture was diluted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (100 ml) and the
organic layer was washed with 10% HCl, saturated sodium bicarbonate
and brine, dried with Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, and concentrated in vacuo
to afford 5.74 g of crude product (85%).
[0999] Step B
[1000] To a solution of iodoethane (0.56 ml) in ether (5 ml) at
-78.degree. C. was added a solution of t-BuLi (1.7M in pentane, 8.3
ml) dropwise. The mixture was warmed to room temperature for 1 hr
and transferred to a 100 ml round bottom charged with the product
from Step A (1 g) in THF (12 ml) at -78.degree. C. The mixture was
stirred at -78.degree. C. for 1 hr and at 0.degree. C. for an
additional 2 hr. 1 M HCl was added dropwise followed by
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2. The layers were separated and the organic layer
was washed with brine, dried with Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, and
concentrated in vacuo to afford 620 mg of product (76%).
[1001] Step C
[1002] To a solution of the product from Step B (620 mg) in
THF/MeOH (10:1) at 0.degree. C. was added NaBH.sub.4 (250 mg) in
one portion. The mixture was stirred overnight at 0.degree. C.,
concentrated in vacuo and the crude material was dissolved in
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 and washed with 1 N NaOH and brine, dried with
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, and concentrated in vacuo to afford 510 mg of
product.
[1003] Step D
[1004] The above material was reacted in the procedures set forth
in Preparative Example 75.75 Steps B and C to yield 170 mg of amine
product (28%).
Preparative Example 34.10
[1005] 717
[1006] The above amine was made analogous to the procedures set
forth in Patent WO96/22997 p.56, but using ethylglycine instead of
benzylglycine in the DCC coupling.
Preparative Example 34.11
[1007] 718
[1008] Step A
[1009] To the nitro compound (3.14 g) and cyclohexylmethanol (1.14
g) in THF (50 ml) was added PPH.sub.3 (4.72 g) and cooled to
0.degree. C. Diisopropylazadicarboxylate (3.15 ml) was added
dropwise and let stir overnight. The reaction was concentrated in
vacuo and purified via flash column chromatography (Hex/EtOAc,
30:1) to give product (3.3 g), which was carried on directly to the
next step.
[1010] Step B
[1011] To the product from step A (3.3 g) in EtOH (50 ml) was added
10% Pd/C (1.7 g) under a hydrogen atmosphere at 55 psi and let stir
overnight. The reaction was filtered through celite and
concentrated in vacuo to give 3.2 g of product.
Preparative Example 34.12
[1012] 719
[1013] Step A
[1014] A solution of acid (2 g) in ether (20 ml) was added dropwise
to a suspension of LiAlH.sub.4 (350 mg) in ether (15 ml) at
0.degree. C. The solution was refluxed for 3 hr and stirred at room
temperature ovenright. 5% KOH was added and reaction was filtered,
extracted with ether, dried with MgSO.sub.4, filtered and
concentrated in vacuo to give the product (1.46 g, 79%,
MH.sup.+=166).
[1015] Step B
[1016] To a solution of alcohol from above (1.46 g) in
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 at room temperature was added Dess-Martin reagent
(5.6 g) portionwise and one drop of water and let stir over the
weekend at room temperature. 10% Na.sub.2S.sub.2O.sub.3 was added
and stirred for 20 min, extracted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2, washed
with saturated sodium bicarbonate, dried with Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, and
concentrated in vacuo to afford 1.1 g of product (76%).
Preparative Example 34.13
[1017] 720
[1018] The above compound was prepared according to the procedure
set forth in EP 0 555 153 A1.
Preparative Example 34.14
[1019] 721
[1020] The aldehyde (500 mg) from above was reacted following the
procedure set forth in the Preparative Example 13.4, Step A to
yield 372 mg of product (76%).
Preparative Example 34.15-34.16
[1021] Following the procedures set forth in Preparative Example
34.8 but using the nitroalkanes indicated in the table below, the
aldehydes were prepared.
14 34.15 722 723 17% 34.16 724 725 21%
Preparative Example 34.17
[1022] 726
[1023] Step A
[1024] To a stirred suspension of 5-bromo-2-furoic acid (15.0 g,
78.54 mmol) in 225 mL of CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 at room temperature was
added oxalyl chloride followed by a catalytic amount of
N,N'-dimethylforamide. After 1 h, ethanol (20 mL) was added
followed by triethylamine (22 mL). Reaction was continued for 15 h.
The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to a residue,
which was extracted with excess volume of hexanes, and
hexanes-CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (3:1, v/v). The extracts were filtered,
the filtrated was concentrated to a yellow oil, dried on high
vacuum, yielding 17.2 g (93%) of the desired ester.
[1025] Step B
[1026] The ester product obtained from Step A above (17.2 g, 73.18
mmol) was converted to 2-ethyl-4-tertbutyl-5-bromo-furoate (7.9 g,
37%) using the literature procedure: J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1939, 61,
473-478.
[1027] Step C
[1028] The ester product obtained from Step B above (7.9 g, 27.13
mol) was reduced to the alcohol (6.32 g) using the procedure set
forth in Preparative Example 34.8, Step C.
[1029] Step D
[1030] The product obtained from Step C above (6.32 g) was
dissolved in 140 mL of THF and cooled in a -78.degree. C. bath. A
2.5 M solution of n-butyllithium in hexanes (22 mL, 55.0 mmol) was
added dropwise along the side wall of the flask. After 15 min,
H.sub.2O (.about.70 mL) was added. Cooling bath was removed, the
mixture was stirred for an additional 1 h. Brine (50 mL) and
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (300 mL) were added, the two layers were
separated, the aqueous layer was extracted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2
(100 mL), and the combined organic layers ere dried by
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4. Evaporation of solvents afforded 5.33 g (crude)
of the debrominated product as a reddish brown oil.
[1031] Step E
[1032] The alcohol product obtained from Step D above (5.33 g) was
oxidized to the corresponding aldehyde (3.06 g, 74% over three
steps) using the procedure set forth in Preparative Example 34.8,
Step D.
Preparative Example 34.18
[1033] 727
[1034] Step A
[1035] To a stirred solution of cyclopropyl bromide (4.0 mL, 50
mmol) in 120 mL of ether at -78.degree. C. was added dropwise a
1.7M solution of t-butyllithium in pentane (44.5 mL, 75.7 mmol).
After 10 min, cooling bath was removed, stirring was continued for
1.5 h. The mixture was cooled again in a -78.degree. C. bath, and
3-furaldehyde (3.5 mL, 41.9 mmol) was added. Reaction was continued
for 1 h, and quenched with a saturated NH4Cl aqueous solution. The
aqueous mixture was extracted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (100
mL.times.3). The organic extracts were washed with brine, dried by
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to give 5.3 g
(91%) of the alcohol product as a yellow oil.
[1036] Step B
[1037] Chloro trimethylsilane (27.2 mL, 214.2 mmol) was added
dropwise to a vigorously stirred suspension of sodium iodide (32 g,
213.5 mmol) in 100 mL of acetonitrile. After 5 min, a solution of
the alcohol obtained from Step A above (4.93 g, 35.68 mmol) in 100
mL of acetonitrile was added dropwise. Stirring was continued for 5
min. H.sub.2O (100 mL) was added, the layers were separated, and
the aqueous layer was extracted with ether (100 mL.times.2). The
organic layers were combined, washed with a 10%
Na.sub.2S.sub.2O.sub.3 aqueous solution and brine, and dried over
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4. Evaporation of solvents gave a dark brown oil,
which was filtered through a 5-in silica gel column, eluting with
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2-hexanes (1:3.5, v/v). Removal of solvents afforded
4.22 g (47%) of the iodo product as a light yellow oil.
[1038] Step C
[1039] The iodo-product obtained from Step B above (2.2 g, 8.8
mmol) was dissolved in 60 mL of ether, and stirred in a -78.degree.
C. bath. A 1.7 M solution of t-butyllithium in pentane (10.4 mL,
17.7 mmol) was added dropwise. After 20 min, cooling bath was
removed. Reaction was continued for 2.5 h, and quenched with
H.sub.2O (20 mL). The aqueous mixture was stirred overnight and
separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with ether (30 mL). The
combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried by
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, and filtered through a Celite pad. Removal of
solvent gave 1.10 g (100%) of 3-butylfuran as a reddish-yellow
oil.
[1040] Step D
[1041] 3-Butylfuran (1.1 g, 8.8 mmol), obtained from Step C above,
was dissolved in 60 mL of ether, and stirred in a -78.degree. C.
bath. A 1.7 M solution of t-butyllithium in pentane (6.0 mL, 10.2
mmol) was added dropwise along the side wall of the flask. The
mixture was stirred for 3 h from -78.degree. C. to 0.degree. C.,
and continued for 1 h at room temperature. A solution of
N,N'-dimethylforamide (1.1 mL, 14.23 mmol) was added. Reaction was
continued overnight, and quenched with a saturated NH.sub.4Cl
aqueous solution. The two layers were separated, the aqueous layer
was extracted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (30 mL.times.2). The combined
organic layers were washed with brine, dried with Na.sub.2SO.sub.4,
and concentrated to an oil, which was purified by preparative TLC
(CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2-hexanes=1:1.5, v/v) to give 0.48 g (36%) of the
aldehyde (contaminated by some 3-butyl-2-furaldehyde).
Preparative Example 34.19
[1042] 728
[1043] Step A
[1044] 3-Ethylfuran was prepared from 3-hydroxymethylfuran
according to literature procedure: J. Org. Chem., 1983, 48,
1106-1107.
[1045] Step B
[1046] 3-Ethylfuran obtained from Step A above was converted to
4-ethyl-2-furaldehyde using the procedure set forth in Preparative
Example 34.32, Step D.
Preparative Examples 35-51.20
[1047] Following the procedure set forth in Preparative Example 34
but using the commercially available aldehydes and Grignard
reagents listed in the Table below, the amine products below were
obtained.
15 Prep Grignard 1. Yield (%) Ex. Aldehyde Reagent Amine 2.
MH.sup.+ 35 729 EtMgBr 730 1. 65% 2. 154 36 731 EtMgBr 732 1. 75%
2. 180 37 733 EtMgBr 734 1. 78% 2. 170 38 735 EtMgBr 736 1. 34% 2.
204 39 737 EtMgBr 738 1. 68% 2. 150 40 739 EtMgBr 740 1. 40% 2. 220
41 741 EtMgBr 742 1. 73% 2. 154 42 743 EtMgBr 744 1. 52% 2. 220 43
745 EtMgBr 746 1. 55% 2. 180 44 747 EtMgBr 748 1. 20% 2. 204 45 749
EtMgBr 750 1. 80% 2. 166 46 751 EtMgBr 752 1. 35% 2. 220 47 753
i-PrMgBr 754 1. 20% 2. 150 48 755 EtMgBr 756 1. 77% 2. [M -
NH.sub.2].sup.+ = 149 49 757 EtMgBr 758 1. 77% 2. 172 50 759 EtMgBr
760 1. 78% 2. [M - NH.sub.2].sup.+ = 147 51 761 EtLi 762 1. 10% 2.
116 51.2 763 EtMgBr 764 1. 37% 2. 161 51.3 765 EtMgBr 766 1. 63% 2.
216 51.4 767 EtMgBr 768 1. 71% 2. 228 51.5 769 EtMgBr 770 1. 89% 2.
168 51.6 771 EtMgBr 772 1. 20% 2. 228 51.8 773 EtMgBr 774 1. 36% 2.
222 51.10 775 776 777 1. 95% 2. 152.1 51.11 778 EtMgBr 779 1. 61%
2. 138.1 MH.sup.+ - H.sub.2O 51.12 780 EtMgBr 781 1. 70% 2. 184.1
51.18 782 EtMgBr 783 1. 42% 2. 147[M - NH.sub.2].sup.+ 51.19 784
EtMgBr 785 1. 67% 2. 204 51.20 786 EtMgBr 787 1. 33% 2. 188
Preparative Examples 51.25-51.31
[1048] Following the procedure set forth in Example 34 but using
the commercially available aldehydes and Grignard reagents listed
in the Table below, the amine products were obtained.
16 Prep Grignard Ex. Aldehyde Reagent Amine Yield (%) 51.25 788
EtMgBr 789 20% 51.26 790 791 792 77% 51.27 793 EtMgBr 794 51% 51.28
795 796 797 56% 51.29 798 799 800 54% 51.30 801 EtMgBr 802 80%
51.31 803 --.ident.--MgBr 804 10%
Preparative Example 52
[1049] 805
[1050] Step A
[1051] A mixture of 2-(trifluoroacetyl)thiophene (2 mL, 15.6 mmol),
hydroxylamine hydrochloride (2.2 g, 2 eq), diisopropylethylamine
(5.5 mL, 2 eq) and MeOH (50 mL) was stirred at reflux for 48-72
hrs, then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was diluted with
EtOAc, washed with 10% KH.sub.2PO.sub.4 and dried over
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 (anhydrous). Filtration and concentration afforded
the desired oxime (2.9 g, 96%) which was used directly in Step B
without further purification.
[1052] Step B
[1053] To a mixture of the product from Step A above in TFA (20 mL)
was added Zn powder (3 g, 3 eq) portionwise over 30 min and stirred
at room temperature overnight. The solid was filtered and the
mixture reduced in vacuo. Aqueous NaOH (2 M) was added and the
mixture was extracted several times with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2. The
organic phase was dried over anhydrous Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered
and concentrated to afford the desired product (1.4 g, 50%).
Preparative Examples 53-61
[1054] Following the procedure set forth in Preparative Example 52
but using the commercially available ketones listed in the Table
below, the following amines were obtained.
17 Prep Ex- 1. Yield (%) ample Ketone Amine 2. MH.sup.+ 53 806 807
1. 11% 2. 128 54 808 809 1. 33% 2. 142 55 810 811 1. 49% 2. 156 56
812 813 1. 5% 2. 154 57 814 815 1. 47% 2. 174 58 816 817 1. 71% 2.
190 59 818 819 1. 78% 2. 191 60 820 821 1. 80% 2. 190 61 822 823 1.
9% 2. 156
Preparative Example 62
[1055] 824
[1056] To a cooled (0-5.degree. C.) suspension of
L-x-(2-thienyl)glycine (0.5 g) and LiBH.sub.4 (2M in THF, 3.8 mL)
in anhydrous THF (10 mL) was slowly added a THF (5 mL) solution of
iodine (0.8 g). After stirring at room temperature for 15 min, the
mixture was stirred at relux overnight. After cooling to room
temperature, MeOH was added dropwise until gas evolution ceased and
after 30 min, the mixture was evaporated. The oily residue was
stirred in 20 mL KOH for 4 hrs, diluted with brine and extracted
with EtOAc.
[1057] The organic phase was dried over anhydrous MgSO.sub.4,
filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford a crude mixture.
Purification by flash column chromatography (50% 15
EtOAc/CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2, silica) afforded the product (0.3 g, 63%,
MH.sup.+=144).
Preparative Example 63
[1058] 825
[1059] CeCl.sub.3-7H.sub.2O was dried at 140-150.degree. C. for 22
hr. To this solid was added THF (80 mL, anhydrous) and after
stirring for 2 hr, the suspension was cooled to -78.degree. C. and
to it was added methyl lithium over 30 min. After stirring for an
additional 30 min 2-thiophenecarbonitrile dissolved in anhydrous
THF (4.5 mL) was added and the resulting mixture stirred for an
additional 4.5 hr at -78.degree. C. Concentrated aqueous NH.sub.3
(25 mL) was added and the mixture was warmed to room temperature
and filtered through celite. The filtrate was extracted with
dichloromethane, dried over anhydrous Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered
and concentrated in vacuo to afford a crude mixture. Purification
by flash column chromatography (5% MeOH, CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2, silica)
afforded the desired product (1.2 g, 62%).
Preparative Example 64
[1060] 826
[1061] Step A
[1062] To a solution of (D)-valinol (4.16 g, 40.3 mmol) in
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (60 mL) at 0.degree. C. was added MgSO.sub.4 (20
g) followed by dropwise addition of 3-fluorobenzaldehyde (5.0 g,
40.3 mmol). The heterogenous solution was stirred at 0.degree. C.
for 2 h and was allowed to warm to room temperature and stir
overnight (14 h). The mixture was filtered and the drying agent was
washed with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (2.times.10 mL). The filtrate was
concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 8.4 g (100%) of an
oil which was taken onto the next step without further
purification.
[1063] Step B
[1064] To a solution of the imine (8.4 g, 40.2 mmol) from Step A in
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (60 mL) at room temperature was added Et.sub.3N
(6.2 mL, 44.5 mmol) followed by dropwise addition of TMSCI (5.7 mL,
44.5 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 6 h at room temperature
whereupon the ppt that had formed was filtered off and washed with
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (2.times.10 mL). The combined filtrate was
concentrated under reduced pressure and was taken up in
Et.sub.2O/hexane (1:1/150 mL). The precipitate was filtered off and
the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 10.1
g (89%) of the protected imine as an oil. This material was taken
onto the next step without further purification.
[1065] Step C
[1066] To a solution of Etl (4.0 g, 25.6 mmol) in Et.sub.2O (40 mL)
at -78.degree. C. was added t-BuLi (30.1 mL, 51.2 mmol, 1.7 M in
pentane) and the mixture was stirred for 10 min. The mixture was
warmed to room temperature, stirred for 1 h, and was recooled to
-40.degree. C. A solution of the imine (6.0 g, 21.4 mmol) from Step
B in Et.sub.2O (30 mL) was added dropwise via addition funnel to
afford a bright orange mixture. The reaction mixture was stirred
for 1.5 h at -40.degree. C. then 3M HCl (50 mL) was added and the
mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. Water (50 mL) was
added and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was
extracted with Et.sub.2O (2.times.30 mL) and the organic layers
were combined and discarded. The aqueous layer was cooled to
0.degree. C. and carefully treated with solid NaOH pellets until
pH=12 was attained. The aqueous layer was extracted with Et.sub.2O
(3.times.30 mL) and the combined layers were washed with brine
(1.times.30 mL). The organic layer was dried (Na.sub.2SO.sub.4),
filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 4.8 g
(94% yield) of the amine as an oil. This material was taken on
crude to the next step without further purification.
[1067] Step D
[1068] To a solution of amine (4.5 g, 18.8 mmol) from Step C in
MeOH (80 mL) at room temperature was added MeNH.sub.2 (25 mL, 40%
in water) followed by addition of a solution of H.sub.510.sub.6
(14.0 g, 61.4 mmol) in H.sub.2O (25 mL). The heterogenous mixture
was stirred for 1.5 h (until the reaction was complete by TLC) and
the precipitate was filtered off. The resulting filtrate was
diluted with water (50 mL) and the mixture was extracted with
Et.sub.2O (4.times.60 mL). The combined organic layers were
concentrated to a volume of 30 mL whereupon 3M HCl (75 mL) was
added. The mixture was stirred overnight (12 h at room temperature)
after which the mixture was concentrated to remove the volatiles.
The aqueous layer was extracted with Et.sub.2O (3.times.40 mL) and
the organic layers were discarded. The aqueous layer was cooled to
0.degree. C. and was carefully treated with solid NaOH pellets
until pH.about.12 was reached. The aqueous layer was extracted with
Et.sub.2O (3.times.60 mL) and the combined organic layers were
dried (MgSO.sub.4). The organic layer was concentrated under
reduced pressure to afford 2.8 g (97% yield) of the desired amine
as an oil [MH+154]. This compound was proven to be >85% pure by
.sup.1H NMR and was used crude in the subsequent coupling step.
Preparative Examples 65-75.10J
[1069] Following the procedure set forth in Preparative Example 64
but using the commercially available aldehydes, amino alcohols, and
organolithium reagents in the Table below, the optically pure amine
products in the Table below were obtained.
18 Prep Amino Organo 1. Yield (%) Ex. Aldehyde Alcohol lithium
Product 2. MH.sup.+ 65 827 828 EtLi 829 1. 62% 2. 154 66 830 831
EtLi 832 1. 70% 2. 154 67 833 834 835 836 1. 54% 2. 166 68 837 838
839 840 1. 67% 2. 166 69 841 842 EtLi 843 1. 67% 2. 154 70 844 845
EtLi 846 1. 42% 2. 142 71 847 848 EtLi 849 1. 36% 2. 142 72 850 851
852 853 1. 62% 2. 148 73 854 855 t-BuLi 856 1. 27% 2. 256 74 857
858 t-BuLi 859 1. 15% 2. 164 75 860 861 862 863 1. 7% 2. 204 75.1
864 865 EtLi 866 1. 65% 2. 123[M - NH.sub.2].sup.+ 75.2 867 868
EtLi 869 1. 62% 2. 123[M - NH.sub.2].sup.+ 75.3 870 871 EtLi 872 1.
93% 2. 139[M - NH.sub.2].sup.+ 75.4 873 874 tBuLi 875 1. 50% 2.
167[M - NH.sub.2].sup.+ 75.5 876 877 tBuLi 878 1. 48% 2. 167[M -
NH.sub.2].sup.+ 75.6 879 880 EtLi 881 1. 97% 2. 139[M -
NH.sub.2].sup.+ 75.7 882 883 iPrLi 884 1. 87% 2. 153[M -
NH.sub.2].sup.+ 75.8 885 886 887 888 1. 94% 2. 151[M -
NH.sub.2].sup.+ 75.9 889 890 EtLi 891 1. 75% 2. 151[M -
NH.sub.2].sup.+ 75.10 892 893 tBuLi 894 1. 30% 2. 179[M -
NH.sub.2].sup.+ 75.10A 895 896 897 898 1. 61% 2. 135[M -
NH.sub.2].sup.+ 75.10B 899 900 EtLi 901 1. 24% 2. 154 75.10C 902
903 EtLi 904 1. 32% 2. 165[M - NH.sub.2].sup.+ 75.10D 905 906 MeLi
907 1. 47% 2. 137[M - NH.sub.2].sup.+ 75.10E 908 909 iPrLi 910 1.
30% 2. 165[M - NH.sub.2].sup.+ 75.10F 911 912 913 914 1. 67% 2.
163.0[M - NH.sub.2].sup.+ 75.10G 915 916 EtLi 917 1. 24% 2. 165[M -
NH.sub.2].sup.+ 75.10H 918 919 EtLi 920 1. 70% 2. 194 75.10J 921
922 EtLi 923 1. 54% 2. 208
Preparative Examples 75.11-75.59
[1070] Following the procedure set forth in Preparative Example 64
but using the prepared or commercially available aldehydes, amino
alcohols, and organolithium reagents in the Table below and
carrying the amine on crude, the optically pure amine products in
the Table below were obtained.
19 Prep Amino Organo Ex. Aldehyde Alcohol lithium Product Yield (%)
75.11 924 925 926 927 52% 75.12 928 929 930 931 50% 75.13 932 933
iPrLi 934 57% 75.14 935 936 iPrLi 937 54% 75.15 938 939 iPrLi 940
58% 75.16 941 942 943 944 61% 75.17 945 946 EtLi 947 72% 75.18 948
949 950 951 68% 75.19 952 953 iPrLi 954 77% 75.20 955 956 t-BuLi
957 15% 75.21 958 959 MeLi 960 50% 75.22 961 962 EtLi 963 23% 75.24
964 965 EtLi 966 20% 75.27 967 968 EtLi 969 65% 75.28 970 971 iPrLi
972 61% 75.29 973 974 EtLi 975 90% 75.30 976 977 iPrLi 978 62%
75.31 979 980 iPrLi 981 43% 75.32 982 983 984 985 50% 75.33 986 987
988 989 50% 75.34 990 991 tBuLi 992 51% 75.35 993 994 MeLi 995 51%
75.36 996 997 tBuLi 998 57% 75.37 999 1000 tBuLi 1001 60% 75.38
1002 1003 EtLi 1004 73% 75.39 1005 1006 MeLi 1007 48% 75.41 1008
1009 1010 1011 52% 75.42 1012 1013 EtLi 1014 40% 75.43 1015 1016
tBuLi 1017 20% 75.44 1018 1019 t-BuLi 1020 79% 75.45 1021 1022
iPrLi 1023 55% 75.46 1024 1025 tBuLi 1026 39% 75.47 1027 1028 iPrLi
1029 55% 75.48 1030 1031 1032 1033 34% 75.49 1034 1035 EtLi 1036
61% 75.50 1037 1038 tBuLi 1039 25% 75.51 1040 1041 iPrLi 1042 33%
75.52 1043 1044 tBuLi 1045 30% 75.53 1046 1047 EtLi 1048 39% 75.54
1049 1050 1051 1052 38% 75.55 1053 1054 EtLi 1055 64% 75.56 1056
1057 EtLi 1058 46% 75.57 1059 1060 EtLi 1061 62% 75.58 1062 1063
iPrLi 1064 24% 75.59 1065 1066 EtLi 1067 70%
Preparative Example 75.75
[1071] 1068
[1072] Step A
[1073] To a solution of aldehyde (2.5 g) in ether (50 ml) at
0.degree. C. was added EtMgBr (4.56 ml) dropwise. The heterogenous
mixture was stirred for 2 hr at 0.degree. C. and then poured into a
beaker of saturated ammonium chloride (25 ml), ice and
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (30 ml). After the biphasic mixture stirred for 1
Omin, the organic layer was separated, washed with brine, dried
over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to
afford the product (2.41 g, 95%)
[1074] Step B
[1075] To a solution of alcohol from Step A above (1 g) in toluene
at room temperature was added DPPA. The mixture was cooled to
0.degree. C. and DBU was added and let stir for 12 hr at room
temperature. The layers were separated and the organic layer was
washed with water, 1 N HCl and dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4,
filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purified by preparative plate
chromatography (hexane/EtOAc 20/1) to give the product (840 mg,
75%).
[1076] Step C
[1077] To a solution of azide (730 mg) from Step B above in THF (7
ml) was added PPh.sub.3 (1 g). The heterogenous solution was
stirred for 12 hr, whereupon water (1.5 ml) was added. The mixture
was refluxed overnight, cooled to room temperature and concentrated
in vacuo. Ether and 1 N HCl were added to the residue. The aqueous
layer was cooled to 0.degree. C., basified with NaOH pellets and
extracted with ether. The ether layer was dried over MgSO.sub.4,
filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford the product (405 mg,
62%).
[1078] Step D
[1079] To a solution of azide in THF at -10.degree. C. was added
LiAlH.sub.4 portionwise. The heterogenous solution was stirred at
room temperature for 1 hr and then refluxed for 4 hr. The solution
was cooled to 0.degree. C. and water, 2M NaOH and ether were added
to the reaction. The mixture was filtered through a celite pad. The
filtrate was treated with 3N HCl. The aqueous layer was cooled to
0.degree. C., basified with NaOH pellots and extracted with ether.
The ether layer was dried over MgSO.sub.4, filtered, and
concentrated in vacuo to afford the product.
Preparative Example 75.76-75.90
[1080] Following a similar procedure set forth in Preparative
Example 75.75, and using the reduction procedure indicated, the
following amines were obtained.
20 Prep Reducing Ex. Aldehyde Step Product % Yield 75.76 1069 D
1070 43% 75.77 1071 C 1072 36% 75.78 1073 D 1074 32% 75.79 1075 C
1076 42% 75.80 1077 D 1078 56% 75.81 1079 D 1080 35% 75.82 1081 C
1082 13% 75.83 1083 C 1084 42% 75.84 1085 C 1086 39% 75.85 1087 C
1088 26% 75.86 1089 C 1090 25% 75.87 1091 C 1092 14% 75.88 1093 C
1094 49% 75.89 1095 C 1096 34% 75.90 1097 C 1098 44%
Preparative Example 76
[1081] 1099
[1082] The desired compound was prepared according to methods
previously described in J. Med. Chem. 1996, 39, 3319-3323.
Preparative Example 76.1
[1083] 1100
[1084] Step A
[1085] To a solution of amine from Preparative Example 75.90 (2.22
g) in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (50 ml) at 0.degree. C. was added TEA (3.03
ml) followed by BOC.sub.2O (2.85 g). The heterogenous mixture was
allowed to stir at room temperature overnight. 10% Citric acid was
added to the reaction and the layers were separated. The organic
layer was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate, brine and dried
with Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The
crude material was purified by flash column chromatography
(Hex/EtOAc 10:1) to afford 2.7 g of an oil (81%).
[1086] Step B
[1087] Following the procedure from Preparative Example 13.4, Step
A, but using the product from Step A above (450 mg) and 3-thiophene
boronic acid (284 mg), the product was prepared (325 mg, 71%).
[1088] Step C
[1089] To the product from Step B (325 g) was added 4M HCl in
dioxane (1.31 ml) and let stir for 1 hr. The reaction was
concentrated in vacuo and taken up in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 and
concentrated in vacuo again. This procedure was repeated 5 times to
afford a semisolid (89%).
Preparative Example 76.2-76.3
[1090] Following the procedures set forth in Preparative Example
76.1, but using the commercially available boronic acids, the
indicated amines were prepared.
21 Prep Yield Ex. Boronic Acid Product (%) 76.2 1101 1102 70% 76.3
1103 1104 35%
Preparative Example 76.10
[1091] 1105
[1092] Step A
[1093] The product from Preparative Example 75.75, Step A (2.5 g)
was reacted via the Preparative Example 13.11, Step B to give the
ketone (1.93 g, 78%).
[1094] Step B
[1095] To a solution of ketone from Step A above (500 mg) in THF (5
ml) at 0.degree. C. was added S-2-methyl-CBS-oxazaborolidine (0.98
ml) dropwise followed by BH.sub.3.Me.sub.2S (1.48 ml). The mixture
was stirred at 0.degree. C. for 2 hr and was allowed to warm to
room temperature and stir overnight. The mixture was cooled to
0.degree. C. and treated with MeOH (10 ml). After stirring for 20
min, the reaction was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was
dissolved in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 and washed with 1 M HCl, saturated
sodium bicarbonate, water and brine, dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4,
filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was
purified by preparative plate chromatography (Hex/EtOAc 4:1) to
afford 650 mg of an oil (89%).
[1096] Step C
[1097] The chiral alcohol from Step B above was reacted via the
Preparative Example 75.75 Step B to give the azide.
[1098] Step D
[1099] The azide from Step C above was reacted via the Preparative
Example 75.75 Step C to give the amine product.
Preparative Example 76.11
[1100] 1106
[1101] The desired compound was prepared as in Preparative Example
76.10, but using the R-2-methyl-CBS-oxazaborolidine in step B.
Preparative Example 77
[1102] 1107
[1103] The desired compound was prepared according to methods
previously described in J. Med. Chem. 1996, 39, 3319-3323.
Preparative Example 78
[1104] 1108
[1105] The desired compound was prepared according to methods
previously described in Chem Pharm. Bull. 1991, 39, 181-183.
Preparative Example 78.1
[1106] 1109
[1107] The desired compound was prepared according to methods
previously described in J. Organometallic Chem. 1998, 567,
31-37.
Preparative Example 79
[1108] 1110
[1109] The desired compound was prepared according to methods
previously described in Chem. Pharm. Bull. 1991, 39, 181-183.
Preparative Example 80
[1110] 1111
[1111] The desired compound was prepared according to methods
previously described in a) Synthesis 1987, 998-1001, b) Synthesis
1996, 641-646 and c) J. Med. Chem. 1991, 34, 2176-2186.
Preparative Example 81
[1112] 1112
[1113] The desired compound was prepared according to methods
previously described in a) Synthesis 1987, 998-1001, b) Synthesis
1996, 641-646 and c) J. Med. Chem. 1991, 34, 2176-2186.
Preparative Example 82
[1114] 1113
[1115] The desired compound was prepared according to methods
previously described in J. Med. Chem. 1988, 31, 2176-2186.
Preparative Example 83
[1116] 1114
[1117] To a solution of carboxylic acid (1.5 g, 7.89 mmol) in
H.sub.2O/acetone (1:10/12 mL total) at 0.degree. C. was added
Et.sub.3N (1.43 mL, 10.3 mmol) followed by addition of ethyl
chloroformate (0.83 mL, 8.68 mmol). The resulting mixture was
stirred for 30 min after i 5 which a solution of NaN.sub.3 (0.77 g,
11.8 mmol) in H.sub.2O (2 mL) was added dropwise. The resultant
heterogenous mixture was stirred for 1 h at 0.degree. C., then cold
water (5 mL) and Et.sub.2O (10 mL) were added. The layers were
separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with Et.sub.2O
(2.times.10 mL). The organic layers were combined, toluene (20 mL)
was added, and the organic layers were dried (MgSO.sub.4) and
concentrated under reduced pressure to a volume of 20 mL. t-BuOH (5
mL) was added and the mixture was refluxed for 12 h. The mixture
was concentrated under reduced pressure and the crude residue was
taken up in 3M HCl (30 mL) and was heated at reflux for 12 h. The
mixture was cooled to room temperature and extracted with Et.sub.2O
(3.times.15 mL). The aqueous layer was cooled to .sup.0.degree. C.
and solid NaOH pellets were added until pH.about.12 was reached.
The aqueous layer was extracted with Et.sub.2O (3.times.30 mL) and
the combined organic layers were dried (MgSO.sub.4) and
concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 0.78 g (61% yield) of
an oil [MH.sup.+162]. This material was used without further
purification.
Preparative Example 84
[1118] 1115
[1119] The corresponding cyclopropyl analog was prepared according
to the procedure outlined in Preparative Example 83.
Preparative Example 85
[1120] 1116
[1121] The corresponding cyclohexyl analog was prepared according
to the procedure outlined in Preparative Example 83.
Preparative Example 86
[1122] 1117
[1123] The desired compound was prepared according to methods
previously described in J. Org. Chem. 1978, 43, 892-898.
Preparative Example 87
[1124] 1118
[1125] A mixture of (R)-(+)phenylpropanolamine (8.2 g),
3,4-diethoxy-3-cyclobutene-1,2-dione (10 g) and absolute EtOH (75
mL) was stirred at 0-25.degree. C. for 12 hrs. Filtration and
concentration of the filtrate gave a syrup which was chilled in the
freezer to give a solid. Trituration of the solid with diethyl
ether gave the desired product (10.5 g, 71%, MH.sup.+=260).
Preparative Example 87.1
[1126] 1119
[1127] (R)-1-phenyl propylamine (4.82 ml) and
3,4-dimethoxy-3-cylclobutene- -1,2-dione (5.03 g) were combined in
MeOH (40 ml) and stirred overnight. Reaction concentrated in vacuo
and purified via flash column chromatography
(MeOH/CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2, 1:40) to yield 2.75 g of product (31%,
MH.sup.+=246).
Preparative Example 88
[1128] 1120
[1129] A mixture of (S)-(+)-3-methyl-2-butylamine (3.0 g),
3,4-diethoxy-3-cyclobutene-1,2-dione (5 g) and absolute EtOH (100
mL) was stirred at 0-25.degree. C. for 12 hrs. Filtration and
concentration of the filtrate gave a syrup which solidified upon
dilution with Et.sub.2O. Trituration of the solid with diethyl
ether gave the desired product as a solid (4.4 g, 72%,
MH.sup.+=212).
Preparative Example 88.1
[1130] 1121
[1131] A mixture of amine from Preparative Example 75.1 (370 mg),
3,4-diethoxy-3-cyclobutene-1,2-dione (0.39 ml) and absolute EtOH (5
ml) was stirred at room temperature overnight. Purification by
preparative plate chromatography (3% EtOH/CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2)
afforded the desired product (263 mg, 37%).
Preparative Example 88.2
[1132] 1122
[1133] Step A
[1134] 2-Methylthiophene (3 g) was dissolved in THF and cooled to
-40.degree. C. N-butyllithium (2.5M in hexane, 12.24 ml) added
dropwise and let stir at -40.degree. C. for 30 min.
CuBr.(CH.sub.3).sub.2S (6.29 g) added and let warm to -25.degree.
C. where the trifluoroaceticanhydrid- e (4.32 ml) was added. The
reaction was stirred at -15.degree. C. over the weekend. The
reaction was quenched with saturated ammonium chloride and
extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer washed with brine, dried
with MgSO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give 4.59 g
of an oil (78%).
[1135] Step B
[1136] The product from Step A (4.58 g), hydroxylamine
hydrochloride (3 g), sodium acetate (4.4 g), EtOH (75 ml) and
H.sub.2O (7.5 ml) were combined and heated to 75.degree. C.
overnight. The reaction was concentrated in vacuo, taken up 1 N
HCl, extracted with ether, dried with MgSO.sub.4, filtered and
concentrated in vacuo to give 4.58 g of the product (93%,
MH+=210).
[1137] Step C
[1138] The product from Step B above (4.5 g) was dissolved in TFA
(40 ml) and cooled to 0.degree. C. Zn powder (4.2 g) was added
portionwise and let reaction warm to room temperature and stir
overnight. The reaction was concentrated in vacuo, taken up in 1 N
NaOH, extracted with ether, dried with MgSO.sub.4, filtered and
concentrated in vacuo to give 3.43 g of the product (80%).
[1139] Step D
[1140] The product from Step C (526 mg),
3,4-diethoxy-3-cyclobutene-1,2-di- one (0.4 ml) and absolute EtOH
(10 ml) was stirred at room temperature overnight. Purification by
preparative plate chromatography (10% EtOAc/Hex) to give 178 mg of
product (21%, MH.sup.+=320).
Preparative Example 88.3
[1141] 1123
[1142] Following a similar procedure as described in Preparative
Example 88.2, but instead using 2-methylfuran, the above
cyclobutenedione intermediate was prepared.
Preparative Example 88.4
[1143] 1124
[1144] The amine from Preparative Example 75.1 (973 mg) and the
dimethoxysquarate (870 mg) were dissolved in MeOH (20 ml) and
stirred for 3 days. The reaction was concentrated in vacuo and
purified via flash column chromatography (MeOH/CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2,
1%) to yield 325 mg of product (19%, MH+=249.8).
Preparative Example 88.5
[1145] 1125
[1146] The amine from Preparative Example 75.9 (323 mg) and the
dimethoxysquarate (426 mg) were dissolved in MeOH (10 ml) and
stirred over the weekend. The reaction was concentrated in vacuo
and purified via flash column chromatography
(MeOH/CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2, 1:20) to yield 407 mg of product (57%,
MH.sup.+=235.8).
Preparative Example 89
[1147] 1126
[1148] To a solution of KH (0.45 g, 11.3 mmol) in THF (15 mL) at
room temperature was added amine hydrochloride (0.85 g, 5.1 mmol)
portionwise to afford a heterogenous reaction mixture. The mixture
was allowed to stand overnight (12 h) and MeI (0.32 mL, 5.1 mmol)
was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred for 6 h after which the
mixture was carefully poured into cold brine (125 mL). The mixture
was extracted with Et.sub.2O (3.times.25 mL) and the organic layers
were combined. The organic layer was dried (Na.sub.2SO.sub.4),
filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the
crude product as an oil. This material was carried on crude to the
coupling step without further purification or characterization.
Preparative Example 89.1
[1149] 1127
[1150] To a solution of KH (1.1 g) in THF (20 ml) at room
temperature was added (R)-2-amino-1-butanol 48 ml) dropwise to
afford a heterogenous mixture. The mixture was allowed to stand
overnight (18 hr) and then MeI (1.59 ml) was added dropwise. The
mixture was stirred for 4 hr after which brine was added. Extracted
with ether, dried with K.sub.2CO.sub.3, filtered and concentrated
in vacuo to afford 1.75 g of an oil.
Preparative Example 89.2
[1151] 1128
[1152] To a solution of KH (1.1 g) in THF (20 ml) at room
temperature was added (S)-2-amino-1-butanol 48 ml) dropwise to
afford aheterogenous mixture. The mixture was allowed to stand
overnight (18 hr) and then MeI (1.59 ml) was added dropwise. The
mixture was stirred for 4 hr after which brine was added. Extracted
with ether, dried with K.sub.2CO.sub.3, filtered and concentrated
in vacuo to afford 1.75 g of an oil.
Preparative Example 90
[1153] 1129
[1154] The corresponding cis analog was prepared in an analogous
fashion utilizing the procedure described in Preparative Example
89. This material was also used without further purification.
Preparative Example 91
[1155] 1130
[1156] The desired compound was prepared according to methods
previously described in J. Org. Chem. 1987, 52, 4437-4444.
Preparative Example 92
[1157] 1131
[1158] The desired compound was prepared according to methods
previously described in Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn. 1962, 35, 11-16.
Preparative Example 93
[1159] 1132
[1160] The desired amine was prepared from the corresponding ketone
according to is standard methods previously described in a)
Synthesis 1987, 998-1001, b) Synthesis 1996, 641-646 and c) J. Med.
Chem. 1991, 34, 2176-2186.
Preparative Example 94
[1161] 1133
[1162] The desired amine was prepared from the corresponding ketone
according to standard methods previously described in a) Synthesis
1987, 998-1001, b) Synthesis 1996, 641-646 and c) J. Med. Chem.
1991, 34, 2176-2186.
Preparative Example 95
[1163] 1134
[1164] Step A
[1165] Lithium hexamethyldisilylazide (34 mL, 1 M in THF) was added
dropwise to a -78.degree. C. THF (20 mL) solution of
isobutyronitrile (2.8 mL). After 40 min, cyclopropylmethylbromide
(5 g) was added and the mixture warmed to and stirred at 25.degree.
C. overnight. After cooling to 0.degree. C., 1 M HCl (aq) was added
and the mixture was extracted with diethyl ether, dried over
anhydrous Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo at
0.degree. C. to give the desired product (4.5 g).
[1166] Step B
[1167] Methyl Lithium (17 mL, 1.4 M in Et.sub.2O) was added to the
product from Step A is above (1.5 g) in Et.sub.2O (anhydrous) at
0.degree. C. The mixture was stirred at 0-25.degree. C. overnight,
then diluted with 3M HCl (aq), extracted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2,
dried over anhydrous Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered, concentrated in
vacuo at 0.degree. C. and used directly in Step C.
[1168] Step C
[1169] The product from Step B above was added to a slurry of
NaBH.sub.4 (1.4 g) in isopropanol (50 mL) at 0.degree. C., then the
mixture was stirred at reflux for 8 hr and at room temperature for
48 hrs. Water was added and the mixture was stirred for 30 min,
then extracted with diethyl ether, dried over anhydrous
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue
was diluted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 and extracted with 3M HCl. The
organic phase was discarded and the aqueous phase was basified with
NaOH (aq) and extracted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2. Drying over
anhydrous Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtering, and concentration in vacuo
gave the desired compound (0.5 g).
Preparative Example 96
[1170] 1135
[1171] Step A
[1172] 2-Thiophenecarbonyl chloride (2.0 mL, 18.7 mmol) was
dissolved in 100 mL dichloromethane. After addition of
diisopropylethylamine (4.1 mL, 23.4 mmol) and Boc-piperazine (3.66
g, 19.7 mmol), the mixture was stirred for 4 h at room temperature.
The resulting mixture was put into water (500 mL) and acidified
with 3N HCl to pH 1. Extraction with dichloromethane (2.times.100
mL) and drying over sodium sulfate resulted in sufficiently pure
product that was used in the next step without any further
purification. .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, d.sub.6-DMSO) 1.60 (s, 9H),
3.29 (dd, 4H), 3.69 (dd, 4H), 7.23 (dd, 1H), 7.49 (d, 1H), 7.79 (d,
1H).
[1173] Step B
[1174] The crude material from Step A was dissolved in
trifluoroacetic acid/dichloromethane (75 mL, 4/1). After stirring
for 2 h, the reaction mixture was put into 1 N sodium hydroxide
(400 mL). Extraction with dichloromethane (2.times.100 mL) and
drying over sodium sulfate resulted in sufficiently pure product
that was used in Step C without any further purification. .sup.1H
NMR (300 MHz, d.sub.6-DMSO) 2.81 (dd, 4H), 3.63 (dd, 4H), 7.21 (dd,
1H), 7.46 (d, 1H), 7.82 (d, 1H).
[1175] Step C
[1176] The crude material (3.50 g, 17.8 mmol) from Step B was
dissolved in dichloromethane (100 mL). After addition of
diisopropylethylamine (18.7 mL, 107 mmol), 3-nitrosalicylic acid
(3.3 g, 18.0 mmol), and PyBrOP (10.4 g, 22.3 mmol), the resulting
mixture was stirred over night at room temperature before being put
into 1 N sodium hydroxide (200 mL). Extraction with dichloromethane
(2.times.200 mL) removed all PyBrOP by-products. The aqueous phase
was acidified with 3N HCl and subsequently extracted with
dichloromethane (3.times.100 mL). The combined organic phases of
the acidic extraction were dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated,
and finally purified by column chromatography
(dichloromethane/methanol=10/1) to yield the desired product (2.31
g, 34% over 3 steps). .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, d.sub.6-DMSO) 3.30-3.90
(m, 8H), 7.10-8.20 (m, double signals due to E/Z-isomers, 6H),
10.82 (s, 1H).
[1177] Step D
[1178] The nitro-compound (2.3 g, 6.4 mmol) from Step C was
dissolved in methanol (50 mL) and stirred with 10% Pd/C under a
hydrogen gas atmosphere over night. The reaction mixture was
filtered through Celite and washed thoroughly with methanol.
Finally, the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and purified by
column chromatography (dichloromethane/methanol=10/1) to yield the
desired product (1.78 g, 84%). .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, d.sub.6-DMSO)
3.30-3.90 (m, 8H), 7.22 (m, 2H), 7.55 (d, 1H), 7.71 (d, 1H), 7.88
(d, 1H), 8.15 (d, 1H), 10.85 (bs, 1H).
Preparative Example 97
[1179] 1136
[1180] Step A
[1181] Picolinic acid (3.0 g, 24.3 mmol) was suspended in
SOCl.sub.2 (15 mL). After addition of dimethylformamide (5 drops),
the reaction mixture was stirred for 4 hours. Evaporation of the
solvent yielded the corresponding acid chloride as HCl-salt.
Without any further purification, the solid was suspended in 120 mL
dichloromethane. After addition of diisopropylethylamine (12.7 mL,
73 mmol) and Boc-piparazine (4.8 g, 25.5 mmol), the reaction was
stirred over night at room temperature. The resulting mixture was
put into water (500 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane
(2.times.100 mL). Drying over sodium sulfate resulted in
sufficiently pure product that was used in Step B without any
further purification. .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, d.sub.6-DMSO) 1.63 (s,
9H), 3.21 (dd, 4H), 3.61 (dd, 4H), 7.57 (dd, 1H), 7.63 (d, 1H),
7.98 (dd, 1H), 8.70 (d, 1H).
[1182] Step B
[1183] The crude material from Step A was dissolved in
trifluoroacetic acid/dichloromethane (75 mL, 4/1). After stirring
for 2 days, the reaction mixture was put into 1N sodium hydroxide
(400 mL). Extraction with dichloromethane (2.times.100 mL) and
drying over sodium sulfate resulted in sufficiently pure product
that was used in Step C without any further purification. .sup.1H
NMR (300 MHz, d.sub.6-DMSO) 2.77 (dd, 2H), 2.83 (dd, 1H), 3.38 (dd,
2H), 3.64 (dd, 1H), 7.58 (dd, 1H), 7.62 (d, 1H), 8.00 (dd, 1H),
8.67 (d, 1H).
[1184] Step C
[1185] The crude material (1.35 g, 7.06 mmol) from Step B was
dissolved in dichloromethane (50 mL). After addition of
diisopropylethylamine (3.7 mL, 21.2 mmol), 3-nitrosalicylic acid
(1.36 g, 7.41 mmol), and PyBrOP (3.62 g, 7.77 mmol), the resulting
mixture was stirred over night at room temperature before being put
into 1 N sodium hydroxide (300 mL). Extraction with dichloromethane
(2.times.100 mL) removed any PyBrOP products. The aqueous phase was
acidified with 3N HCl. Adjustment of the pH with saturated sodium
carbonate solution to almost neutral crushed the desired compound
out of solution. The aqueous phase was subsequently extracted with
dichloromethane (3.times.100 mL). The combined organic layers of
the neutral extraction were dried over sodium sulfate,
concentrated, and finally purified by column chromatography
(dichloromethane/methanol=20/1) to yield the desired product (1.35
g, 16% over 3 steps). .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, d.sub.6-DMSO) 3.30-3.95
(m, 8H), 7.22 (m, 1H), 7.61 (m, 1H), 7.73 (d, 2H), 8.03 (m, 1H),
8.17 (m, 1H), 8.69 (m, 1H), 10.82 (s, 1H).
[1186] Step D
[1187] The nitro-compound (1.35 g, 3.79 mmol) from Step C was
dissolved in methanol (60 mL) and stirred with 10% Pd/C under a
hydrogen gas atmosphere over night. The reaction mixture was
filtered through Celite and washed thoroughly with methanol.
Finally, the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and purified by
column chromatography (dichloromethane/methanol=20/1) to yield the
desired product (1.10 g, 89%). .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, d.sub.6-DMSO)
3.50-3.85 (m, 8H), 6.47 (dd 1H), 6.74 (m, 2H), 7.59 (dd, 1H), 7.71
(d, 1H), 8.04 (dd, 1H), 8.68 (d, 1H).
Preparative Example 98
[1188] 1137
[1189] Step A
[1190] 1-Methyl-2-pyrrolecarboxylic acid (2.5 g, 20.0 mmol) was
dissolved in dichloromethane (50 mL). After addition of PyBrOP
(16.3 g, 35.0 mmol), diisopropylethylamine (14.0 mL, 73.0 mmol) and
Boc-piparazine (5.5 g, 30.0 mmol), the reaction was stirred over
night at room temperature before being put into 1 N sodium
hydroxide (200 mL). Extraction with dichloromethane (2.times.100
mL) removed all PyBrOP by-products. The aqueous phase was acidified
with 3N HCl. Adjustment of the pH with saturated sodium carbonate
solution to almost neutral precipitated the desired compound. The
aqueous phase was subsequently extracted with dichloromethane
(3.times.100 mL). The combined organic phases of the neutral
extraction were dried over sodium sulfate. Removal of the solvent
resulted in sufficiently pure product that was used in Step B
without any further purification. .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz,
d.sub.6-DMSO) 1.59 (s, 9H) 3.21 (dd, 4H), 3.61 (dd, 4H), 3.74 (s,
3H), 6.11 (dd, 1H), 6.33 (d, 1H), 7.01 (d, 1H).
[1191] Step B
[1192] The crude material from Step A was dissolved in
trifluoroacetic acid/dichloromethane (75 mL, 4/1). After stirring
for 3 h, the reaction mixture was put into 1 N sodium hydroxide
(400 mL). Extraction with dichloromethane (3.times.100 mL) and
drying over sodium sulfate resulted in sufficiently pure product
that was used in Step C without any further purification. .sup.1H
NMR (300 MHz, d.sub.6-DMSO) 2.79 (dd, 4H), 3.62 (dd, 4H), 3.76 (s,
3H), 6.11 (dd, 1H), 6.37 (d, 1H), 6.96 (d, 1H).
[1193] Step C
[1194] The crude material (3.15 g, 16.3 mmol) from Step B was
dissolved in dichloromethane (100 mL). After addition of
diisopropylethylamine (8.5 mL, 49.0 mmol), 3-nitrosalicylic acid
(3.13 g, 17.1 mmol), and PyBrOP (9.11 g, 19.6 mmol), the resulting
mixture was stirred over night at room temperature before being put
into 1 N sodium hydroxide (400 mL). Extraction with dichloromethane
(2.times.100 mL) removed all PyBrOP products. The aqueous phase was
then carefully acidified with 3N HCl until the color of the
solution changes from orange to yellow and the desired compound
crashed out of solution. The aqueous phase was subsequently
extracted with dichloromethane (3.times.100 mL). The combined
organic layers of the acidic extraction were dried over sodium
sulfate and concentrated in vacuo to yield the desired product.
.sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, d.sub.6-DMSO) 3.35-3.85 (m, 8H), 3.79 (s,
3H), 6.13 (dd, 1H), 6.45 (d, 1H), 7.01 (s, 1H), 7.22 (dd, 1H), 7.70
(d, 1H), 8.16 (d, 1H), 10.83 (s, 2H).
[1195] Step D
[1196] The crude nitro-compound from Step C was suspended in
methanol (60 mL) and stirred with 10% Pd/C under a hydrogen gas
atmosphere over night. The reaction mixture was filtered through
Celite and washed thoroughly with methanol. The filtrate was
concentrated in vacuo and purified by column chromatography
(dichloromethane/methanol=10/1) to yield the desired product (2.61
g, 40% for 4 steps). .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, d.sub.6-DMSO) 3.45-4.80
(m, 8H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 6.17 (dd, 1H), 6.45 (m, 2H), 6.78 (m, 2H),
7.01 (d, 1H).
Preparative Example 99
[1197] 1138
[1198] Step A
[1199] 2-Bromopyridine N-oxide hydrochloride (1.13 g, 5.37 mmol)
and Boc-piperazine (1.50 g, 8.06 mmol) were heated to 800 C in
pyridine (10 mL) over night. The reaction mixture was put into
water (300 mL) and then extracted with dichloromethane (2.times.100
mL). The combined organic phases were dried over sodium sulfate,
concentrated, and finally purified by column chromatography
(dichloromethane/methanol=10/1) to yield the desired product (500
mg, 33%). .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, d-CDCl.sub.3) 1.60 (s, 9H), 3.46
(dd, 4H), 3.78 (dd, 4H), 6.99 (m, 2H), 7.37 (dd, 1H), 8.33 (d,
1H).
[1200] Step B
[1201] The purified product (500 mg, 1.79 mmol) was stirred for 30
min with 4N HCl/dioxane (15 mL). Evaporation of the solvent yielded
the crude amine (465 mg) as multiple HCl-salt which was used in
Step C without any further purification. .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz,
d.sub.6-DMSO) 3.38 (m, 4H), 4.81 (m, 4H), 7.34 (dd, 1H), 7.55 (d,
1H), 7.86 (dd, 1H), 8.55 (d, 1H).
[1202] Step C
[1203] The crude material (370 mg, 1.48 mmol) from Step B was
suspended in dichloromethane (20 mL). After addition of
diisopropylethylamine (2.6 mL, 14.8 mmol), 3-nitrosalicylic acid
(406 mg, 2.22 mmol), and PyBrOP (1.21 g, 2.59 mmol), the mixture
was stirred over night at room temperature before being put into 1
N sodium hydroxide (50 mL). Extraction with dichloromethane
(2.times.50 mL) removed all PyBrOP products. The aqueous phase was
then carefully acidified (pH.about.4-5) with 3N HCl and extracted
with dichloromethane (3.times.50 mL). The combined organic layers
of the acidic extraction were dried over sodium sulfate,
concentrated in vacuo and purified by column chromatography
(dichloromethane/methanol=10/1) to yield the desired product (330
mg, 65%).
[1204] LCMS calculated: 344.1, found: (M+1).sup.+345.1
[1205] Step D
[1206] Sodium hydrosulfite (1.05 g) was dissolved in water (3.0 mL)
to yield a 1.5N solution. Addition of dioxane (3.0 mL) was followed
by injection of conc. ammonium hydroxide (0.60 mL, yields a 1.0N
concentration). After addition of the nitro-compound (100 mg, 0.29
mmol), the reaction mixture was stirred for 0.5 h. Subsequently,
the solvent was removed and the residue suspended in
dichloromethane/methanol (10/1). Filtration through Celite removed
most of the salts. Final purification by column chromatography
(dichloromethane/methanol=5/1) yielded the desired product (68 mg,
75%).
[1207] LCMS calculated: 314.14, found: (M+1).sup.+315.1
Preparative Example 100
[1208] 1139
[1209] Step A
[1210] 4-Bromopyridine hydrochloride (3.0 g, 15.4 mmol) was
dissolved in water (15 mL). After addition of N-benzylpiperazine
(14.8 mL, 85.0 mmol) and 500 mg copper sulfate, the reaction
mixture was heated overnight to 140.degree. C. The resulting
product was extracted with ether (5.times.75 mL), dried over sodium
sulfate and concentrated. Final purification by column
chromatography (dichloromethane/methanol/NH.sub.4OH=10/1/0.1)
yielded the desired product (2.16 g, 55%). .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz,
d-CDCl.sub.3) 2.68 (dd, 4H), 3.45 (dd, 4H), 6.76 (d, 2H), 7.40 (m,
5H), 8.38 (d, 2H).
[1211] Step B
[1212] The benzylamine (2.16 g, 8.54 mmol) from Step A, ammonium
formate (2.71 g, 43.0 mmol) and Pd(C) (10%, 1.0 g) was suspended in
methanol (50 mL) and refluxed for 3 h. The palladium was filtered
off and the filtrate was concentrated. The sufficiently pure
product was used in Step C without any further purification.
.sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, d-CDCl.sub.3) 2.48 (bs, 1H), 3.13 (dd, 4H),
3.41 (dd, 4H), 7.78 (d, 2H), 8.39 (d, 2H).
[1213] Step C
[1214] The crude material (1.15 g, 7.06 mmol) from Step B was
dissolved in dichloromethane (50 mL). After addition of
diisopropylethylamine (4.7 mL, 42.4 mmol), 3-nitrosalicylic acid
(1.94 g, 10.6 mmol), and PyBrOP (5.78 g, 12.3 mmol), the resulting
mixture was stirred over night at room temperature before being put
into 1 N sodium hydroxide (300 mL). Extraction with dichloromethane
(2.times.100 mL) removed all PyBrOP products. The aqueous phase was
carefully acidified to pH 5-6 with 3N HCl and extracted with
dichloromethane (3.times.100 mL). The combined organic layers of
the neutral extraction were dried over sodium sulfate,
concentrated, and finally purified by column chromatography
(dichloromethane/methanol/NH.sub.4OH=10/1/0.1) to yield the desired
product (850 mg, 37% for 2 steps).
[1215] Step D
[1216] The nitro-compound (850 mg, 2.59 mmol) from Step C was
dissolved in methanol (40 mL) and stirred with 10% Pd/C under a
hydrogen gas atmosphere over night. The reaction mixture was
filtered through Celite and washed thoroughly with methanol.
Finally, the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and purified by
column chromatography
(dichloromethane/methanol/NH.sub.4OH=10/1/0.1) to yield the desired
product (650 g, 84%). .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, d.sub.6-DMSO) 3.40-3.75
(bm, 8H), 6.49 (dd, 1H), 6.76 (m, 2H), 6.93 (d, 2H), 8.28 (d,
2H).
Preparative Example 101
[1217] 1140
[1218] Step 1
[1219] N,N'-Dibenzyl-ethane-1,2-diamine (20 mL, 0.0813 mol),
triethylamine (22.66 mL, 0.1626 mol) and benzene (100 mL) were
combined in a round bottom flask. A solution of
2,3-dibromo-propionic acid ethyl ester (11.82 mL, 0.0813 mol) in
benzene (50 mL) was added dropwise. The solution was refluxed over
night and monitored by TLC (20% ethyl acetate/hexane). The reaction
was cooled to room temperature, then filtered and washed with
benzene. The filtrate was concentrated then purified by column
chromatography (15% ethyl acetate/hexane). The product was isolated
as an oil (25.42 g, 0.0752 mol, 92%). MS: calculated: 338.20,
found: 339.2
[1220] .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) 1.23 (t, 3H), 2.48 (m,
3H), 2.62 (m, 1H), 2.73 (m, 1H), 3.07 (m, 1H), 3.30 (m, 1H), 3.42
(d, 1H), 3.56 (m, 2H), 3.91 (d, 1H), 4.17 (m, 2H), 7.27 (m,
10H).
[1221] Step 2
[1222] In a Parr shaker vessel, the ester (25.43 g, 0.075 mol) and
methanol (125 mL) were combined. The vessel was purged with argon
and palladium catalyst (5% on carbon, 2.5 g) was added. The system
was shaken under an atmosphere of hydrogen overnight. TLC (20%
ethyl acetate/hexane) indicated that reaction was complete. The
reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite and washed
with methanol. The filtrate was concentrated and the product
isolated as a solid (11.7 g, 0.074 mol, 98%).
[1223] MS: calculated: 158.11, found:159.2 .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) 1.27 (t, 3H), 2.70 (m, 4H), 2.96 (m, 1H), 3.13 (dd,
1H), 3.43 (dd, 1H), 4.18 (m, 2H).
Preparative Example 102
[1224] 1141
[1225] Piperazine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (3.11 g, 0.0197
mol), diisopropylethylamine (5.15 mL, 0.0296 mol) and methylene
chloride (200 mL) were combined in a round bottom flask. While
stirring at room temperature, a solution of N,N-dimethylcarbamoyl
chloride (1.81 mL, 0.0197 mol) in methylene chloride (20 mL) was
added dropwise. The reaction was stirred for one hour. After this
time the reaction was concentrated and carried on to the next step
without further purification. (99% yield).
[1226] MS: calculated: 229.14, found:230.1
[1227] .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) 1.30 (t, 3H), 2.85 (s,
6H), 3.10 (m, 3H), 3.31 (m, 2H), 3.60 (m, 2H), 4.21 (q, 2H).
Preparative Example 103-104
[1228] Following the procedure described for Example 102, the
Products listed in the table below were prepared using the
commercially available chloride shown and piperazine-2-carboxylic
acid ethyl ester from Preparative Example 101.
22 Ex- 1. Yield (%) ample Chloride Product 2. (M + 1).sup.+ 103
1142 1143 1. 99% 2. 237.1 104 1144 1145 1. 62% 2. 253.1
Preparative Example 105
[1229] 1146
[1230] Step 1
[1231] 3-Nitrosalicylic acid (3.61 g, 0.0197 g), DCC (2.03 g,
0.0099 mol) and ethyl acetate (130 mL) were combined in a round
bottom flask and stirred for 15 min.
4-Dimethylcarbamoyl-piperazine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (4.51
g, 0.0197 g) was added, and the reaction was stirred for 72 hours.
The reaction mixture was concentrated then dissolved in
dichloromethane. The organic phase was washed once with 0.1 N
sodium hydroxide. The aqueous phase was back extracted once with
dichloromethane. The aqueous phase was acidified and wash three
times with ethyl acetate. The aqueous phase was concentrated and
purified by column chromatography (5% methanol/DCM).
[1232] MS: calculated: 394.15, found:395.0
[1233] .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) 1.32 (t, 3H), 2.86 (m,
7H), 3.15 (m, 1H), 3.51 (m, 4H), 4.24 (m, 3H), 7.15 (m, 1H), 7.66
(m, 1H), 8.20 (m, 1H), 10.86 (bs, 1H).
[1234] Step 2
[1235] 4-Dimethylcarbamoyl-1-(2-hydroxy-3-n
itro-benzoyl)-piperazine-2-car- boxylic acid ethyl ester (0.80 g,
0.002 mol) and methanol (50 mL) were combined in a round bottom
flask. The system was purged with argon. To the solution was added
5% palladium on carbon (100 mg). The flask was purged with hydrogen
and stirred overnight. The reaction was filtered through a pad of
celite and washed with methanol. The material was concentrated then
purified by column chromatography (6% methanol/DCM). Isolated
product (0.74 g, 0.002 mol, 100%).
[1236] MS: calculated: 364.17, found:365.1
[1237] .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) 1.27 (t, 3H), 2.85 (m,
8H), 3.18 (1H), 3.45 (m, 3H), 4.19 (m, 3H), 3.90 (m, 3H)
[1238] Step 3
[1239]
1-(3-Amino-2-hydroxy-benzoyl)-4-dimethylcarbamoyl-piperazine-2-carb-
oxylic acid ethyl ester (0.74 g, 0.002 mol) was suspended in a
solution of dioxane (10 mL) and water (10 mL). Lithium hydroxide
(0.26 g, 0.0061 mol) was added and the mixture stirred for two
hours. The solution was acidified to pH=6 with 3N HCl then
extracted with butanol. The extracts were combined, dried over
sodium sulfate and concentrated.
[1240] MS: calculated: 336.14, found:337.1
[1241] .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, CD.sub.3OD) 2.86 (m, 7H), 3.23 (m,
3H), 3.54 (m, 3H), 6.92 (m, 2H), 7.23 (m, 1H).
Preparative Example 106-107
[1242] Following the procedure described for Example 105, the
Products listed in the table below were prepared using the amine
from the Preparative Example indicated and 3-nitrosalacylic
acid.
23 1. Yield (%) 2. (M + 1).sup.+ Example Aniline Product 3. Note
106 103 1147 1. 91% 2. Not observed 3. Rainey nickel used in Step 2
107 104 1148 1. 24% 2. 360.0 3. For Step 1 used PyBrop/ DIEA in
DCM
Preparative Example 108
[1243] 1149
[1244] 3-Nitrosalicylic acid (1.0 g, 5.5 mmol) was dissolved in
ethyl acetate (20 mL). 1,3-Dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (0.568 g, 2.8
mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred for approximately 10
minutes and cooled to 0.degree. C. During this time a precipitate
formed. Azetidine (0.39 mL, 5.8 mmol) was added and the reaction
was stirred overnight and allowed to warm to room temperature.
After this time the reaction was cooled to 0.degree. C. and
filtered. The collected solid was washed with chilled ethyl
acetate. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by column
chromatography (80% EtOAc/Hex) to give the product (476 mg,
39.0%).
[1245] .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 2.40(m, 2H),
4.38(m, 4H), 6.97(m, 1H), 7.62(d, 1H), 8.12(d, 1H), 12.88(m, 1H)
ppm. 1150
[1246] The nitro compound (0.48 g, 2.1 mmol) from Preparative
Example 32 Step A was dissolved in methanol (25 ml) and stirred
with 10% Pd/C under a hydrogen gas atmosphere overnight. The
reaction mixture was filtered through celite, the filtrate
concentrated in vacuo to give the product (344 mg, 90%). .sup.1H
NMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 2.52(m, 2H), 4.57(bs, 4H),
6.75(m, 1H), 6.90(m, 2H), 12.71(bs, 1H) ppm.
Preparative Example 109
[1247] 1151
[1248] In essentially the same manner as described in Preparative
Example 108 above, the morpholino-amine product was obtained.
Preparative Example 110
[1249] 1152
[1250] Piperazine (4.9 g, 0.057 mol) was dissolved in
dichloromethane (100 mL). N,N'-Dimethylcarbamoyl chloride (1.0 mL,
0.011 mol) was added dropwise to the solution at room temperature.
The reaction was stirred for one hour. After this time 1 N
potassium hydroxide (200 mL) was added. The layers were separated
and the aqueous layer was extracted three times with
dichloromethane. The organic fractions were combined and dried over
sodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration provided the product,
without further purification, as an oil (1.16 g, 13%).
[1251] .sup.1H NMR (CDCl.sub.3, 300 MHz) 1.95 (s, 1H), 2.83 (s,
6H), 2.86 (m, 4H), 3.20 (m, 4H).
[1252] MS: calculated: 157.12, found: 158.1.
Preparative Example 111
[1253] 1153
[1254] Piperazine (4.9 g, 0.057 mol) was dissolved in 1 N HCl (100
mL). A solution of phenylsulfonylchloride (1.45 mL, 0.011 mol) in
acetonitrile (25 mL) was added dropwise to the solution at room
temperature. The reaction was stirred for 30 minutes. After this
time the reaction was extracted two times with ethyl acetate. The
solution was then made basic with 1 N potassium hydroxide and
extracted three times with dichloromethane. The dichloromethane
fractions were combined and dried over magnesium sulfate.
Filtration and concentration provided the product, without further
purification, as a solid (1.22 g, 9.4%).
[1255] .sup.1H NMR (CDCl.sub.3, 300 MHz) 2.94 (m, 8H), 7.56 (m,
3H), 7.76 (m, 2H).
[1256] MS: calculated: 226.08, found: 227.1.
Preparative Example 112
[1257] 1154
[1258] Piperazine (4.9 g, 0.057 mol) was dissolved in
dichloromethane (100 mL). Methanesulfonyl chloride (0.85 mL, 0.011
mol) was added dropwise to the solution at room temperature. The
reaction was stirred for 30 minutes. After this time 1 N potassium
hydroxide (200 mL) was added. The layers were separated and the
aqueous layer was extracted three times with dichloromethane. The
organic fractions were combined and dried over sodium sulfate.
Filtration and concentration provided the product, without further
purification, as a solid (1.07 g, 11%).
[1259] .sup.1H NMR (CDCl.sub.3, 300 MHz) 1.75 (s, 1H), 2.78 (s,
3H), 2.97 (m, 4H), 3.20 (m, 4H).
[1260] MS: calculated: 164.06, found: 165.1.
Preparative Example 113
[1261] 1155
[1262] Step A
[1263] Boc-Piperazine (3.0 g, 0.0161 mol) was dissolved in
dichloromethane (100 mL). Propylisocyanate (1.51 mL, 0.0161 mol)
was added to the solution at room temperature. The reaction was
stirred for over night. After this time the reaction was diluted
with 1 N potassium hydroxide (200 mL) and extracted six times with
dichloromethane. The organic fractions were combined and dried over
magnesium sulfate. Filtration and concentration provided the
product as a solid.
[1264] Step B
[1265] The product of Step A above, was dissolved in a 30%
trifluoroacetic acid/dichloromethane solution and stirred
overnight. After this time a 1N potassium hydroxide solution (200
mL) was added to the reaction. The aqueous layer was extracted a
total of six times with dichloromethane. The organic fractions were
combined and dried over sodium sulfate. Filtration and
concentration provided the product (1.37 g, 50%).
[1266] .sup.1H NMR (CDCl.sub.3, 300 MHz) 0.92 (t, 3H), 1.52 (m,
2H), 2.89 (m, 4H), 3.01 (s, 1H), 3.18 (m, 2H), 3.37 (m, 4H), 4.61
(bs, 1H).
[1267] MS: calculated: 171.14, found: 172.0.
Preparative Example 114
[1268] 1156
[1269] Piperazine (4.9 g, 0.0569 mol) was dissolved in 1 N HCl (70
mL). A solution of phenylchloroformate (1.43 mL, 0.0114 mol) in
acetonitrile (25 mL) was added dropwise to the solution at room
temperature. The reaction was stirred for 30 minutes. After this
time the reaction was extracted two times with ethyl acetate. The
solution was then made basic with 1 N potassium hydroxide and
extracted three times with dichloromethane. The dichloromethane
fractions were combined and dried over magnesium sulfate.
Filtration and concentration provided the product, without further
purification, as a solid (2.12 g, 18%).
[1270] .sup.1H NMR (CDCl.sub.3, 300 MHz) 1.78 (s, 1H), 2.91 (m,
4H), 3.59 (m, 4H), 7.11 (2H), 7.19 (m, 1H), 7.36 (m, 2H).
[1271] MS: calculated: 206.24, found: 207.1.
Preparative Example 115-117
[1272] Following the procedure described for Example 112, the
Products listed in the table below were prepared using the
commercially available chloroformate shown and piperazine.
24 1. Yield (%) Example Chloroformate Product 2. (M + 1).sup.+ 115
1157 1158 1. 54% 2. 144.9 116 1159 1160 1. 17% 2. 173.0 117 1161
1162 1. 69% 2. 173.0
Preparative Example 118
[1273] 1163
[1274] Step A
[1275] Boc-Piperazine (3.01 g, 0.0161 mol) was dissolved in
dichloromethane (100 mL) along with diisopropylethylamine (5.61 mL,
0.0322 mol). Benzoylchloride (1.87 mL, 0.0161 mol) was added
dropwise to the solution at room temperature. The reaction was
stirred for several hours. After this time the reaction was
concentrated and the product was purified by column chromatography
(10% MeOH/DCM). Boc-Protected product was isolated as a solid (5.21
g).
[1276] .sup.1H NMR (CDCl.sub.3, 300 MHz) 1.47 (s, 9H), 3.45 (m,
8H), 7.41 (m, 5H).
[1277] MS: calculated: 290.16, found: 290.8.
[1278] Step B
[1279] The product from Step A above, was dissolved in a 50%
trifluoroacetic acid/dichloromethane solution and stirred
overnight. After this time the reaction was diluted with 1 N
potassium hydroxide (200 mL) and the organic layer was separated.
The aqueous phase was then extracted six times with
dichloromethane. The organic fractions were combined and dried over
magnesium sulfate. Filtration and concentration provided product
(2.93 g).
[1280] .sup.1H NMR (CDCl.sub.3, 300 MHz) 1.92 (s, 1H), 2.87 (m,
4H), 3.52 (m, 4H), 7.39 (s, 5H).
[1281] MS: calculated: 190.11, found: 191.1.
Preparative Example 119
[1282] 1164
[1283] Step A
[1284] Boc-Piperazine (3.0 g, 0.0161 mol) was dissolved in
dichloromethane (100 mL) along with diisopropylethylamine (3.1 mL,
0.0177 mol). N,N'-dimethylsulfamoyl chloride (1.73 mL, 0.0161 mol)
was added dropwise to the solution at room temperature. The
reaction was stirred for several hours. After this time the
reaction was diluted with water (100 mL). The layers were separated
and the aqueous layer was extracted six times with dichloromethane.
The organic fractions were combined and dried over magnesium
sulfate. Filtration and concentration provided the product, without
further purification, as a solid (4.53 g).
[1285] .sup.1H NMR (CDCl.sub.3, 300 MHz) 1.47 (s, 9H), 2.84 (s,
6H), 3.21 (m, 4H), 3.48 (m, 4H).
[1286] MS: calculated: 293.14, found: 194.1 (M-Boc).sup.+.
[1287] Step B
[1288] The product from Step A above, was dissolved in a 30%
trifluoroacetic acid/dichloromethane solution and stirred
overnight. After this time the reaction was diluted with water and
1 N potassium hydroxide was used to make the aqueous layer slightly
basic. The aqueous layer was extracted a total of seven times with
dichloromethane. The organic fractions were combined and dried over
sodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration provided the product
(2.96 g).
[1289] .sup.1H NMR (CDCl.sub.3, 300 MHz) 2.03 (s, 1H), 2.83 (s,
6H), 2.92 (m, 4H), 3.23 (m, 4H).
[1290] MS: calculated: 193.09, found: 194.1.
Preparative Example 120
[1291] 1165
[1292] In essentially the same manner as that described in
Preparative Example 105, Step 1, using 3-nitrobenzoic acid instead
of 3-nitrosalicylic acid, the methyl ester product was prepared.
1166
[1293] The methyl ester (1.79 g, 6.1 mmol) from Step A above, was
dissolved in dioxane/water (20 mL/15 mL) at room temperature.
Lithium hydroxide (0.258 g, 6.2 mmol) was added to the solution.
After a few hours more lithium hydroxide was added (0.128 g, 3.0
mmol) and the reaction was stirred for another hour. After this
time the reaction was concentrated and then taken up in water. The
solution was extracted two times with ether. The aqueous phase was
then acidified and extracted three times with ethyl acetate. The
organic fractions were then dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and
concentrated. Product was isolated by column chromatography (95%
EtOAc/Hex, 0.05% HOAc) to give the product (1.66 g, 98%).
[1294] .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) 1.49(m, 2H), 1.68(m, 1H),
1.82(m, 2H), 2.44(m, 1H) 3.32(m, 1H), 3.58(m, 1H), 5.57(m, 1H),
7.65(m, 1H), 7.80(m, 1H), 8.32(m, 2H), 10.04(bs, 1 Hppm). 1167
[1295] The nitro compound was dissolved in an excess of methanol
(20 mL) and covered by a blanket of argon. 5% Palladium on carbon
was added (catalytic) and a hydrogen balloon was attached to the
flask. The atmosphere of the system was purged under vacuum and
replaced with hydrogen. This step was repeated for a total of three
times. The reaction was then stirred under hydrogen overnight.
After this time the balloon was removed and the solution was
filtered through celite followed by several rinses with methanol.
The filtrate was concentrated and dried on the vacuum line to
provide the desired aniline product (1.33 g, 90%).
[1296] .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) 1.40(m, 2H), 1.50(m, 1H),
1.68(m, 2H), 2.33(m, 1H) 3.18(m, 1H), 3.62(m, 1H), 5.39(m, 1H),
6.12(bs, 2H), 6.75(m, 2H), 7.12(m, 1H)ppm. Mass Spectra,
calculated: 248, found: 249.1 (M+1).sup.+
Preparative Examples 121-123
[1297] Following the procedure described in Preparative Example
120, but using the commercially available amine and benzoic acid
indicated, the intermediate products in the table below were
obtained.
25 1. Yield (%) Carboxylic 2. (M + 1).sup.+ Ex. Acid Amine Product
3. Note 121 1168 1169 1170 1. 21% 2. 251.0 122 1171 1172 1173 1.
21% 2. 265.0 3. Skipped step B 123 1174 1175 1176 1. 15% 2. 264.0
3. Skipped step B
Preparative Example 124
[1298] 1177
[1299] Step A
[1300] 3-Nitrosalicylic acid (500 mg, 2.7 mmol),
1,3-dicyclohexylcarbodiim- ide (DCC) (563 mg) and ethyl acetate (10
mL) were combined and stirred for 10 min.
(R)-(-)-2-pyrrolidinemethanol (0.27 mL) was added and the resulting
suspension was stirred at room temperature overnight. The solid was
filtered off and the filtrate was either concentrated down and
directly purified or washed with 1 N NaOH. The aqueous phase was
acidified and extracted with EtOAc. The resulting organic phase was
dried over anhydrous MgSO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated in
vacuo. Purification of the residue by preparative plate
chromatography (silica gel, 5% MeOH/CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 saturated with
AcOH) gave the desired compound (338 mg, 46%, MH.sup.+=267).
[1301] Step B
[1302] The product from Step A above was stirred with 10% Pd/C
under a hydrogen gas atmosphere overnight. The reaction mixture was
filtered through celite, the filtrate concentrated in vacuo, and
the resulting residue purified by column chromatography (silica
gel, 4% MeOH/CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 saturated with NH.sub.4OH) to give
the product (129 mg, 43%, MH+=237).
Preparative Examples 125-145
[1303] Following the procedure described for Preparative Example
124, but using the commercially available amine or the amine from
the Preparative Example indicated and 3-nitrosalicylic acid, the
products in the table below were obtained.
26 Amine Comm. Avail./ 1. Yield (%) Ex. From Prep. Ex. Product 2.
(M + 1).sup.+ 125 1178 1179 1. 37% 2. 298.1 126 1180 1181 1. 31% 2.
310.1 127 1182 1183 1. 68% 2. 294.1 128 1184 1185 1. 54% 2. 365.9
129 1186 1187 1. 45% 2. 316.1 130 110 1188 1. 59% 2. 293.1 131 111
1189 1. 32% 2. 362.0 132 114 1190 1. 36% 2. 342.0 133 112 1191 1.
65% 2. 300.0 134 1192 1193 1. 48% 2. 321.1 135 1194 1195 1. 50% 2.
300.1 136 1196 1197 1. 56% 2. 299.2 137 115 1198 1. 79% 2. 280.1
138 116 1199 1. 64% 2. 307.1 139 1200 1201 1. 73% 2. 304.2 140 1202
1203 1. 34% 2. 264.0 141 117 1204 1. 40% 2. 307.1 142 113 1205 1.
91% 2. 307.1 143 118 1206 1. 9.0% 2. 326.0 144 119 1207 1. 42% 2.
329.0 145 1208 1209 1. 6.5% 2. 236.1
Preparative Example 146
[1304] 1210
[1305] Step A
[1306] To a solution of tosylaziridine [J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1998,
120, 6844-6845) (0.5 g, 2.1 mmol) and Cu(acac).sub.2 (55 mg, 0.21
mmol) in THF (5 mL) at 0.degree. C. was added PhMgBr (3.5 ml, 3.0 M
in THF) diluted with THF (8 mL) dropwise over 20 min. The resulting
solution was allowed to gradually warm to rt and was stirred for 12
h. Sat. aq. NH.sub.4Cl (5 mL), was added and the mixture was
extracted with Et.sub.2O (3.times.15 mL). The organic layers were
combined, washed with brine (1.times.10 mL), dried (MgSO.sub.4) and
concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude residue was purified
by preparative TLC eluting with hexane/EtOAc (4:1) to afford 0.57 g
(86% yield) of a solid. The purified tosylamine was taken on
directly to the next step.
[1307] Step B
[1308] To a solution of tosylamine (0.55 g, 1.75 mmol) in NH.sub.3
(20 mL) at -78.degree. C. was added sodium (0.40 g, 17.4 mmol). The
resulting solution was stirred at -78.degree. C. for 2 h whereupon
the mixture was treated with solid NH.sub.4Cl and allowed to warm
to rt. Once the NH.sub.3 had boiled off, the mixture was
partitioned between water (10 mL) and CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (10 mL). The
layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (2.times.10 mL). The organic layers were
combined,), dried (NaSO.sub.4), and concentrated under reduced
pressure to a volume of 20 mL. 4N HCl in dioxane (5 mL) was added
and the mixture was stirred for 5 min. The mixture was concentrated
under reduced pressure and the resultant crude residue was
recrystallized from EtOH/Et.sub.2O to afford 0.30 g (87% yield) of
a solid.
Preparative Examples 147-156.10
[1309] Following the procedure set forth in Preparative Example 146
but using the requisite tosylaziridines and Grignard reagents
listed in the Table below, the following racemic amine
hydrochloride products were obtained.
27 Prep Tosyl Grignard Amine Ex. aziridine Reagent hydrochloride 1.
Yield (%) 147 1211 MeMgBr 1212 1. 19% 148 1213 EtMgBr 1214 1. 56%
149 1215 n-PrMgBr 1216 1. 70% 150 1217 i-PrMgCl 1218 1. 41% 151
1219 BnMgCl 1220 1. 61% 152 1221 MeMgBr 1222 1. 61% 153 1223 EtMgBr
1224 1. 66% 154 1225 n-PrMgBr 1226 1. 80% 155 1227 i-PrMgBr 1228 1.
27% 156 1229 BnMgCl 1230 1. 79% 156.1 1231 1232 1233 52% 156.2 1234
1235 1236 49% 156.3 1237 1238 1239 61% 156.4 1240 1241 1242 57%
156.5 1243 1244 1245 64% 156.6 1246 1247 1248 64% 156.7 1249 1250
1251 45% 156.8 1252 1253 1254 23% 156.9 1255 1256 1257 40% 156.10
1258 1259 1260 15%
Preparative Example 156.11
[1310] 1261
[1311] Step A
[1312] To a solution of the amine (118 mg) from Preparative Example
148 in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (10 ml) was added triethylamine (120 ul),
R-Mandelic Acid (164 mg), DCC (213 mg) and DMAP (8.8 mg)and let
stir for 40 hr. The mixture was diluted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 and
washed with saturated ammonium chloride, dried over
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude
material was purified by preparative plate chromatography
(Hex/EtOAc 4:1) to afford both isomers (A, 86 mg, 45%) (B, 90 mg,
48%).
[1313] Step B
[1314] To isomer B (90 mg) from above in dioxane (5 ml) was added
6M H.sub.2SO.sub.4 (5 ml). The reaction was heated to 80.degree. C.
over the weekend. 2M NaOH added to basify the reaction and
extracted with ether. Ether layer washed with brine, dried over
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue
was stirred in 4N HCl in dioxane for 30 min, concentrated in vacuo
and recrystallized in EtOH/ether to afford 55 mg of product
(98%).
[1315] Step C
[1316] Isomer A (86 mg) was reacted following the procedure set
forth in Step B above to give the amine salt.
Preparative Example 156.12
[1317] 1262
[1318] The above nitro compound was reduced following the
Preparative Example 2, Step B.
Preparative Example 156.13
[1319] 1263
[1320] To a solution of 1,2-phenylenediame (1.5 g) in
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (30 ml) at 0.degree. C. was added TEA (2.91 ml),
followed by dropwise addition of MeSO.sub.2Cl (1.07 ml). The
mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stir overnight.
1 M HCl added and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was
adjusted to pH=11 with solid NaOH, extracted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2.
The basified aqueous layer was then neutralized using 3N HCl and
extracted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2, dried with Na.sub.2SO.sub.4,
filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to give 1.8 g of product
(71%).
Preparative Example 156.14
[1321] 1264
[1322] The above compound was prepared using the procedure set
forth in Preparative Example 156.13, but using PhSO.sub.2Cl.
Preparative Example 156.15
[1323] 1265
[1324] The nitro compound was reduced following a similar procedure
as in Preparative Example 2, Step B.
Preparative Example 156.16
[1325] 1266
[1326] Step A
[1327] The known acid (410 mg) above (J. Med. Chem. 1996, 34,
4654.) was reacted following the procedure set forth in Preparative
Example 2, Step A to yield 380 mg of an oil (80%).
[1328] Step B
[1329] The amide (200 mg) from above was reacted following the
procedure set forth in Preparative Example 2, Step B to yield 170
mg of an oil (100%).
Preparative Example 156.17
[1330] 1267
[1331] Step A
[1332] To a solution of ketone (500 mg) in EtOH/water (3:1, 4 ml)
at room temperature was added hydroxylamine hydrochloride (214 mg)
followed by NaOH to afford a heterogenous mixture. The reaction was
not complete so another equivalent of hydroxylamine hydrochloride
was added and refluxed overnight. The reaction was cooled to
0.degree. C. and treated with 3N HCl and extracted with
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2, washed with brine, dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4,
filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to give 500 mg of product
(92%).
[1333] Step B
[1334] To a solution of oxime (300 mg) in THF (5 ml) at 0.degree.
C. was added LiAlH.sub.4 (266 mg) portionwise. The heterogenous
solution was stirred at room temperature for 14 hr and then
refluxed for 8 hr. The solution was cooled to 0.degree. C. and
water, 2M NaOH, water and ether were added to the reaction. The
mixture was filtered through a celite pad. The filtrate was treated
with 3N HCl. The aqueous layer was cooled to 0.degree. C., basified
with NaOH pellets and extracted with ether. The ether layer was
dried over MgSO.sub.4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to
afford the product (143 mg, 69%).
Preparative Example 156.18
[1335] 1268
[1336] Step A
[1337] Methoxyacetic acid (14 mL) in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (120 mL) and
cooled in an ice-water bath was treated with DMF (0.9 mL) and
oxalyl chloride (21 mL). After stirring at RT overnight, the
mixture was concentrated in vacuo and redissolved in
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (120 mL). N-methyl-N-methoxylamine (20 g) was
added, and the mixture stirred at RT overnight. Filtration and
concentration in vacuo afforded the desired amide (21 g, 89%).
[1338] Step B
[1339] To a solution of the above amide (260 mg) in THF (5 ml) at
-78.degree. C. was added a solution of 2-thienyllithium (1 M in
THF, 2.15 ml). The solution was stirred for 2 hr at -78.degree. C.
and warmed to -20.degree. C. for an additional 2 hr. The reaction
was quenched with saturated ammonium chloride and extracted with
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2, washed with brine, dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4,
filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to give 250 mg of product
(82%).
[1340] Step C
[1341] The ketone from above (250 mg) was reacted via the procedure
set forth in Preparative Example 156.17 Steps A and B to yield 176
mg of the amine (79%).
Preparative Example 156.19
[1342] 1269
[1343] Step A
[1344] To a solution of 3-chlorothiophene (1.16 ml) in ether (20
ml) at -10.degree. C. was added n-BuLi (2.5M in hexane, 5 ml).
After solution was stirred at -10.degree. C. for 20 min,
propionaldehyde (0.82 ml) in ether (20 ml) was added dropwise and
let warm to room temperature slowly. The reaction was quenched with
saturated ammonium chloride and extracted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2,
washed with brine, dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered, and
concentrated in vacuo to give 1.37 g of product (62%).
[1345] Step B
[1346] The alcohol from Step A above was reacted via the procedures
set forth in Preparative Example 75.75, Steps B and C to give the
amine.
Preparative Example 156.20
[1347] 1270
[1348] Step A
[1349] To a solution of magnesium metal (360 mg) in THF (15 ml) at
0.degree. C. was added 2-bromothiophene (1.45 ml) in THF (10 ml)
dropwise over 20 min. The solution was warmed to room temperature
for 3 hr, recooled to 0.degree. C. whereupon a solution of
cyclopropylacetonitrile (1 g) in ether (30 ml) was added dropwise
via a syringe and let warm to room temperature and stir overnight.
3M HCl was added and washed with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2. The aqueous
layer was basified with NaOH pellets and extracted with ether,
dried with Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to
give 625 mg of product (68%).
[1350] Step B
[1351] The ketone was reacted via the procedure set forth in
Preparative Example 156.17 Step A to give the oxime.
[1352] Step C
[1353] The oxime from above was reacted via the procedure set forth
in Preparative Example 156.17 Step B to give the amine.
Preparative Example 156.21
[1354] 1271
[1355] Step A
[1356] To a solution of CH.sub.3ONHCH.sub.3.HCl (780 mg) and acid
chloride (19) in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 at 0.degree. C. was added dry
pyridine (1.35 ml) to afford a heterogenous mixture The solution
was warmed to room temperature and stirred overnight. 1 M HCl was
added to the reaction and the organic layer was separated, washed
with brine, dried with Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered, and concentrated
in vacuo to give 1 g of product (85%).
[1357] Step B
[1358] To a solution of Etl (614 ul) in ether (5 ml) at -78.degree.
C. was added t-BuLi (1.7M in pentane, 9 ml) dropwise. The mixture
was warmed to room temperature for 1 hr, cooled to -78.degree. C.
where the amide (1 g) from Step A in THF (4 ml) was added and
allowed to warm to 0.degree. C. for 2 hr. 1 M HCl was added to the
reaction and extracted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2, washed with brine,
dried with Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to
give 500 mg of product (63%).
[1359] Step C
[1360] To a solution of ketone (800 mg) in THF/water (10:1, 20 ml)
at 0.degree. C. was added sodium borohydride (363 mg) portionwise.
The solution was stirred for 2 hr at 0.degree. C. The mixture was
concentrated in vacuo, the residue was dissolved in
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2, washed with 1 N NaOH and brine, dried with
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to give 560
mg of product (69%).
[1361] Step D
[1362] The alcohol from above was reacted via the procedures set
forth in Preparative Example 75.75, Steps B and C to give the amine
(176 mg, 59%).
Preparative Example 156.22
[1363] 1272
[1364] Step A
[1365] Cyclopropylacetonitrile (12 mmol) in Et.sub.2O (50 mL) at
0.degree. C. was treated with PhMgBr (14 mmol) and the mixture was
stirred for 2 hrs at 0.degree. C., then at RT overnight.
Hydrochloric acid (3 M) was added, and after stirring for an
additional 12 hrs, the mixture was extracted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2,
washed with brine, dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered and
concentrated in vacuo to give the desired ketone (1.34 g, 70%).
[1366] Step B
[1367] Following the procedures set forth in Preparative Example
156.20 Steps B and C, the amine was prepared.
Preparative Example 156.23
[1368] 1273
[1369] The above amine was prepared using the procedures set forth
in WO Patent Publication 98/11064.
Preparative Example 157
[1370] 1274
[1371] Step A
[1372] By taking the known carboxylic acid [J. Med. Chem. 1996, 39,
4654-4666] and subjecting it to the conditions outlined in
Preparative Example 112, the product can be prepared.
[1373] Step B
[1374] Following a similar procedure used in Preparative Example 2,
Step A, except using dimethylamine and the compound from Step A
above, the product can be prepared.
[1375] Step C
[1376] Following a similar procedure used in Preparative Example 2,
Step B, except using the compound from Step B above, the product
can be prepared.
Preparative Example 158
[1377] 1275
[1378] Following a similar procedure used in Preparative Example
157, Steps A-C, except using trifluoromethylsulfonylchloride in
Step A above, the product can be prepared.
Preparative Example 500.1
[1379] 1276
[1380] Step A
[1381] By using the nitro-amide from Preparative Example 13.3, Step
A, the amidine structure can be prepared following a similar
procedure to that in Tetrahedron Lett., 2000, 41 (11),
1677-1680.
[1382] Step B
[1383] By using the product from Step A and the procedure set forth
in Preparative Example 2, Step B, one could obtain the desired
amine-amidine.
Alternate Preparative Example 500.2
[1384] 1277
[1385] Step A
[1386] By treating the nitro-amide from Preparative Example 13.3,
Step B with POCl.sub.3 and subsequently MeNH.sub.2, according to
procedures known in the art, one would obtain the desired
compound.
[1387] Step B
[1388] By treating the product from Step A according to the
procedure set forth in Preparative Example 13.3, Step E, one could
obtain the desired compound.
[1389] Step C
[1390] By using the product from Step B and the procedure set forth
in Preparative Example 2 Step B, one would obtain the desired
compound.
Preparative Example 500.3
[1391] 1278
[1392] Step A
[1393] By following a similar procedure as that described in Zh.
Obshch. Khim, 27, 1957, 754, 757., but instead using
2,4-dichlorophenol and dimethylphosphinic chloride, one would
obtain the desired compound.
[1394] Step B
[1395] By following a similar procedure as that described in J.
Organomet. Chem.; 317, 1986, 11-22, one would obtain the desired
compound.
[1396] Step C
[1397] By following a similar procedure as that described in J.
Amer. Chem. Soc., 77, 1955, 6221, one would obtain the desired
compound.
[1398] Step D
[1399] By following a similar procedure as that described in J.
Med. Chem., 27, 1984, 654-659, one would obtain the desired
compound.
Alternate Preparative Example 500.4
[1400] 1279
[1401] Step A
[1402] By following a similar procedure as that described in
Phosphorous, Sulfur Silicon Relat. Elem.; EN; 61, 12,1991, 119-129,
but instead using 4-chlorophenol, one would obtain the desired
compound.
[1403] Step B
[1404] By using a similar procedure as that in Phosphorous, Sulfur
Silicon Relat. Elem.; EN; 61,12,1991,119-129, but instead using
MeMgBr, the desired compound could be prepared.
[1405] Step C
[1406] By following a similar procedure as that described in J.
Amer. Chem. Soc., 77, 1955, 6221, one would obtain the desired
compound.
[1407] Step D
[1408] By following a similar procedure as that described in J.
Med. Chem., 27, 1984, 654-659, one would obtain the desired
compound.
Preparative Example 500.5
[1409] 1280
[1410] By following a similar procedure as that set forth in J.
Org. Chem. 1998, 63, 2824-2828, but using CH.sub.3CCMgBr, one could
obtain the desired compound.
Preparative Example 500.6
[1411] 1281
[1412] Step A
[1413] By following the procedure set forth in Preparative Example
13.1, Step B using 3-methoxythiophene, one can obtain the desired
product.
[1414] Step B
[1415] By using the product from step A and following the procedure
set forth in Preparative Example 13.19, Step E, the desired
compound can be obtained.
[1416] Step C
[1417] By using the product from Step B and following the procedure
set forth in Preparative Example 13.29, Step D, one can obtain the
desired compound.
[1418] Step D
[1419] By using the product from Step C and following the procedure
set forth in Preparative Example 13.3, Step B, the desired compound
can be obtained.
[1420] Step E
[1421] By treating the product from Step D with n-BuLi at
-78.degree. C. in THF and quenching the resulting anion with
CO.sub.2 according to standard literature procedure, one would
obtain the desired compound following aqueous acid work up.
[1422] Step F
[1423] By using the product from Step E and the procedure set forth
in Prepartive Example 13.19, Step C, one could obtain the desired
compound.
[1424] Step G
[1425] By using the product from step F and following the procedure
set forth in Preparative Example 13.19, Step E, the desired
compound can be obtained.
[1426] Step H
[1427] By using the product from Step G and following the procedure
set forth in Preparative Example 2, Step B, the desired compound
can be obtained.
[1428] Step I
[1429] By using the product from Step H and following the procedure
set forth in Preparative Example 19, the desired compound can be
prepared.
EXAMPLE 200
[1430] 1282
[1431] To a solution of the HCl salt product (83 mg, 0.50 mmol)
from Preparative Example 24, in EtOH (3 mL) at room temperature was
added Et.sub.3N (55 .mu.L, 0.50 mmol) and the mixture was stirred
for 10 min. The cyclobutenedione (100 mg, 0.33 mmol) from
Preparative Example 19 in EtOH was then added in a single portion
and the mixture was stirred for 12 h at room temperature. The
mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and was purified by
preparative TLC (4.times.1000 .mu.M plates) eluting with
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2/MeOH (25:1) to afford 116 mg (91% yield) of the
desired product as a solid [MH+389.1, mp 241-243.degree. C.].
Examples 201-209
[1432] Following the procedure set forth in Preparative Example 200
but using the appropriate amine hydrochlorides from Preparative
Examples 25-33 as identified and the cyclobutenedione intermediate
from Preparative Example 19, the cyclobutenedione products in the
Table below were obtained.
28 1. Yield (%) (Prep Ex.) 2. MH.sup.+ Ex. Amine Product 3. mp
(.degree. C.) 201 1283 1284 1. 89% 2. 375.1 3. 255.5-257.3 202 1285
1286 1. 92% 2. 465.1 3. 149.0-152.3 203 1287 1288 1. 68% 2. 451.1
3. 282-284 204 1289 1290 1. 74% 2. 493.1 3. 141 205 1291 1292 1.
48% 2. 479.1 3. 142 206 1293 1294 1. 41% 2. 479.1 3. 142 207 1295
1296 1. 59% 2. 479.1 3. 141 208 1297 1298 1. 34% 2. 493.1 3. 140
209 1299 1300 1. 40% 2. 493.1 3. 142 209.1 (33.1) 1301 1. 59%
143-145
Example 209.2
[1433] 1302
[1434] The crude amine product from Preparative Example 33.2 and
the cyclobutendione component from Preparative Example 19.1 (36 mg)
were dissolved in MeOH/DIEA (2.5 ml/5/1) and irradiated via
microwave (50W, 1 hr). The reaction was concentrated in vacuo and
purified by Gilson semi-prep. HPLC to give the final product (68%,
MH+=485.2).
Examples 209.3-209.50
[1435] Following the procedure set forth in Example 209.2, but
using the prepared amine from the Preparative Example indicated in
the Table below, the following cyclobutenedione products were
obtained.
29 (Prep Ex.) 1. Yield (%) Ex. Amine Product 2. MH.sup.+ 209.3
(33.3) 1303 1. 50% 2. 541.2 209.4 (33.4) 1304 1. 32% 2. 549.1 209.5
(33.5) 1305 1. 65% 2. 493.1 209.6 (33.6) 1306 1. 64% 2. 491.1
209.10 (33.7) 1307 1. 90% 2. 457.2 209.11 (33.8) 1308 1. 35% 2.
505.0 209.12 (33.9) 1309 1. 70% 2. 493.1 209.13 (33.10) 1310 1. 75%
2. 480.2 209.14 (33.11) 1311 1. 74% 2. 465.1 209.15 (33.12) 1312 1.
62% 2. 479.1 209.16 (33.13) 1313 1. 31% 2. 466.2 209.17 (33.14)
1314 1. 79% 2. 495.2 209.18 (33.15) 1315 1. 99% 2. 479.2 209.19
(33.16) 1316 1. 47% 2. 466.2 209.20 (33.17) 1317 1. 72% 2. 479.1
209.21 (33.18) 1318 1. 92% 2. 493.1 209.22 (33.19) 1319 1. 47% 2.
499.1 209.23 (33.20) 1320 1. 7% 2. 490.0 209.24 (33.21) 1321 1. 15%
2. 533.1 209.25 (33.22) 1322 1. 88% 2. 451.1 209.26 (33.23) 1323 1.
26% 2. 523.0 209.27 (33.24) 1324 1. 54% 2. 433.1 209.28 (33.25)
1325 1. 59% 2. 466.2 209.29 (33.26) 1326 1. 66% 2. 560.2 209.30
(33.27) 1327 1. 98% 2. 495.1 209.31 (33.28) 1328 1. 99% 2. 471.2
209.32 (33.29) 1329 1. 99% 2. 471.2 209.33 (33.30) 1330 1. 18% 2.
524.2 209.34 (33.31) 1331 1. 78% 2. 479.2 209.35 (33.32) 1332 1.
71% 2. 459.2 209.36 (33.33) 1333 1. 5% 2. 491.0 209.37 (33.34) 1334
1. 27% 2. 501.1 209.38 (33.35) 1335 1. 26% 2. 533.1 209.39 (33.36)
1336 1. 48% 2. 451.1 209.40 (33.37) 1337 1. 99% 2. 455.1 209.41
(33.38) 1338 1. 88% 2. 527.1 209.42 (33.39) 1339 1. 74% 2. 485.2
209.43 (33.40) 1340 1. 20% 2. 492.5 209.44 (33.41) 1341 1. 68% 2.
541.1 209.45 (33.42) 1342 1. 13% 2. 508.9 209.46 (33.43) 1343 1.
86% 2. 479.1 209.47 (33.44) 1344 1. 34% 2. 507.0 209.48 (33.45)
1345 1. 56% 2. 429.1 209.49 (33.46) 1346 1. 18% 2. 495.0 209.50
(33.47) 1347 1. 22% 2. 501.0
Example 210
[1436] 1348
[1437] To a solution of amine (0.17 g, 1 mmol) from Preparative
Example 34 in EtOH (3 mL) at room temperature was added the
cyclobutenedione from Preparative Example 19 (100 mg, 0.33 mmol) in
one portion. The resulting mixture was stirred for 5 h (until TLC
analysis revealed reaction complete) and was concentrated under
reduced pressure. The crude residue was redissolved in
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (15 mL) and was washed sequentially with 10%
KH.sub.2PO.sub.4 (2.times.15 mL) and brine (1.times.15 mL). The
organic layer was dried (Na.sub.2SO.sub.4) and concentrated under
reduced pressure to afford the crude adduct. The crude product was
purified by prep TLC (4.times.1000 uM plates) eluting with
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2/MeOH (20:1) to afford 83 mg (59% yield) of the
desired product as a solid.
Examples 211-260
[1438] Following the procedure set forth in Example 210 but using
the commercially available amine or the prepared amine from the
Preparative Example indicated in the Table below, the following
cyclobutenedione products were obtained.
30 1. Yield (%) (Prep Ex) 2. MH.sup.+ Ex. Amine Product 3. mp
(.degree. C.) 211 1349 1350 1. 75% 2. 412.1 3. 126 212 1351 1352 1.
42% 2. 438.1 3. 106 213 1353 1354 1. 73% 2. 428.1 3. 139 214 1355
1356 1. 40% 2. 462.1 3. 160 215 1357 1358 1. 52% 2. 408.1 3. 126
216 1359 1360 1. 32% 2. 478.1 3. 176 217 1361 1362 1. 50% 2. 412.1
3. 126 218 1363 1364 1. 55% 2. 478.1 3. 110 219 1365 1366 1. 67% 2.
438.1 3. 122 220 1367 1368 1. 73% 2. 462.1 3. 118 221 1369 1370 1.
67% 2. 424.1 3. 100 222 1371 1372 1. 61% 2. 478.1 3. 114 223 1373
1374 1. 50% 2. 408.1 3. 157-159 224 1375 1376 1. 75% 2. 366.1 3.
110-112 225 1377 1378 1. 81% 2. 380.1 3. 118-120 226 1379 1380 1.
69% 2. 394.1 3. 123-125 227 1381 1382 1. 80% 2. 367.1 3. 122-125
228 1383 1384 1. 72% 2. 381.1 3. 133-135 229 1385 1386 1. 81% 2.
395.1 3. 141-143 230 1387 1388 1. 75% 2. 356.1 3. 103-104 231 1389
1390 1. 24% 2. 370.1 3. 101 232 1391 1392 1. 16% 2. 384.1 3. 70 233
1393 1394 1. 72% 2. 373.4 3. 104-106 234 1395 1396 1. 34% 2. 387.1
3. 99 235 1397 1398 1. 48% 2. 380.1 3. 118-120 236 1399 1400 1. 72%
2. 380.1 3. 119-120 237 1401 1402 1. 72% 2. 398.1 3. 121-123 238
1403 1404 1. 44% 2. 398.1 3. 121-123 239 1405 1406 1. 60% 2. 394.1
3. 123-124 240 1407 1408 1. 52% 2. 394.1 3. 122-124 241 1409 1410
1. 34% 2. 428.4 3. 157-159 242 1411 1412 1. 70% 2. 412.1 3. 109-112
243 1413 1414 1. 69% 2. 412.1 3. 110-112 244 1415 1416 1. 89% 2.
412.1 3. 126 245 1417 1418 1. 81% 2. 412.1 3. 126 246 1419 1420 1.
65% 2. 424.1 3. 121-124 247 1421 1422 1. 73% 2. 424.1 3. 122-124
248 1423 1424 1. 29% 2. 372.1 3. 219-221 249 1425 1426 1. 66% 2.
394.1 3. 132-135 250 1427 1428 1. 75% 2. 332 251 1429 1430 1. 74%
2. 408.1 3. 121-123 252 1431 1432 1. 76% 2. 408.1 3. 102-104 253
1433 1434 1. 72% 2. 438.1 3. 75-77 254 1435 1436 1. 80% 2. 392.1 3.
98-101 255 1437 1438 1. 72% 2. 420.1 3. 200-205 256 1439 1440 1.
75% 2. 434.1 3. 138-140 257 1441 1442 1. 67% 2. 410.1 3. 116-118
258 1443 1444 1. 76% 2. 424.1 3. 108-110 259 1445 1446 1. 75% 2.
430.1 3. 125 260 1447 1448 1. 78% 2. 422.1 3. 127 260.1 1449 1450
1. 74% 2. 426.1 3. 114 DEC 260.2 1451 1452 1. 85% 2. 436.1 3. 143
DEC 260.3 1453 1454 1. 56% 2. 474.1 3. 121-123 260.4 1455 1456 1.
71% 2. 500.1 3. 97(DEC) 260.6 1457 1458 1. 61% 2. 465 3. 102-107
260.7 1459 1460 1. 78% 2. 422.1 3. 114 DEC 260.8 1461 1462 1. 35%
2. 486.1 3. 103-105 260.9 1463 1464 1. 79% 2. 470 3. 110-115 260.10
1465 1466 1. 62% 2. 462.1 3. 110 DEC 260.11 1467 1468 1. 61% 2.
446.1 3. 118 DEC 260.12 1469 1470 1. 58% 2. 480.1 3. 111 DEC 260.13
1471 1472 1. 87% 2. 438.1 3. 122 260.14 1473 1474 1. 74% 2. 408.1
3. 128-130 260.15 1475 1476 1. 78% 2. 430.1 3. 117 DEC 260.16 1477
1478 1. 81% 2. 452.1 3. 139 260.17 1479 1480 1. 85% 2. 426.1 3. 126
260.18 1481 1482 1. 50% 2. 482.1 3. 114-116 260.19 1483 1484 1. 64%
2. 450.1 3. 129 260.20 1485 1486 1. 72% 2. 424.1 3. 116 260.21 1487
1488 1. 35% 2. 434.1 3. 124 260.22 1489 1490 1. 58% 2. 420.1 3.
107-109 260.23 1491 1492 1. 69% 2. 440.1 3. 169 260.24 1493 1494 1.
15% 2. 404.1 3. 103-105 260.25 1495 1496 1. 92% 2. 434.1 3. 113-105
260.26 1497 1498 1. 77% 2. 434.1 3. 133 260.27 1499 1500 1. 73% 2.
434.1 3. 138 260.28 1501 1502 1. 37% 2. 434.1 3. 133
Example 261
[1439] 1503
[1440] To a solution of the amine (77 .mu.L, 0.66 mmol) in EtOH (3
mL) at room temperature was added the product from Preparative
Example 19 (100 mg, 0.33 mmol) in one portion. The resulting
mixture was stirred for 5 h (until TLC analysis revealed reaction
complete) and was then concentrated under reduced pressure. The
crude residue was redissolved in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (15 mL) and was
washed sequentially with 10% KH.sub.2PO.sub.4 (2.times.15 mL) and
brine (1.times.15 mL). The organic layer was dried
(Na.sub.2SO.sub.4) and concentrated under reduced pressure to
afford the crude adduct. The crude product was purified by prep TLC
(4.times.1000 uM plates) eluting with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2/MeOH (20:1)
to afford 82 mg (72% yield) of the desired product as a solid. (mp
126.0-128.0.degree. C., MH.sup.+346)
Examples 262-360.108
[1441] Following the procedure set forth in Example 261 but using
the commercially availability amine or the prepared amine from the
Preparative Example indicated in the table below, the following
cyclobutenedione products were obtained.
31 1. Yield (%) 2. MH.sup.+ Ex. Amine Product 3. mp (.degree. C.)
262 1504 1505 1. 74% 2. 330.1 3. 112-115 263 1506 1507 1. 64% 2.
344.1 3. 120-122 264 1508 1509 1. 72% 2. 358.4 3. 129-132 265 1510
1511 1. 76% 2. 372.1 3. 141-143 266 1512 1513 1. 57% 2. 372.1 3.
102 267 1514 1515 1. 65% 2. 386.1 3. 146 268 1516 1517 1. 65% 2.
464.1 3. 110-112 269 1518 1519 1. 85% 2. 464.1 3. 111-113 270 1520
1521 1. 49% 2. 374.1 3. 146 271 1522 1523 1. 69% 2. 374.1 3.
158-162 272 1524 1525 1. 54% 2. 430.1 3. 108 273 1526 1527 1. 65%
2. 430.1 3. 110 274 1528 1529 1. 53% 2. 388.1 3. 136 275 1530 1531
1. 30% 2. 388.1 3. 114 276 1532 1533 1. 53% 2. 402.1 3. 126 277
1534 1535 1. 68% 2. 402.1 3. 116 278 1536 1537 1. 64% 2. 372.1 3.
106 279 1538 1539 1. 69% 2. 434.1 3. 141-143 280 1540 1541 1. 51%
2. 434.1 3. 148-150 281 1542 1543 1. 71% 2. 406.1 3. 146-148 282
1544 1545 1. 66% 2. 406.1 3. 141-144 283 1546 1547 1. 70% 2. 450.1
3. 97-99 284 1548 1549 1. 25% 2. 360.1 3. 139 285 1550 1551 1. 78%
2. 416.1 3. 94 286 1552 1553 1. 49% 2. 372.1 3. 139 287 1554 1555
1. 95% 2. 386.1 3. 139 288 1556 1557 1. 32% 2. 348 3. 130-133 289
1558 1559 1. 72% 2. 410.1 3. 138 290 1560 1561 1. 72% 2. 410.1 3.
132-134 291 1562 1563 1. 75% 2. 318.1 3. 96-98 292 1564 1565 1. 72%
2. 430.1 3. 125 293 1566 1567 1. 51% 2. 348 3. 109-111 294 1568
1569 1. 84% 2. 374 3. 150.3 295 1570 1571 1. 56% 2. 386 3. 142.3
296 1572 1573 1. 38% 2. 382 3. 173.4 297 1574 1575 1. 13% 2. 370 3.
135.1 298 1576 1577 1. 47% 2. 424 3. 231.2-234.5 299 1578 1579 1.
34% 2. 316 3. 209.5 300 1580 1581 1. 92% 2. 392 3. 152.7 301 1582
1583 1. 52% 2. 346 3. 124.7 302 1584 1585 1. 51% 2. 346 3. 139.2
303 1586 1587 1. 29% 2. 408 3. 105 304 1588 1589 1. 24% 2. 372 3.
223.2 305 1590 1591 1. 25% 2. 442 3. 219.0 306 1592 1593 1. 83% 2.
386 3. 145 307 1594 1595 1. 58% 2. 400 3. 99.6 308 1596 1597 1. 60%
2. 414 3. 123.6 309 1598 1599 1. 44% 2. 412 3. 146.7 310 1600 1601
1. 39% 2. 432 3. 156.6 311 1602 1603 1. 65% 2. 448 3. 162.8 312
1604 1605 1. 53% 2. 449 3. 139.7 313 1606 1607 1. 64% 2. 454 3.
143.2 314 1608 1609 1. 35% 2. 428 3. 146.8 315 1610 1611 1. 72% 2.
476 3. 139.4 316 1612 1613 1. 36% 2. 402 3. 89.6 317 1614 1615 1.
62% 2. 400 3. 130.2 318 1616 1617 1. 46% 2. 400 3. 123.6 319 1618
1619 1. 64% 2. 400 3. 132.5 320 1620 1621 1. 79% 2. 406 3. 123.3
321 1622 1623 1. 17% 2. 440 3. 157.6 322 1624 1625 1. 58% 2. 428 3.
167.9 323 1626 1627 1. 50% 2. 422 3. 150.2 324 1628 1629 1. 20% 2.
462 3. 113.9 325 1630 1631 1. 95% 2. 360 3. 129.2 326 1632 1633 1.
97% 2. 360 3. 131.5 327 1634 1635 1. 39% 2. 318 3. 138.5 328 1636
1637 1. 54% 2. 408 3. 152.3 329 1638 1639 1. 62% 2. 346 3. 134.8
330 1640 1641 1. 55% 2. 346 3. 145.1 331 1642 1643 1. 61% 2. 400 3.
137.6 332 1644 1645 1. 42% 2. 374 3. 155.1 333 1646 1647 1. 45% 2.
348 3. 108-110 334 1648 1649 1. 29% 2. 424 3. 116 335 1650 1651 1.
15% 2. 414 3. 108-110 336 1652 1653 1. 75% 2. 408 3. 116 337 1654
1655 1. 75% 2. 408 3. 116 338 1656 1657 1. 59% 2. 424 3. 115-117
339 1658 1659 1. 72% 2. 424 3. 157-159 340 1660 1661 1. 19% 2. 332
3. 131 341 1662 1663 1. 86% 2. 360 3. 127 342 1664 1665 1. 98% 2.
346 3. 128 343 1666 1667 1. 80% 2. 374 3. 131.5 344 1668 1669 1.
46% 2. 374 3. 102 345 1670 1671 1. 75% 2. 388 3. 104 346 1672 1673
1. 76% 2. 438 3. 95 347 1674 1675 1. 72% 2. 424 3. 163-165 348 1676
1677 1. 73% 2. 438 3. 96-98 349 1678 1679 1. 53% 2. 362 3. 89-91
350 1680 1681 1. 59% 2. 362 3. 90-92 351 1682 1683 1. 61% 2. 362 3.
120-122 352 1684 1685 1. 70% 2. 362 3. 121-123 353 1686 1687 1. 23%
2. 371 3. 126 354 1688 1689 1. 79% 2. 370 3. 108 355 1690 1691 1.
80% 2. 370 3. 106 356 1692 1693 1. 56% 2. 450 3. 138-140 357 1694
1695 1. 76% 2. 398 3. 116 358 1696 1697 1. 85% 2. 384 3. 100 359
1698 1699 1. 59% 2. 332 3. 138.6 360 1700 1701 1. 47% 2. 332 3.
141.6 360.1 1702 1703 1. 89% 2. 356.1 3. 133-135 360.2 1704 1705 1.
65% 2. 334.1 3. 121-122 360.3 1706 1707 1. 60% 2. 348.1 3. 94-96
360.4 1708 1709 1. 29% 2. 414.1 3. 108-110 360.5 1710 1711 1. 67%
2. 348.1 3. 95-96 360.6 1712 1713 1. 62% 2. 414.1 3. 113-115 360.7
1714 1715 1. 68% 2. 414.1 3. 114-116 360.8 1716 1717 1. 74% 2. 374
3. 129.8 360.9 1718 1719 1. 61% 2. 388 3. 123.1 360.10 1720 1721 1.
53% 2. 388 3. 117.2 360.11 1722 1723 1. 37% 2. 388 3. 129.9 360.12
1724 1725 1. 62% 2. 374 3. 126.1 360.13 1726 1727 1. 71% 2. 400.1
3. 106-109 360.14 1728 1729 1. 66% 2. 400.1 3. 106-109 360.15 1730
1731 1. 69% 2. 372 3. 138.7 360.16 1732 1733 1. 54% 2. 346 3. 123.6
360.17 1734 1735 1. 53% 2. 388 3. 116.9 360.18 1736 1737 1. 87% 2.
384.1 3. 136 360.19 1738 1739 1. 92% 2. 384.1 3. 136 360.20 1740
1741 1. 27% 2. 386.1 3. 109-112 360.21 1742 1743 1. 31% 2. 400.1 3.
117-120 360.22 1744 1745 1. 61% 2. 396.1 3. 129 360.23 1746 1747 1.
69% 2. 396.1 3. 126 360.24 1748 1749 1. 74% 2. 398.1 3. 123 360.25
1750 1751 1. 76% 2. 398.1 3. 123 360.26 1752 1753 1. 60% 2. 384.1
3. 103-105 360.27 1754 1755 1. 67% 2. 384.1 3. 104-106 360.28 1756
1757 1. 70% 2. 386.1 3. 103-105 360.29 1758 1759 1. 64% 2. 400.1 3.
109-111 360.30 1760 1761 1. 63% 2. 398.1 3. 99-101 360.31 1762 1763
1. 57% 2. 398.1 3. 99-101 360.32 1764 1765 1. 45% 2. 400 3. 104.6
360.33 1766 1767 1. 44% 2. 386 3. 143 360.34 1768 1769 1. 73% 2.
356.1 3. 218-220 360.35 1770 1771 1. 97% 2. 406.1 3. 154 360.36
1772 1773 1. 77% 2. 414.1 3. 122-124 360.37 1774 1775 1. 70% 2.
412.1 3. 99-101 360.38 1776 1777 1. 69% 2. 416.1 3. 107-109 360.39
1778 1779 1. 43% 2. 454.1 3. 128-130 360.40 1780 1781 1. 40% 2.
374.1 3. 132-136 360.41 1782 1783 1. 60% 2. 345.1 3. 205-207 360.42
1784 1785 1. 96% 2. 412.1 3. 112 360.43 1786 1787 1. 30% 2. 434.1
3. 117-119 360.44 1788 1789 1. 96% 2. 410.1 3. 139 360.45 1790 1791
1. 65% 2. 384.1 3. 87-89 360.46 1792 1793 1. 50% 2. 434.1 3.
123-125 360.47 1794 1795 1. 74% 2. 412.1 3. 84-86 360.48 1796 1797
1. 73% 2. 400.1 3. 136-140 360.49 1798 1799 1. 74% 2. 412.1 3.
103-105 360.50 1800 1801 1. 63% 2. 434.1 3. 114-117 360.51 1802
1803 1. 74% 2. 414.1 3. 130-133 360.52 1804 1805 1. 71% 2. 426.1 3.
138 360.53 1806 1807 1. 41% 2. 414 3. 139-141 360.54 1808 1809 1.
32% 2. 426 3. 148-150 360.55 1810 1811 1. 57% 2. 428 3. 159-163
360.56 1812 1813 1. 44% 2. 464.1 3. 86-88 360.57 1814 1815 1. 37%
2. 442 3. 158-162 360.58 1816 1817 1. 53% 2. 494.1 3. 148-151
360.59 1818 1819 1. 63% 2. 528.1 3. 90-95 360.60 1820 1821 1. 73%
2. 438.1 3. 116 360.61 1822 1823 1. 55% 2. 494.1 3. 133-135 360.62
1824 1825 1. 83% 2. 412.1 3. 119 360.63 1826 1827 1. 66% 2. 440.1
3. 110 360.64 1828 1829 1. 49% 2. 410.1 3. 97 360.65 1830 1831 1.
40% 2. 442.1 3. 157-160 360.66 1832 1833 1. 75% 2. 400 3. 136-140
360.67 1834 1835 1. 63% 2. 528.1 3. 106-108 360.68 1836 1837 1. 10%
2. 401.1 3. 111-113 360.69 1838 1839 1. 5% 2. 426.1 360.70 1840
1841 1. 56% 2. 442.1 3. 152-154 360.71 1842 1843 1. 46% 2. 414.1 3.
122-124 360.72 1844 1845 1. 62% 2. 385.1 3. 130-133 360.73 1846
1847 1. 41% 2. 399.1 3. 83-85 360.74 1848 1849 1. 70% 2. 414.1 3.
98-101 360.75 1850 1851 1. 62% 2. 441.1 3. 98-102 360.76 1852 1853
1. 79% 2. 464.1 3. 111 360.77 1854 1855 1. 79% 2. 418.1 3. 107
360.78 1856 1857 1. 65% 2. 400.1 3. 109-112 360.79 1858 1859 1. 21%
2. 428.1 3. 126 360.80 1860 1861 1. 55% 2. 493.1 3. 155-158 360.81
1862 1863 1. 67% 2. 428.1 3. 138-140 360.82 1864 1865 1. 68% 2.
426.1 3. 121-123 360.83 1866 1867 1. 25% 2. 427.1 3. 139 360.84
1868 1869 1. 62% 2. 413.1 3. 128 360.85 1870 1871 1. 49% 2. 460.1
3. 112-114 360.86 1872 1873 1. 71% 2. 434.1 3. 91-93 360.87 1874
1875 1. 57% 2. 411.1 3. 125 360.88 1876 1877 1. 12% 2. 400.1 3.
131-133 360.89 1878 1879 1. 60% 2. 464.1 3. 111-113 360.90 1880
1881 1. 60% 2. 418.1 3. 113 360.91 1882 1883 1. 55% 2. 415.1 3.
140-143 360.92 1884 1885 1. 55% 2. 429 3. 185-190 360.93 1886 1887
1. 3% 2. 447.1 360.94 1888 1889 1. 71% 2. 452.1 3. 106 360.95 1890
1891 1. 44% 2. 439.1 3. 112 360.96 1892 1893 1. 71% 2. 464.1 3.
111-113 360.97 1894 1895 1. 70% 2. 398.1 3. 106-108 360.98 1896
1897 1. 46% 2. 426.1 3. 140-142 360.99 1898 1899 1. 62% 2. 399.1 3.
109-112 360.100 1900 1901 1. 60% 2. 466.1 3. 129-131 360.101 1902
1903 1. 49% 2. 446.1 3. 146 360.102 1904 1905 1. 48% 2. 432.1 3.
116 360.103 1906 1907 1. 62% 2. 418.1 3. 126 360.104 1908 1909 1.
47% 2. 430.1 3. 136 360.105 1910 1911 1. 42% 2. 461.1 3. 131-134
360.106 1912 1913 1. 93% 2. 426.1 3. 123-125 360.107 1914 1915 1.
26% 2. 454.1 3. 132-134 360.108 1916 1917 1. 12% 2. 479.1 3.
129-132 360.109 1918 1919 1. 67% 2. 410.1 3. 119-121 360.110 1920
1921 1. 71% 2. 412 3. 102 360.111 1922 1923 1. 64% 2. 440.1 3.
91-93 360.112 1924 1925 1. 79% 2. 412 3. 111-113 360.113 1926 1927
1. 20% 2. 440.1 3. 130 (DEC) 360.114 1928 1929 1. 61% 2. 438.1 3.
117-119 360.115 1930 1931 1. 61% 2. 440.1 3. 117-119 360.116 1932
1933 1. 81% 2. 452 3. 118 360.117 1934 1935 1. 65% 2. 466 3.
109
Examples 361-368.31
[1442] Following the procedure set forth in Example 261 but using
the commercially available amine in the table below and the
cyclobutenedione intermediate from the Preparative Example
indicated, the following cyclobutenedione products were
obtained.
32 1. Yield (%) Prep. 2. MH.sup.+ Ex. Amine Ex. Product 3. mp
(.degree. C.) 361 1936 20 1937 1. 57% 2. 422 3. 172.4 362 1938 21
1939 1. 53% 2. 408 3. 139.8 363 1940 21 1941 1. 70% 2. 374 3.
167.8-170.1 364 1942 23 1943 1. 21% 2. 334 3. 184.3 365 1944 23
1945 1. 61% 2. 348 3. 205.6 366 1946 21.1 1947 1. 75% 2. 344 3.
170-172 367 1948 21.1 1949 1. 66% 2. 330 3. 160-162 368 1950 22
1951 1. 31% 2. 436 3. 140-145 368.1 1952 20 1953 1. 8% 2. 374 3.
130-133 368.2 1954 23.1 1955 1. 56% 2. 372 3. 188-191 368.3 1956
23.1 1957 1. 67% 2. 406 3. 142-144 368.4 1958 23.2 1959 1. 69% 2.
408 3. 147-150 368.5 1960 23.2 1961 1. 67% 2. 374 3. 177-180 368.6
1962 23.3 1963 1. 45% 2. 385 3. 236-240 368.7 1964 23.3 1965 1. 35%
2. 425 3. 248-251 368.8 1966 23.2 1967 1. 66% 2. 414 3. 156-160
368.9 1968 23.4 1969 1. 78% 2. 428 3. 138-140 368.10 1970 23.5 1971
1. 46% 2. 428 3. 149-153 368.11 1972 23.6 1973 1. 54% 2. 412 3.
136-138 368.12 1974 21 1975 1. 30% 2. 414 3. 164-167 368.13 1976
23.1 1977 1. 25% 2. 412 3. 172-177 368.14 1978 23.7 1979 1. 21% 2.
434 3. 208-211 368.15 1980 23.8 1981 1. 27% 2. 478 3. 216-219
368.16 1982 23.9 1983 1. 63% 2. 400 368.17 1984 23.9 1985 1. 61% 2.
406.1 3. 127 DEC 368.18 1986 23.9 1987 1. 68% 2. 436.1 3. 128 DEC
368.19 1988 23.9 1989 1. 72% 2. 404.1 3. 126 DEC 368.20 1990 23.10
1991 1. 8.4% 2. 478 368.21 1992 23.9 1993 1. 39% 2. 432.1 3.
151-153 368.22 1994 23.12 1995 1. 78% 2. 414.1 3. 210 DEC 368.23
1996 23.11 1997 1. 4% 2. 504 368.24 1998 23.11 1999 1. 31% 2. 490
3. 241-245 368.25 2000 23.9 2001 1. 81% 2. 420.1 3. 126-128 368.26
2002 23.11 2003 1. 8% 2. 476 3. 193-198 368.27 2004 23.9 2005 1.
70% 2. 434.1 3 130 DEC 368.28 2006 23.11 2007 1. 83% 2. 506 3.
222-227 368.29 2008 23.11 2009 1. 17% 2. 464 3. 183-190 368.30 2010
23.13 2011 1. 6.5% 2. 438.1 368.31 2012 23.14 2013 1. 71% 2. 471.1
3. 149-151 368.32 2014 23.14 2015 1. 58% 2. 471.1 3. 149 368.33
2016 23.15A 2017 1. 33% 2. 440.1 3. 181 368.34 2018 23.15A 2019 1.
56% 2. 468 3. 180 368.35 2020 23.15A 2021 1. 28% 2. 480 3. 186
368.36 2022 23.15A 2023 1. 48% 2. 494 3. 112.5 368.37 2024 23.15B
2025 1. 58% 2. 592 3. 177-179 368.38 2026 23.15C 2027 1. 69% 2. 516
3. 88-90 368.39 2028 23.15D 2029 1. 80% 2. 530 3. 134-137 368.40
2030 23.15E 2031 1. 57% 2. 454 3. 138-140 368.41 2032 19.2 2033 1.
26% 2. 507 3. 162-164 368.42 3 23.25 2034 1. 82% 2. 466 3. 141-143
368.43 3 23.26 2035 1. 67% 2. 480 3. 139 dec 368.44 13.29 23.16
2036 1. 29% 2. 480 3. 112-114 368.45 13.29 23.26 2037 1. 88% 2. 508
3. 190 dec
EXAMPLES 369-378.23
[1443] Following the procedure set forth in Example 210 but using
the cyclobutenedione intermediate from Preparative Example
indicated and the amine from the Preparative Example indicated in
the Table below, the following cyclobutenedione products were
obtained.
33 Prep Ex of 1. Yield (%) Prep Ex of Cyclobutene 2. MH.sup.+ Ex.
Amine Intermediate Product 3. mp (.degree. C.) 369 8 87 2038 1. 41%
2. 422 3. 135-140 370 9 87 2039 1. 60% 2. 420 3. 120-125 371 10 87
2040 1. 59% 2. 450 3. 162-167 372 12 87 2041 1. 34% 2. 419 3.
157.2-168.2 373 12 88 2042 1. 18% 2. 371 3. 142.3-144.6 374 13 87
2043 1. 41% 2. 408 3. 245.3-247.8 375 5 87 2044 1. 32% 2. 366 3.
165.7 376 6 87 2045 1. 17% 2. 380 3. 173.5 377 7 87 2046 1. 48% 2.
436 3. 175.6 378 2047 87 2048 1. 62% 2. 364 3. 155-160 378.1 3 88.3
2049 1. 73% 2. 438.1 3. 116 378.2 3 88.2 2050 1. 58% 2. 454 3.
140-142 378.3 13.3 87 2051 1. 43% 2. 472 3. 206-209 378.4 3 23.16
2052 1. 69% 2. 438.1 3. 116 378.5 3 23.17 2053 1. 73% 2. 438.1 3.
116 378.6 13.4 87 2054 1. 10% 2. 470 3. 198-201 DEC 378.7 13.5 87
2055 1. 16% 2. 471 3. 246-248 378.8 13.3 23.16 2056 1. 30% 2.
516/518 3. 234-240 DEC 378.9 13.19 23.16 2057 1. 65% 2. 444.1
378.10 3 23.20 2058 1. 78% 2. 488 3. 137-140 378.11 2059 88.1 2060
1. 24% 2. 371 3. 254-260 DEC 378.12 13.6 88.1 2061 1. 3% 2. 542
378.13 13.7 88.1 2062 1. 9% 2. 542 378.14 2063 88.1 2064 1. 48% 2.
434 3. 150-152 378.15 3 23.19 2065 1. 71% 2. 488 3. 136-138 378.16
3 23.22 2066 1. 35% 2. 424.1 3. 132 378.17 13.9 88.1 2067 1. 13% 2.
440 3. 219-223 378.18 13.10 88.1 2068 1. 26% 2. 406 3. 242-249 DEC
378.19 13.8 88.1 2069 1. 18% 2. 395 378.20 3 23.18 2070 1. 53% 2.
478.1 3. 126 378.21 3 23.21 2071 1. 66% 2. 466 3. 106 378.22 3
23.24 2072 1. 73% 2. 502.1 3. 121 378.23 3 23.23 2073 1. 57% 2.
458.1 3. 129
EXAMPLES 378.25-378.89
[1444] Following the procedure set forth in Example 210 but using
the cyclobutenedione intermediate from Preparative Example
indicated and the amine from the Preparative Example indicated in
the Table below, the following cyclobutenedione products were
obtained.
34 Prep Ex of Cyclo- butene Prep Ex Inter- 1. Yield (%) Ex. of
Amine mediate Product 2. MH.sup.+ 378.25 11.10 87.1 2074 1. 71% 2.
480.0 378.26 10.28 87.1 2075 1. 60% 2. 449.9 378.27 11.11 88.4 2076
1. 25% 2. 540.1 [M + Na.sup.+] 378.28 10.36 87.1 2077 1. 16% 2.
465.0 378.29 10.7 88.5 2078 1. 46% 2. 440.4 378.30 10.9 88.4 2079
1. 43% 2. 934.9 [dimer + 1].sup.+ 378.31 11.12 88.4 2080 1. 48% 2.
464.0 378.32 10.35 87.1 2081 1. 17% 2. 437 378.33 10.8 87.1 2082 1.
10% 2. 481.9 378.34 11.13 87.1 2083 1. 55% 2. 463.9 378.35 10.29
87.1 2084 1. 34% 2. 471.9 378.36 10.48 87.1 2085 1. 4% 2. 433.9
378.36 10.10 87.1 2086 1. 85% 2. 451.9 378.37 10.31 87.1 2087 1.
36% 2. 423.8 378.38 10.17 87.1 2088 1. 85% 2. 521.1 378.39 10.32
87.1 2089 1. 63% 2. 409.9 378.40 2090 87.1 2091 1. 44% 2. 323.1
378.41 10.33 87.1 2092 1. 20% 2. 486.0 378.42 10.13 87.1 2093 1.
47% 2. 520.1 378.43 10.34 87.1 2094 1. 18% 2. 449.9 378.44 11.14
87.1 2095 1. 13% 2. 424.0 378.45 2.13 87.1 2096 1. 13% 2. 423.8
378.46 12.1 87.1 2097 1. 51% 2. 487.1 378.47 10.38 88.4 2098 1. 72%
2. 437.7 378.48 11.15 87.1 2099 1. 29% 2. 477.9 378.49 10.14 87.1
2100 1. 61% 2. 560.2 378.50 11.18 87.1 2101 1. 25% 2. 480.0 378.51
10.18 87.1 2102 1. 51% 2. 466.0 378.52 12.2 87.1 2103 1. 32% 2.
380.9 378.53 10.19 87.1 2104 1. 14% 2. 461.4 378.54 11.1 87.1 2105
1. 41% 2. 463.9 378.55 11.2 87.1 2106 1. 5% 2. 409.9 378.56 10.20
87.1 2107 1. 70% 2. 478.1 378.57 10.49 87.1 2108 1. 17% 2. 421.9
378.58 10.15 87.1 2109 1. 51% 2. 582.1 378.59 10.46 87.1 2110 1.
18% 2. 477.9 378.60 11.16 88.4 2111 1. 54% 2. 455.1 378.61 10.21
87.1 2112 1. 84% 2. 485.9 378.62 10.40 87.1 2113 1. 4% 2. 506.1
378.65 2.8 87.1 2114 1. 34% 2. 480 378.66 10.22 87.1 2115 1. 16% 2.
486.0 378.67 1.10 87.1 2116 1. 44% 2. 545 378.68 10.23 87.1 2117 1.
26% 2. 493.9 378.69 2.14 87.1 2118 1. 60% 2. 437.9 378.70 10.24
87.1 2119 1. 64% 2. 469.9 378.71 10.18 88.4 2120 1. 64% 2. 471.1
378.72 10.39 88.4 2121 1. 41% 2. 451.7 378.73 10.30 87.1 2122 1.
60% 2. 464.0 378.74 10.25 87.1 2123 1. 63% 2. 470.1 378.75 10.26
87.1 2124 1. 10% 2. 448.0 378.76 10.50 87.1 2125 1. 5% 2. 477.0
378.77 10.42 88.4 2126 1. 57% 2. 467.7 378.78 11.17 87.1 2127 1.
75% 2. 478.0 378.79 2.9 87.1 2128 1. 21% 2. 561 378.80 10.43 87.1
2129 1. 69% 2. 437.9 378.81 10.41 87.1 2130 1. 3% 2. 436.0 378.82
10.44 87.1 2131 1. 90% 2. 454.0 378.83 10.13 88.4 2132 1. 29% 2.
524.1 378.84 10.45 88.4 2133 1. 46% 2. 511.7 378.86 10.37 87.1 2134
1. 53% 2. 452.0 378.88 10.47 87.1 2135 1. 61% 2. 506.1 378.89 10.16
87.1 2136 1. 30% 2. 568.1
EXAMPLE 378.90
[1445] 2137
[1446] The above compound from Preparative Example 378.68 was
stirred with 4N HCl/dioxane to yield the product (23%,
MH+=437.9).
EXAMPLE 378.91
[1447] 2138
[1448] Using the procedure set forth in Preparative Example 2, Step
A, but using Preparative Example 2.16 and Preparative Example 2.15,
the title compound was prepared (20%, MH+=472.9).
EXAMPLES 379-393
[1449] Following the procedure set forth in Example 210 but using
the amine from the Preparative Example indicated and the ethoxy
squarate intermediate from Preparative Example 87, the following
cyclobutenedione products were obtained.
35 1. Yield (%) Ex. Aniline Product 2. (MH.sup.+) 379 109 2139 1.
29% 2. 436.0 380 105 2140 1. 6.3% 2. 550.0 381 106 2141 1. 12% 2.
557.0 382 107 2142 1. 8.6% 2. 573.0 383 143 2143 1. 3.2% 2. 497.0
384 135 2144 1. 36% 2. 529.0 385 130 2145 1. 33% 2. 506.1 387 145
2146 1. 27% 2. 449.1 388 140 2147 1. 25% 2. 477.0 389 98 2148 1.
66% 2. 542.1 390 96 2149 1. 60% 2. 545.0 391 97 2150 1. 66% 2.
540.1 392 100 2151 1. 47% 2. 512.1 393 99 2152 1. 60% 2. 528.1
EXAMPLES 394-404.4
[1450] Following the procedure set forth in Example 261 but using
the amines from the Preparative Examples indicated in the table
below and the cyclobutenedione derivative from Preparative Example
19, the following cyclobutenedione products were obtained as
racemic mixtures.
36 1. Yield (%) Prep Ex. 2. MH.sup.+ Ex. of Amine Product 3. mp
(.degree. C.) 394 147 2153 1. 64% 2. 358.1 3. 137 395 148 2154 1.
23% 2. 372.1 3. 126 396 149 2155 1. 94% 2. 386.1 3. 108 397 150
2156 1. 86% 2. 386.1 3. 134 398 146 2157 1. 87% 2. 420.1 3. 136 399
151 2158 1. 84% 2. 434.1 3. 129 400 152 2159 1. 90% 2. 372.1 3. 154
401 153 2160 1. 86% 2. 386.1 3. 156 402 154 2161 1. 90% 2. 400.1 3.
153 403 155 2162 1. 91 2. 400.1 3. 153 404 156 2163 1. 83% 2. 448.1
3. 138 404.1 2164 2165 1. 30% 2. 426.1 3. 132 404.2 2166 2167 1.
74% 2. 412.1 3. 127 404.3 2168 2169 1. 73.4% 2. 372.1 3. 128 404.4
2170 2171 1. 72% 2. 372.1 3. 128
EXAMPLE 405
[1451] 2172
[1452] To a solution of the amine from Preparative Example 75.1
(11.3 g) in EtOH (100 mL) at room temperature was added the product
from Preparative Example 19 (16.4 g) in one portion. The resulting
mixture was stirred at reflux overnight and then concentrated under
reduced pressure. The crude residue was redissolved in
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (80 mL) and was washed with 10% KH.sub.2PO.sub.4
(120 mL). The solid precipitate that was generated was filtered,
washed with water and dried under vacuo. The residue was
recrystallized from methanol-methylene chloride to give a cream
colored solid (16 g, 75% yield). (mp 105-108.degree. C.,
MH.sup.+398.1).
EXAMPLES 1101-1112.10
[1453] If one were to follow the procedure set forth in Example 210
but using the ethoxysquarate from the Preparative Example indicated
and the amines from the Preparative Example indicated in the Table
below, the following cyclobutenedione products can be obtained.
37 Prep Ex of Pre Ex of Ex. Amine Squarate Product 1101 15 87 2173
1102 15 88 2174 1103 16 87 2175 1104 16 88 2176 1105 17 87 2177
1106 17 88 2178 1107 18 87 2179 1108 18 88 2180 1109 157 87 2181
1110 157 88 2182 1111 158 87 2183 1112 158 88 2184 1112.1 500.3 or
500.4 88.1 2185 1112.2 500.1 or 500.2 88.1 2186 1112.3 500.5 19
2187 1112.4 75.9 23.11 2188 1112.5 10.19 88.4 2189 1112.6 75.44
23.14 2190 1112.7 75.49 23.14 2191 1112.8 75.50 23.14 2192 1112.9
75.44 500.6 2193 1112.10 75.49 500.6 2194
EXAMPLES 1120.1-1120.12
[1454] Following the procedure set forth in Example 210 but using
the amine from the Preparative Example indicated and the ethoxy
squarate intermediate from the Preparative Example indicated, the
following cyclobutenedione products were obtained.
38 Prep Ex 1. Yield (%) Prep Ex of of 2. MH.sup.+ Ex. Amine
Squarate Product 3. mp (.degree. C.) 1120.1 156.16 87 2195 1. 9% 2.
393.1 3. 154-158 1120.2 2196 88.1 2197 1. 55% 2. 355.1 3. 199-201
1120.3 156.12 88.1 2198 1. 37% 2. 355.1 3. 210-213 1120.4 2199 88.1
2200 1. 30% 2. 391.1 3. 70-73 1120.5 156.14 88.1 2201 1. 73% 2. 466
3. 105-108 1120.6 2202 88.1 2203 1. 21% 2. 391 3. 79-82 1120.7 2204
88.1 2205 1. 15% 2. 369 3. 167-170 1120.8 2206 88.1 2207 1. 47% 2.
354 3. 121-124 1120.9 2208 88.1 2209 1. 15% 2. 356 3. 200-202
1120.10 2210 88.1 2211 1. 25% 2. 468 3. 154-156 1120.11 156.13 88.1
2212 1. 57% 2. 404 3. 92-94 1120.12 156.15 88.1 2213 1. 61% 2. 351
3. 155-157
EXAMPLE 1125
[1455] 2214 2215
[1456] Step A
[1457] If one were to use a similar procedure to that used in
Preparative Example 13.3 Step B, except using the hydroxy acid from
Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 6(9), 1996, 1043, one would obtain the
desired methoxy compound.
[1458] Step B
[1459] If one were to use a similar procedure to that used in
Preparative Example 13.19 Step B, except using the product from
Step A above, one would obtain the desired compound.
[1460] Step C
[1461] If one were to use a similar procedure to that used in
Synth. Commun. 1980, 10, p. 107, except using the product from Step
B above and t-butanol, one would obtain the desired compound.
[1462] Step D
[1463] If one were to use a similar procedure to that used in
Synthesis, 1986, 1031, except using the product from Step C above,
one would obtain the desired sulfonamide compound.
[1464] Step E
[1465] If one were to use a similar procedure to that used in
Preparative Example 13.19 Step E, except using the product from
Step D above, one would obtain the desired compound.
[1466] Step F
[1467] If one were to use a similar procedure to that used in
Preparative Example 19, except using the product from Step E above
and adding potassium carbonate as base, one would obtain the
desired compound.
[1468] Step G
[1469] If one were to follow the procedure set forth in Example
210, except using the product from Step F above and the amine from
Preparative Example 75.9, then one would obtain the title
compound.
EXAMPLE 1130
[1470] 2216
[1471] Step A
[1472] If one were to treat the product from Step C of Example 1125
with BuLi (2.2 eq.) in THF followed by quenching of the reaction
mixture with N,N,-dimethylsulfamoyl chloride (1.1 eq.) then one
would obtain 2217
[1473] Step B
[1474] If one were to use the product of Step A above and one were
to follow Steps E, F and G of Example 1125, except using the amine
from Preparative Example 75.49 in Step G, then one would obtain the
title compound.
EXAMPLE 1131
[1475] 2218 2219
[1476] Step A
[1477] To a solution of 3-methoxythiophene (3 g) in dichloromethane
(175 mL) at -78.degree. C. was added chlorosulfonic acid (8.5 mL)
dropwise. The mixture was stirred for 15 min at -78.degree. C. and
1.5 h at room temp. Afterwards, the mixture was poured carefully
into crushed ice, and extracted with dichloromethane. The extracts
were washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered
through a 1-in silica gel pad. The filtrate was concentrated in
vacuo to give the desired compound (4.2 g).
[1478] Step B
[1479] The product from Step A above (4.5 g) was dissolved in
dichloromethane (140 mL) and added with triethylamine (8.8 mL)
followed by diethyl amine in THF (2M, 21 mL). The resulting mixture
was stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was washed
with brine and saturated bicarbonate (aq) and brine again, dried
over sodium sulfate, filtered through a 1-in silica gel pad. The
filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give the desired compound
(4.4 g).
[1480] Step C
[1481] The product from Step B above (4.3 g) was dissolved in
dichloromethane (125 mL) and cooled in a -78.degree. C. bath. A
solution of boron tribromide (1.0 M in dichloromethane, 24.3 mL)
was added. The mixture was stirred for 4 h while the temperature
was increased slowly from -78.degree. C. to 10.degree. C. H.sub.2O
was added, the two layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was
extracted with dichloro-methane. The combined organic layer and
extracts were wahed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate,
filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to give 3.96 g of the desired
hydroxy-compound.
[1482] Step D
[1483] The product from step C above (3.96 g) was dissolved in 125
mL of dichloromethane, and added with potassium carbonate (6.6 g)
followed by bromine (2 mL). The mixture was stirred for 5 h at room
temperature, quenched with 100 mL of H.sub.2O. The aqueous mixture
was addjusted to pH.about.5 using a 0.5N hydrogen chloride aqueous
solution, and extracted with dichloromethane. The extracts were
washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and filtered through
a celite pad. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to afford 4.2
g of the desired bromo-compound.
[1484] Step E
[1485] The product from Step D (4.2 g) was dissolved in 100 mL of
acetone and added with potassium carbonate (10 g) followed by
iodomethane (9 mL). The mixture was heated to reflux and continued
for 3.5 h. After cooled to room temperature, the mixture was
filtered through a Celite pad. The filtrate was concentrated in
vacuo to a dark brown residue, which was purified by flash column
chromatography eluting with dichloromethane-hexanes (1:1, v/v) to
give 2.7 g of the desired product.
[1486] Step F
[1487] The product from step E (2.7 g) was converted to the desired
imine compound (3 g), following the similar procedure to that of
Preparative Example 13.19 step D.
[1488] Step G
[1489] The imine product from step F (3 g) was dissolved in 80 mL
of dichloromethane and cooled in a -78.degree. C. bath. A solution
of boron tribromide (1.0 M in dichloromethane, 9.2 mL) was added
dropwise. The mixture was stirred for 4.25 h from -78.degree. C. to
5.degree. C. H.sub.2O (50 mL) was added, and the layers were
separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane.
The organic layer and extracts were combined, washed with brine,
and concentrated to an oily residue. The residue was dissolved in
80 mL of methanol, stirred with sodium acetate (1.5 g) and
hydroxyamine hydrochloride (0.95 g) at room temperature for 2 h.
The mixture was poured into an aqueous mixture of sodium hydroxide
(1.0 M aq, 50 mL) and ether (100 mL). The two layers were
separated. The aqueous layer was washed with ether three times. The
combined ether washings were re-extracted with H.sub.2O once. The
aqueous layers were combined, washed once with dichloromethane,
adjusted to pH 6 using 3.0 M and 0.5 M hydrogen chloride aqueous
solutions, and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic extracts
were combined, washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and
concentrated in vacuo to give 1.2 g of desired amine compound.
[1490] Step H
[1491] The product from step F (122 mg) was stirred with
diethyoxysquarate (0.25 mL) and potassium carbonate (75 mg) in 5 mL
of ethanol at room temperature for 5 h. The mixture was diluted
with dichloromethane, filtered through a Celite pad, and
concentrated to an oily residue, which was separated by preparative
TLC (CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2-MeOH=15:1, v/v) to give 91 mg of the desired
product.
[1492] Step I
[1493] Following the procedure set forth in Example 210, and using
the amine from Preparative Example 75.9, the product (43 mg) from
Step H was converted to the desired compound (20 mg).
Preparative Examples 600
[1494] 2220
[1495] Step A
[1496] Following the procedure set forth in Preparative Example
13.19 Step D, the imine was prepared from the known bromoester (1.0
g) to yield 1.1 g (79%) as a yellow solid.
[1497] Step B
[1498] The product of step A (0.6 g) was reacted following the
procedure set forth in Preparative Example 13.19 Step E to give the
amine product 0.19 g (64%).
[1499] Step C
[1500] The product of Step B (1.0 g) was reacted following the
procedure set forth in Preparative Example 13.19 Step B to give the
acid as yellow solid 0.9 g (94%).
[1501] Step D
[1502] The product of Step C (0.35 g) was reacted following the
procedure set forth in Preparative Example 13.19 Step E to give the
amino acid as yellow solid 0.167 g (93%).
Preparative Examples 601
[1503] 2221
[1504] Step A
[1505] To a solution of 2-methyl furan (1.72 g) in ether was added
BuLi (8.38 mL) at -78.degree. C. and stirred at room temperature
for half an hour. The reaction mixture again cooled to -78.degree.
C. and quenched with cyclopropyl amide 1 and stirred for two hours
at -78.degree. C. and slowly warmed to room temperature. The
reaction mixture stirred for three hours at room temperature and
quenched with the addition of saturated ammonium chloride solution.
The mixture was taken to a separatory funnel, washed with water,
brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration and
removal of solvent afforded the crude ketone, which was purified by
using column chromatography to afford the ketone 3.0 g (87%) as a
pale yellow oil.
[1506] Step B
[1507] To a solution of ketone (1.0 g) from Step A above in THF
(5.0 mL) at 0.degree. C. was added R-methyl oxazoborolidine (1.2Ml,
1 M in toluene) dropwise followed by addition of a solution of
borane complexed with dimethyl sulfide (1.85 mL, 2M in THF). The
reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes at 0.degree. C. and
than at room temperature for one hour. The reaction mixture was
cooled to 0.degree. C. and MeOH was added carefully. The mixture
was stirred for 20 minutes and was concentrated under reduced
pressure. The residue was extracted with ether, washed with water,
1 M HCl (10 mL), saturated sodium bicarbonate (10.0 mL) water and
brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate,
filtered and removal of solvent afforded the crude alcohol which
was purified by silica gel chromatography to afford the pure
alcohol 0.91 g (91%) as yellow oil.
Preparative Examples 602
[1508] 2222
[1509] Step A
[1510] An equimolar mixture of 2-methylfuran (1.0 g) and anhydride
(2.6 g) was mixed with SnCl.sub.4 (0.05 mL) and heated at
100.degree. C. for 3 hours. After cooling the reaction mixture,
water (10 mL) was added, followed by saturated sodium carbonate
solution until it becomes alkaline. The reaction mixture was
extracted with ether several times and the combined ether layer was
washed with water, brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate.
Filtration and removal of solvent afforded the crude ketone, which
was purified by using silica gel chromatography to afford the
ketone 0.9 g (43%) as a yellow oil.
[1511] Step B
[1512] The title alcohol was obtained following a similar procedure
set forth in Preparative Example 601.
Preparative Examples 603
[1513] 2223
[1514] To a solution of 5-methyl furan-2-aldehyde (1.0 g) and
3-bromo-3,3-difluoropropene (2.24 g) in DMF (30 mL) was added
indium powder (1.66 g) and lithium iodide (50.0 mg). The reaction
mixture was stirred over night, diluted with water and extracted
with ether. The ether layer was washed with water, brine and
purified by silica gel chromatography to afford the pure alcohol
2.8 g (92%).
Preparative Examples 604-611
[1515] Following a similar procedure set forth in Preparative
Examples 13.25 or 601 the following Alcohols were prepared.
39 Prep Ex Furan Electrophile Alcohol Yield 604 2224 2225 2226 86%
605 2227 2228 2229 69% 606 2230 2231 2232 84% 607 2233 2234 2235
82% 608 2236 2237 2238 60% 609 2239 2240 2241 65% 610 2242 2243
2244 82% 611 2245 2246 2247 89%
Preparative Examples 620-631
[1516] Following a similar procedure set forth in Preparative
Examples 13.25 the following Amines were prepared from the
corresponding Alcohols.
40 % Prep Ex ALCOHOL AMINE YIELD 620 2248 2249 28% 621 2250 2251
58% 622 2252 2253 69% 623 2254 2255 81% 624 2256 2257 82% 625 2258
2259 45% 626 2260 2261 57% 627 2262 2263 58% 628 2264 2265 54% 629
2266 2267 53% 630 2268 2269 50% 631 2270 2271 82%
Preparative Example 640-641
[1517] Following the procedures set forth in Preparative Example 19
but using the amine from the Preparative Example indicated in the
Table below, the cyclobutenedione intermediates were obtained.
41 Amine from 1. Yield Prep Prep (%) Ex. Ex. Product 2. MH.sup.+
640 600 Step B 2272 1. 60% 2. 138 641 600 Step D 2273 1. 665 2.
138
EXAMPLES 1200-1212
[1518] Following the procedure set forth in Example 261 but using
the commercially available amine or the prepared amine from the
Preparative Example indicated in the table below, the following
cyclobutenedione products were obtained.
42 1. Yield (%) 2. MH.sup.+ Ex. Amine Product 3. mp (.degree. C.)
1200 2274 2275 1. 61.3% 2. 451.4 3. 108.6 1201 2276 2277 1. 54% 2.
439.5 3. 117.8 1202 2278 2279 1. 80% 2. 439.5 3. 128-131.8 1203
2280 2281 1. 75% 2. 423.4 3. 118-119 1204 2282 2283 1. 74% 2. 447.4
3. 108-111 1205 2284 2285 1. 42% 2. 415.42 3. 136-140 1206 2286
2287 1. 46% 2. 423.4 3. 114-117 1207 2288 2289 1. 35% 2. 433.1 3.
123-128 1208 2290 2291 1. 42% 2. 423.4 3. 118-121 1209 2292 2293 1.
51% 2. 415.4 3. 112-117 1210 2294 2295 1. 44% 2. 415.4% 3. 115-120
1211 2296 2297 1. 48% 2. 445.4 3. 105-110
EXAMPLES 1300-1309
[1519] Following the procedure set forth in Example 261 but using
the commercially available amine in the table below and the
cyclobutenedione intermediate from the Preparative Example
indicated, the following cyclobutenedione products were
obtained.
43 1. Yield (%) Prep. 2. MH.sup.+ Ex. Amine Ex. Product 3. mp
(.degree. C.) 1300 2298 640 2299 1. 35% 2. 390.4 3. 100 1301 2300
641 2301 1. 78% 2. 390.4 3. 130 1302 2302 23.9 2303 1. 48% 2. 483.4
3. 116 1303 2304 23.9 2305 1. 46% 2. 443.5 3. 106 1304 2306 23.9
2307 1. 40% 2. 445.54 3. 102 1305 2308 23.9 2309 1. 51% 2. 413.4 3.
98 1306 2310 23.9 2311 1. 78% 2. 405.5 3. 246 1307 2312 23.9 2313
1. 83% 2. 439.5 3. 129 1308 2314 23.15A 2315 1. 11% 2. 519.47 3.
123 1309 2316 23.15A 2317 1. 47% 2. 475 3. 113 1310 2318 640 2319
1. 55% 2. 496.1 3. 123-125 1311 2320 640 2321 1. 74% 2. 468.1 3.
116-118
[1520] While the present invention has been described in
conjunction with specific embodiments set forth above, many
alternatives, modifications and variations thereof will be apparent
to those of ordinary skill in the art. All such alternatives,
modifications and variations are intended to fall within the spirit
and scope of the present invention.
* * * * *